Ebook Egyptian Yoga Ii 1-884564-39-9 PDF

Black Amun (now at the Luxor Museum)
35. When a message is sent in heaven it is heard in Anu, and is repeated in

Hetkaptah to the Beautiful Face. It is done into writing in the letters of
Djehuti, and dispatched to the city of Amun with their things. The matters
are answered in Newt (Thebes).
Egyptian Yoga Volume II
From The Hymns of Amun
Sema Institute/C.M. Book Publishing

P. O .Box 570459
Miami, Florida, 33257
(305) 378-6253 Fax: (305) 378-6253
1997-2005 By Reginald Muata Ashby
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be used or reproduced in any manner
whatsoever without written permission (address above) except in the case of brief
quotations embodied in critical articles and reviews. All inquiries may be addressed
to the address above.
The author is available for group lectures and individual counseling. For further
information contact the publisher.
Ashby, Muata
EGYPTIAN YOGA VOLUME II: Mysteries of Amun and The Supreme Wisdom of
Enlightenment ISBN: 1-884564-39-9
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data
1 Yoga Philosophy2 Ancient Egyptian Philosophy, 3 Eastern Philosophy 4
Esotericism 5 Meditation, 6 Self-Help.
The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment
?
Sema
Institute of Yoga
Sema (?) is an Ancient Egyptian word and symbol meaning union. The Sema Institute is
dedicated to the propagation of the universal teachings of spiritual evolution, which relate
to the union of humanity and the union of all things within the universe. It is a nondenominational organization, which recognizes the unifying principles in all spiritual and
religious systems of evolution throughout the world. Our primary goals are to provide the
wisdom of ancient spiritual teachings in books, courses and other forms of
communication. Secondly, to provide expert instruction and training in the various yogic
disciplines including Ancient Egyptian Philosophy, Christian Gnosticism, Indian
Philosophy and modern science. Thirdly, to promote world peace and Universal Love.
A primary focus of our tradition is to identify and acknowledge the yogic principles
within all religions and to relate them to each other in order to promote their deeper
understanding. Also our goal is to show the essential unity of purpose and the unity of allliving beings and nature within the whole of existence.
The Institute is open to all who believe in the principles of peace, non-violence and
spiritual emancipation regardless of sex, race, or creed.
DEDICATION
TO
Dja
Swamiji
And
AMUN, the Hidden Self in All
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................. 4
FOREWORD ................................................................................................................ 6
DR. MUATA ABHAYA ASHBY JANUARY 26, 1998 .................................................... 6
PREFACE ....................................................................................................................... 7
Where is the land of Ancient Egypt?................................................................................... 9
THE FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF ANCIENT EGYPTIAN RELIGION ............................... 14
Summary of Ancient Egyptian Religion ..................................................................... 15
The practice of the Shedy disciplines leads to knowing oneself and the
Divine. This is called being True of Speech ......................................................... 15
The Neterian Great Truths ......................................................................................... 16

The Spiritual Culture and the Purpose of Life: Shetaut Neter................................... 17
SHETAUT NETER ............................................................................................................. 17
WHO IS NETER IN KAMITAN RELIGION? ......................................................................... 18
Sacred Scriptures of Shetaut Neter ............................................................................ 18
NETER AND THE NETERU ................................................................................................ 19
THE NETERU ................................................................................................................... 20
The Neteru and Their Temples ................................................................................... 21
The Neteru and Their Interrelationships.................................................................... 22
Listening to the Teachings.......................................................................................... 23
The Anunian Tradition ............................................................................................... 24
The Theban Tradition................................................................................................. 26
The Goddess Tradition ............................................................................................... 27
The Aton Tradition ..................................................................................................... 29
Akhnaton, Nefertiti and Daughters ............................................................................ 29
THE GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SHETAUT NETER ............................................................. 30
The Forces of Entropy................................................................................................ 31
The Great Awakening of Neterian Religion ............................................................... 32
INTRODUCTION TO EGYPTIAN YOGA................................................. 33
The Term Egyptian Yoga and The Philosophy Behind It....................................... 37
Summary of The Great Truths and the Shedy Paths to their Realization .................. 43
CHAPTER I: WHO IS AMUN? ........................................................................ 45
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 46
THE MYSTICAL CREATION MYTH ................................................................................... 50
The Deeper Aspect of Amun ....................................................................................... 52
The Symbols of Amun ................................................................................................. 55
The Relationship between Nubia and Egypt .............................................................. 61
The Nubian Gods and Goddesses in the Kamitic Paut .............................................. 62
4
The Main Ancient Egyptian Gods and Goddesses ..................................................... 66

CHAPTER II: HESSU AMUN- THE HYMNS OF AMUN ............ 68
THE HYMNS OF AMUN .............................................................................................. 69
CHAPTER III: SHEDI HESSU AMUN ......................................................... 73
Om and Amun in Ancient Egypt ........................................................................ 88
Ritual of the Divine Embrace ................................................................................... 112
What is Consciousness? ........................................................................................... 115
The Cause of Disease ............................................................................................... 117
TIPS FOR FORMAL MEDITATION PRACTICE.................................................. 172
THE TRINITY OF HINDUISM ................................................................................. 189
The Teaching of Non-Duality in Ancient Egypt and India....................................... 192
THE TRINITY OF CHRISTIANITY.......................................................................... 196
CHAPTER IIII: PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER .................................... 201
THE MIND AND ITS ORIGIN........................................................................................... 202
The Elements of Human Consciousness and The Personality ................................. 204
The Levels of Mind ................................................................................................... 205
Mind of an Enlightened Person................................................................................ 211
THE WAKING PERSONALITY - PTAH.................................................................. 213
THE DREAM PERSONALITY - RA ......................................................................... 214
THE DEEP UNCONSCIOUS - AMUN....................................................................... 216
THE VOYAGE OF RA AND THE JOURNEY OF THE SOUL ................................................. 219
Reincarnation and Enlightenment............................................................................ 223
The Elements of the Human Personality .................................................................. 223
INDEX......................................................................................................................... 235
MUSIC BASED ON THE PRT M HRU AND OTHER KEMETIC
TEXTS ......................................................................................................................... 250
Foreword
It is my great pleasure to bring forth this new volume. It has been referred to, by those
who have read it in its previous rendering as the Hymns of Amun, as one of the most
important books on the mystical philosophy of Ancient Egypt. I believe that it is so
important that I have added two new sections to it, which expand on the mysticism of the
parts of the spirit and how they relate to the Trinity of Creation. Further, the mystical
understanding of the mind which was presented in the book Egyptian Yoga: The
Philosophy of Enlightenment is herein expanded and brought to its height.
This book is written in the form of a journey of discovery. The section which deals with
the Hymns of Amun, in particular, is a wonderful text which when understood in its deep
mystical significance, can lead a person to spiritual enlightenment. In reality, the entire
book is designed to explain these extraordinary teachings.
The success of Egyptian Yoga: The Philosophy of Enlightenment has brought a renewed
vision of Ancient Egyptian Mystical Philosophy to the world. This volume acts as a
consummation of fulfillment of the philosophy that was introduced in that volume.
I wish to thank all those who made the creation of this volume possible. In particular, I
would like to thank my spiritual partner, Karen Dja Ashby for her support and love as
well as her work as editor of this volume. Also I would like to thank my Spiritual
Preceptor, Swami Jyotirmayananda, whose teachings on Yoga, which I have studied for
many years, have allowed me to understand all that I had previously learned as a student of
Egyptology.
Dr. Muata Abhaya Ashby January 26, 1998
Preface
Who Were the Ancient Egyptians
The Ancient Egyptian religion (Shetaut Neter), language and symbols provide the first
historical record of Mystical Philosophy and Religious literature. Egyptian Mysticism is
what has been commonly referred to by Egyptologists as Egyptian Religion or
Mythology, but to think of it as just another set of stories or allegories about a long lost
civilization is to completely miss the greatest secret of human existence. Mystical
spirituality, in all of its forms and disciplines of spiritual development, was practiced in
Ancient Egypt (Kemet) earlier than anywhere else in history. This unique perspective from
the highest philosophical system which developed in Africa over seven thousand years ago
provides a new way to look at life, religion, the discipline of psychology and the way to
spiritual development leading to spiritual Enlightenment. Ancient Egyptian mythology,
when understood as a system of Smai Tawi, that is, a system which promotes the union of
the individual soul with the Universal Soul or Supreme Consciousness, gives every
individual insight into their own divine nature, and also a deeper insight into all religions,
mystical and Yoga systems.
In Chapter 41 and Chapter 172 of an Ancient Egyptian mystical text, the Prt m Hru, The
Ancient Egyptian Book of Enlightenment, more commonly known as the Book of the Dead, the
term Smai Tawi is used. It means Union of the two lands of Egypt. The two lands
refers to the two main districts of the country (North and South) and, in a mystical sense
they refer to the gods Heru and Set, who are elsewhere referred to as the spiritual Higher
Self and lower self of a human being, respectively. Thus, the term Smai Tawi is compatible
with the Indian Sanskrit term Yoga, which also means union of the Higher Self and
lower self as well as other terms (Enlightenment, Kingdom of Heaven, Liberation, etc.)
used by other systems of mystical spirituality.
Diodorus Siculus (Greek Historian) writes in the time of Augustus (first century B.C.):
Now the Ethiopians, as historians relate, were the first of all men and
the proofs of this statement, they say, are manifest. For that they did not
come into their land as immigrants from abroad, but were the natives of it
and so justly bear the name of autochthones (sprung from the soil itself), is,
they maintain, conceded by practically all men...
1
2
Commonly referred to as Chapter 17

Commonly referred to as Chapter 176
They also say that the Egyptians are colonists sent out by the
Ethiopians, Asar having been the leader of the colony. For, speaking
generally, what is now Egypt, they maintain, was not land, but sea, when in
the beginning the universe was being formed; afterwards, however, as the
Nile during the times of its inundation carried down the mud from
Ethiopia, land was gradually built up from the deposit...And the larger parts
of the customs of the Egyptians are, they hold, Ethiopian, the colonists still
preserving their ancient manners. For instance, the belief that their kings
are Gods, the very special attention which they pay to their burials, and
many other matters of a similar nature, are Ethiopian practices, while the
shapes of their statues and the forms of their letters are Ethiopian; for of
the two kinds of writing which the Egyptians have, that which is known as
popular (demotic) is learned by everyone, while that which is called sacred
(hieratic), is understood only by the priests of the Egyptians, who learnt it
from their Fathers as one of the things which are not divulged, but among
the Ethiopians, everyone uses these forms of letters. Furthermore, the
orders of the priests, they maintain, have much the same position among
both peoples; for all are clean who are engaged in the service of the gods,
keeping themselves shaven, like the Ethiopian priests, and having the same
dress and form of staff, which is shaped like a plough and is carried by their
kings who wear high felt hats which end in a knob in the top and are
circled by the serpents which they call asps; and this symbol appears to carry
the thought that it will be the lot who shall dare to attack the king to
encounter death-carrying stings. Many other things are told by them
concerning their own antiquity and the colony which they sent out that
became the Egyptians, but about this there is no special need of our writing
anything.
The Ancient Egyptian texts state:
Our people originated at the base of the mountain of the Moon, at the origin of the Nile
river.
Figure 3: The World
Figure 1: A map of North East Africa showing the location of the land of Ta-Meri or Kamit,
also known as Ancient Egypt.
In describing the Ancient Egyptians of his time Herodotus (Greek historian c. 484-425
BC), said: "The Egyptians and Nubians have thick lips, broad noses, wooly hair and burnt skin...
...And the Indian tribes I have mentioned, their skins are all of the same color, much like the
Ethiopians... their country is a long way from Persia towards the south..." Diodorus, the Greek
historian (c. 100 B.C.) said the following, "And upon his return to Greece, they gathered around
and asked, "tell us about this great land of the Blacks called Ethiopia." And Herodotus said, "There
are two great Ethiopian nations, one in Sind (India) and the other in Egypt." Thus, the Ancient
Egyptian peoples were of African origin and they had close ties in ancient times with the
peoples of India.
Where is the land of Ancient Egypt?
The Ancient Egyptians lived for thousands of years in the northeastern corner of the
African continent in the area known as the Nile Valley. The Nile river was a source of
dependable enrichment for the land and allowed them to prosper for a very long time.
Their prosperity was so great that they created art, culture, religion, philosophy and a
civilization which has not been duplicated since. The Ancient Kamitans (Egyptians) based
their government and business concerns on spiritual values and therefore, enjoyed an
orderly society which included equality between the sexes, and a legal system based on
universal spiritual laws. The Prt m Hru is a tribute to their history, culture and legacy. As
historical insights unfold, it becomes clearer that modern culture has derived its basis from
Ancient Egypt, though the credit is not often given, nor the integrity of the practices
maintained. This is another important reason to study Ancient Egyptian Philosophy, to
discover the principles which allowed their civilization to prosper over a period of
thousands of years in order to bring our systems of government, religion and social
structures to a harmony with ourselves, humanity and with nature.
Christianity was partly an outgrowth of Judaism, which was itself an outgrowth of
Ancient Egyptian culture and religion. So who were the Ancient Egyptians? From the time
that the early Greek philosophers set foot on African soil to study the teachings of mystical
spirituality in Egypt (900-300 B.C.E.), Western society and culture was forever changed.
Ancient Egypt had such a profound effect on Western civilization as well as on the native
population of Ancient India (Dravidians) that it is important to understand the history and
culture of Ancient Egypt, and the nature of its spiritual tradition in more detail.
The history of Egypt begins in the far reaches of history. It includes The Dynastic
Period, The Hellenistic Period, Roman and Byzantine Rule (30 B.C.E.-638 A.C.E.), the
Caliphate and the Mamalukes (642-1517 A.C.E.), Ottoman Domination (1082-1882
A.C.E.), British colonialism (1882-1952 A.C.E.), as well as modern, Arab-Islamic Egypt
(1952- present).
Ancient Egypt or Kamit had a civilization that flourished in Northeast Africa along the
Nile River from before 5,500 B.C.E. until 30 B.C.E. In 30 B.C.E., Octavian, who was later
known as the Roman Emperor, Augustus, put the last Egyptian King, Ptolemy XIV, a
10
Greek ruler, to death. After this Egypt was formally annexed to Rome. Egyptologists
normally divide Ancient Egyptian history into the following approximate periods: The
Early Dynastic Period (3,200-2,575 B.C.E.); The Old Kingdom or Old Empire (2,575-2,134
B.C.E.); The First Intermediate Period (2,134-2,040 B.C.E.); The Middle Kingdom or
Middle Empire (2,040-1,640 B.C.E.); The Second Intermediate Period (1,640-1,532
B.C.E.); The New Kingdom or New Empire (1,532-1,070 B.C.E.); The third Intermediate
Period (1,070-712 B.C.E.); The Late Period (712-332 B.C.E.).
In the Late Period the following groups controlled Egypt. The Nubian Dynasty (712-657
B.C.E.); The Persian Dynasty (525-404 B.C.E.); The Native Revolt and re-establishment of
Egyptian rule by Egyptians (404-343 B.C.E.); The Second Persian Period (343-332 B.C.E.);
The Ptolemaic or Greek Period (332 B.C.E.- c. 30 B.C.E.); Roman Period (c.30 B.C.E.-395
A.C.E.); The Byzantine Period (395-640 A.C.E) and The Arab Conquest Period (640
A.C.E.-present). The individual dynasties are numbered, generally in Roman numerals,
from I through XXX.
The period after the New Kingdom saw greatness in culture and architecture under the
rulership of Ramses II. However, after his rule, Egypt saw a decline from which it would
never recover. This is the period of the downfall of Ancient Egyptian culture in which the
Libyans ruled after The Tanite (XXI) Dynasty. This was followed by the Nubian conquerors
who founded the XXII dynasty and tried to restore Egypt to her past glory. However,
having been weakened by the social and political turmoil of wars, Ancient Egypt fell to the
Persians once more. The Persians conquered the country until the Greeks, under
Alexander, conquered them. The Romans followed the Greeks, and finally the Arabs
conquered the land of Egypt in 640 A.C.E to the present.
However, the history which has been classified above is only the history of the Dynastic
Period. It reflects the view of traditional Egyptologists who have refused to accept the
evidence of a Predynastic period in Ancient Egyptian history contained in Ancient
Egyptian documents such as the Palermo Stone, Royal Tablets at Abydos, Royal Papyrus of
Turin, the Dynastic List of Manetho. The eye-witness accounts of Greek historians Herodotus
(c. 484-425 B.C.E.) and Diodorus (Greek historian died about 20 B.C.E.) corroborate the
status and makeup of Kemetic culture in the late dynastic period which support the earlier
accounts. These sources speak clearly of a Pre-dynastic society which stretches far into
antiquity. The Dynastic Period is what most people think of whenever Ancient Egypt is
mentioned. This period is when the pharaohs (kings) ruled. The latter part of the Dynastic
Period is when the Biblical story of Moses, Joseph, Abraham, etc., occurs (c. 2100? -1,000?
B.C.E). Therefore, those with a Christian background generally only have an idea about
Ancient Egypt as it is related in the Bible. Although this biblical notion is very limited in
scope, the significant impact of Ancient Egypt on Hebrew and Christian culture is evident
even from the biblical scriptures. Actually, Egypt existed much earlier than most traditional
Egyptologists are prepared to admit. The new archeological evidence related to the great
Sphinx monument on the Giza Plateau and the ancient writings by Manetho, one of the
last High Priests of Ancient Egypt, show that Ancient Egyptian history begins earlier than
10,000 B.C.E. and may date back to as early as 30,000-50,000 B.C.E.
11
It is known that the Pharaonic (royal) calendar based on the Sothic system (star Sirius)
was in use by 4,240 B.C.E. This certainly required extensive astronomical skills and time
for observation. Therefore, the history of Kamit (Egypt) must be reckoned to be extremely
ancient. Thus, in order to grasp the antiquity of Ancient Egyptian culture, religion and
philosophy, we will briefly review the history presented by the Ancient Egyptian Priest
Manetho and some Greek Historians.
The calendar based on the Great Year was also used by the Ancient Egyptians. The
Great year is based on the movement of the earth through the constellations known as the
precession of the Equinoxes and confirmed by the History given by the Ancient Egyptian
Priest Manetho in the year 241 B.C.E. Each Great Year has 25,860 to 25,920 years and 12
arcs or constellations, and each passage through a constellation takes 2,155 2,160 years.
These are the Great Months. The current cycle or year began around the year 10,858
B.C.E. At around the year 36,766 B.C.E., according to Manetho, the Creator, Ra, ruled
the earth in person from his throne in the Ancient Egyptian city of Anu. By this reckoning
our current year (2,000 A.C.E.) is actually the year 38,766 based on the Great Year System
of Ancient Egyptian history.
Figure 2: The land of Ancient Egypt
Egypt is located in the north-eastern

corner of the African Continent. The cities
wherein the theology of the Trinity of
Amun-Ra-Ptah was developed were: A- Anu
(Heliopolis), B-Hetkaptah (Memphis), and
C-Waset (Thebes).
Ancient Kemetic Terms and Ancient
Greek Terms
In keeping with the spirit of the culture
of Kemetic Spirituality, in this volume we
will use the Kemetic names for the
divinities through which we will bring forth
the philosophy of the Prt M Hru.
Therefore, the Greek name Osiris will be
converted back to the Kemetic (Ancient
Egyptian) Asar (Ausar), the Greek Isis to
Aset (Auset), the Greek Nephthys to
Nebthet, Anubis to Anpu or Apuat,
Hathor to Hetheru, Thoth or Hermes to
Djehuti, etc. Further, the term Ancient
12
Egypt will be used interchangeably with Kemit (Kamit, Kemet), or Ta-Meri, as these
are the terms used by the Ancient Egyptians to refer to their land and culture.
Table 1: Kemetic Names of the main Gods and Goddesses of Ancient Egypt and the Greek
translation in common use.
Kemetic (Ancient
Egyptian) Names
Greek Names
Osiris or Hades
Isis or Demeter
Nephthys
Anubis
Hathor (Aphrodite)
Heru (Horus) or Apol
Thoth or Hermes
Astraea or Themis
Zeus
Helios
Hephastos
Rhea
Kronos
Athena
Heracles
Ares or Typhon
Artemis
Leto
Asar (Ausar)
Aset (Auset)
Nebthet
Anpu or Apuat
Hetheru
Heru
Djehuti
Maat
Amun
Ra
Ptah
Nut
Geb
Net
Khonsu
Set
Bast
Uadjit
13
The Fundamental Principles of Ancient

Egyptian Religion
NETERIANISM
(The Oldest Known Religion in History)
The term Neterianism is derived from the name Shetaut Neter. Shetaut Neter
means the Hidden Divinity. It is the ancient philosophy and mythic spiritual culture that
gave rise to the Ancient Egyptian civilization. Those who follow the spiritual path of
Shetaut Neter are therefore referred to as Neterians. The fundamental principles
common to all denominations of Ancient Egyptian Religion may be summed up in four
Great Truths that are common to all the traditions of Ancient Egyptian Religion.
14
Summary of Ancient Egyptian Religion
I
Pa Neter ua ua Neberdjer m Neteru
The Neter, the Supreme Being, is One and alone and as Neberdjer, manifesting
everywhere and in all things in the form of Gods and Goddesses.
II
anan-Maat swy Saui
Saui Set ss-Khemn
Lack of righteousness brings fetters to the personality and these fetters cause ignorance
of the Divine.
III
s-Uashu ss-Nafu n saiu Set
Devotion to the Divine leads to freedom from the fetters of Set.
IIII
ari Shedy Rekh ab m Maakheru
The practice of the Shedy disciplines leads to knowing oneself and the Divine. This is
called being True of Speech
15
The Neterian Great Truths

1. Pa Neter ua ua Neberdjer m Neteru -The Neter, the Supreme Being, is One and
alone and as Neberdjer, manifesting everywhere and in all things in the form of Gods and
Goddesses.
Neberdjer means all-encompassing divinity, the all-inclusive, all-embracing Spirit which

pervades all and who is the ultimate essence of all. This first truth unifies all the
expressions of Kamitan religion.
2. an-Maat swy Saui Set s-Khemn - Lack of righteousness brings
fetters to the personality and these fetters lead to ignorance of the Divine.
When a human being acts in ways that contradict the natural order of nature, negative
qualities of the mind will develop within that persons personality. These are the afflictions
of Set. Set is the neteru of egoism and selfishness. The afflictions of Set include: anger,
hatred, greed, lust, jealousy, envy, gluttony, dishonesty, hypocrisy, etc. So to be free from
the fetters of set one must be free from the afflictions of Set.
3. s-Uashu s-Nafu n saiu Set -Devotion to the Divine leads to freedom
from the fetters of Set.
To be liberated (Nafu - freedom - to breath ) from the afflictions of Set, one must be
devoted to the Divine. Being devoted to the Divine means living by Maat. Maat is a way of
life that is purifying to the heart and beneficial for society as it promotes virtue and order.
Living by Maat means practicing Shedy (spiritual practices and disciplines).
Uashu means devotion and the classic pose of adoring the Divine is called Dua,
standing or sitting with upraised hands facing outwards towards the image of the divinity.
4. ari Shedy Rekh ab m Maakheru - The practice of the Shedy
disciplines leads to knowing oneself and the Divine. This is called being True of
Speech.
Doing Shedy means to study profoundly, to penetrate the mysteries (Shetaut) and discover the
nature of the Divine. There have been several practices designed by the sages of Ancient Kamit to
facilitate the process of self-knowledge. These are the religious (Shetaut) traditions and the Sema
(Smai) Tawi (yogic) disciplines related to them that augment the spiritual practices.
All the traditions relate the teachings of the sages by means of myths related to particular gods or
goddesses. It is understood that all of these neteru are related, like brothers and sisters, having all
emanated from the same source, the same Supremely Divine parent, who is neither male nor female,
but encompasses the totality of the two.
16
The Spiritual Culture and the Purpose of Life: Shetaut Neter

"Men and women are to become God-like through a life of virtue and
the cultivation of the spirit through scientific knowledge, practice and
bodily discipline."
-Ancient Egyptian Proverb
The highest forms of Joy, Peace and Contentment are obtained when the meaning of life is discovered.
When the human being is in harmony with life, then it is possible to reflect and meditate upon the human
condition and realize the limitations of worldly pursuits. When there is peace and harmony in life, a human
being can practice any of the varied disciplines designated as Shetaut Neter to promote {his/her} evolution
towards the ultimate goal of life, which Spiritual Enlightenment. Spiritual Enlightenment is the awakening of
a human being to the awareness of the Transcendental essence which binds the universe and which is eternal
and immutable. In this discovery is also the sobering and ecstatic realization that the human being is one
with that Transcendental essence. With this realization comes great joy, peace and power to experience the
fullness of life and to realize the purpose of life during the time on earth. The lotus is a symbol of Shetaut
Neter, meaning the turning towards the light of truth, peace and transcendental harmony.
Shetaut Neter
We have established that the Ancient Egyptians were African peoples who lived in the
north-eastern quadrant of the continent of Africa. They were descendants of the Nubians,
who had themselves originated from farther south into the heart of Africa at the Great
Lakes region, the sources of the Nile River. They created a vast civilization and culture
earlier than any other society in known history and organized a nation that was based on
the concepts of balance and order as well as spiritual enlightenment. These ancient African
people called their land Kamit, and soon after developing a well-ordered society, they began
to realize that the world is full of wonders, but also that life is fleeting, and that there must
be something more to human existence. They developed spiritual systems that were
designed to allow human beings to understand the nature of this secret being who is the
essence of all Creation. They called this spiritual system Shtaut Ntr (Shetaut Neter).
Shetaut means secret.
Neter means Divinity.

17
Who is Neter in Kamitan Religion?
Ntr
The symbol of Neter was described by an Ancient Kamitan priest as:

That which is placed in the coffin
The term Ntr
, or Ntjr
, comes from the Ancient Egyptian hieroglyphic
language which did not record its vowels. However, the term survives in the Coptic
language as Nutar. The same Coptic meaning (divine force or sustaining power) applies
in the present as it did in ancient times. It is a symbol composed of a wooden staff that was
wrapped with strips of fabric, like a mummy. The strips alternate in color with yellow,
green and blue. The mummy in Kamitan spirituality is understood to be the dead but
resurrected Divinity. So the Nutar (Ntr) is actually every human being who does not really
die, but goes to live on in a different form. Further, the resurrected spirit of every human
being is that same Divinity. Phonetically, the term Nutar is related to other terms having
the same meaning, such as the latin Natura, the Spanish Naturalesa, the English
Nature and Nutriment, etc. In a real sense, as we will see, Natur means power
manifesting as Neteru and the Neteru are the objects of creation, i.e. nature.
Sacred Scriptures of Shetaut Neter
The following scriptures represent the foundational scriptures of Kamitan culture. They
may be divided into three categories: Mythic Scriptures, Mystical Philosophy and Ritual
Scriptures, and Wisdom Scriptures (Didactic Literature).
MYTHIC SCRIPTURES
Literature
Mystical (Ritual)
Philosophy
Literature
Wisdom Texts
Literature
SHETAUT ASAR-ASET-HERU
The Myth of Asar, Aset and Heru
(Asarian Resurrection Theology) Predynastic
Coffin Texts
(C. 2040 B.C.E.-1786
B.C.E.)
SHETAUT ATUM-RA
Papyrus Texts
Wisdom Texts
(C. 3,000 B.C.E.
PTOLEMAIC PERIOD)
Precepts of Ptahotep
Instructions of Any
Instructions of
18
Anunian Theology
Predynastic
Shetaut Net/Aset/Hetheru
Saitian Theology Goddess
Spirituality
Predynastic
SHETAUT PTAH
Memphite Theology
Predynastic
Shetaut Amun
Theban Theology
Predynastic
(C. 1580 B.C.E.Roman Period)3

Books of Coming
Forth By Day
Example of famous
papyri:
Amenemope
Etc.
Maat Declarations
Literature
(All Periods)
Blind Harpers Songs
Papyrus of Any
Papyrus of Hunefer
Papyrus of Kenna
Greenfield Papyrus,
Etc.
Neter and the Neteru
The Neteru (Gods and Goddesses) proceed from the Neter (Supreme Being)
As stated earlier, the concept of Neter and Neteru binds and ties all of the varied forms
of Kamitan spirituality into one vision of the gods and goddesses all emerging from the
same Supreme Being. Therefore, ultimately, Kamitan spirituality is not polytheistic, nor is
it monotheistic, for it holds that the Supreme Being is more than a God or Goddess. The
Supreme Being is an all-encompassing Absolute Divinity.
After 1570 B.C.E they would evolve into a more unified text, the Egyptian Book of the Dead.
19
The Neteru
Neteru
The term Neteru means gods and goddesses. This means that from the ultimate and
transcendental Supreme Being, Neter, come the Neteru. There are countless Neteru. So
from the one come the many. These Neteru are cosmic forces that pervade the universe.
They are the means by which Neter sustains Creation and manifests through it. So
Neterianism is a monotheistic polytheism. The one Supreme Being expresses as many gods
and goddesses. At the end of time, after their work of sustaining Creation is finished, these
gods and goddesses are again absorbed back into the Supreme Being.
All of the spiritual systems of Ancient Egypt (Kamit) have one essential aspect that is
common to all; they all hold that there is a Supreme Being (Neter) who manifests in a
multiplicity of ways through nature, the Neteru. Like sunrays, the Neteru emanate from
the Divine; they are its manifestations. So by studying the Neteru we learn about and are
led to discover their source, the Neter, and with this discovery we are enlightened. The
Neteru may be depicted anthropomorphically or zoomorphically in accordance with the
teaching about Neter that is being conveyed through them.
20
The Neteru and Their Temples

Diagram 1: The Ancient Egyptian Temple Network
The sages of Kamit instituted a system by which the teachings of spirituality were
espoused through a Temple organization. The major divinities were assigned to a particular
city. That divinity or group of divinities became the patron divinity or divinities of that
city. Also, the Priests and Priestesses of that Temple were in charge of seeing to the welfare
of the people in that district as well as maintaining the traditions and disciplines of the
traditions based on the particular divinity being worshipped. So the original concept of
Neter became elaborated through the theologies of the various traditions. A dynamic
expression of the teachings emerged, which though maintaining the integrity of the
teachings, expressed nuances of variation in perspective on the teachings to suit the needs
of varying kinds of personalities of the people of different locales.
In the diagram above, the primary or main divinities are denoted by the Neter symbol
( ). The house structure represents the Temple for that particular divinity. The
interconnections with the other Temples are based on original scriptural statements
espoused by the Temples that linked the divinities of their Temple with the other
divinities. So this means that the divinities should be viewed not as separate entities
operating independently, but rather as family members who are in the same business
together, i.e. the enlightenment of society, albeit through variations in form of worship,
name, form (expression of the Divinity), etc. Ultimately, all the divinities are referred to as
Neteru and they are all said to be emanations from the ultimate and Supreme Being. Thus,
the teaching from any of the Temples leads to an understanding of the others, and these all
lead back to the source, the highest Divinity. Thus, the teaching within any of the Temple
systems would lead to the attainment of spiritual enlightenment, the Great Awakening.
21
The Neteru and Their Interrelationships

Diagram : The Primary Kamitan Neteru and their Interrelationships
The same Supreme Being, Neter, is the winged all-encompassing transcendental Divinity, the
Spirit who, in the early history, is called Heru. The physical universe in which the Heru lives is
called Hetheru or the house of Heru. This divinity (Heru) is also the Nun or primeval substratum
from which all matter is composed. The various divinities and the material universe are composed
22
from this primeval substratum. Neter is actually androgynous and Heru, the Spirit, is related as a male
aspect of that androgyny. However, Heru in the androgynous aspect, gives rise to the solar principle
and this is seen in both the male and female divinities.
The image above provides an idea of the relationships between the divinities of the three main
Neterian spiritual systems (traditions): Anunian Theology, Wasetian (Theban) Theology and Het-KaPtah (Memphite) Theology. The traditions are composed of companies or groups of gods and
goddesses. Their actions, teachings and interactions with each other and with human beings provide
insight into their nature as well as that of human existence and Creation itself. The lines indicate direct
scriptural relationships and the labels also indicate that some divinities from one system are the same
in others, with only a name change. Again, this is attested to by the scriptures themselves in direct
statements, like those found in the Prt m Hru text Chapter 4 (17).4
Listening to the Teachings
Mestchert
Listening, to fill the ears, listen attentively-

What should the ears be filled with?
The sages of Shetaut Neter enjoined that a Shemsu Neter (follower of Neter, an initiate
or aspirant) should listen to the WISDOM of the Neterian Traditions. These are the myth
related to the gods and goddesses containing the basic understanding of who they are, what
they represent, how they relate human beings and to the Supreme Being. The myths allow
us to be connected to the Divine.
An aspirant may choose any one of the 5 main Neterian Traditions.
Shetaut Anu
Shetaut Menefer
Shetaut Waset
Shetaut Netrit
Shetaut Asar
Shetaut Aton
Teachings of the Ra Tradition

Teachings of the Ptah Tradition
Teachings of the Amun Tradition
Teachings of the Goddess Tradition
Teachings of the Asarian Tradition
Teachings of the Aton Tradition
See the book The Egyptian Book of the Dead by Muata Ashby
23
The Anunian Tradition
Below: The
Heliopolitan
Cosmogony.
The city of Anu (Amun-Ra)
The Neters of Creation The Company of the Gods and Goddesses.

Neter Neteru
Nebertcher - Amun (unseen, hidden, ever present,
Shetaut Anu
Supreme Being, beyond duality and description)
The Mystery Teachings of the Anunian

Tradition are related to the Divinity Ra and
his company of Gods and Goddesses.( See the
Book Anunian Theology by Muata Ashby) This
Temple and its related Temples espouse the
teachings of Creation, human origins and the
path to spiritual enlightenment by
means of the Supreme Being in the
form of the god Ra. It tells of how
Ra emerged from a primeval ocean
and how human beings were
created from his tears. The gods
and goddesses, who are his
children, go to form the elements of
nature and the cosmic forces that
maintain nature.
Amen (Ra)
Shu
Geb
Set
Osiris
Amenit (Rat)
Hathor
Djehuti
MAAT
Horus
Tefnut
Nut
Isis
Nephthys
Anubis
Top: Ra. From left to right, starting at the bottom level- The Gods and Goddesses of Anunian
Theology: Shu, Tefnut, Nut, Geb, Aset, Asar, Set, Nebthet and Heru-Ur
24
The Memphite Tradition

Shetaut Menefer
The Mystery Teachings of the Menefer
(Memphite) Tradition are related to the Neterus
known as Ptah, Sekhmit, Nefertem. The myths
and philosophy of these divinities constitutes
Memphite Theology.5 This temple and its
related temples espoused the teachings of
Creation, human origins and the path to
spiritual enlightenment by means of the
Supreme Being in the form of the god Ptah and
his family, who compose the Memphite Trinity.
It tells of how Ptah emerged from a primeval
ocean and how he created the universe by his
will and the power of thought (mind). The gods
and goddesses who are his thoughts, go to form
the elements of nature and the cosmic forces
that maintain nature. His spouse, Sekhmit has a
powerful temple system of her own that is
related to the Memphite teaching. The same is
true for his son Nefertem.
Below: The
Memphite
Cosmogony.
The Neters of Creation The Company of the Gods and Goddesses.

Neter Neteru
Nebertcher - Amun (unseen, hidden, ever present,
Supreme Being, beyond duality and description)
Ptah - Sekhmet
Nun
(primeval waters
unformed matter)
Nunet
(heaven-creation
formed matter)
Huh
(boundlessness)
Huhet
(bound)
Kuk
(darkness)
Kuket
(light)
Amen
( hidden)
Amenet
(manifest)
Ptah, Sekhmit and Nefertem

5
See the Book Memphite Theology by Muata Ashby
25
The city of Hetkaptah (Ptah)
The Theban Tradition
Shetaut Amun
The Mystery Teachings of the Wasetian Tradition are related to the Neterus known as Amun,
Mut Khonsu. This temple and its related temples espoused the teachings of Creation, human
origins and the path to spiritual enlightenment by means of the Supreme Being in the form of
the god Amun or Amun-Ra. It tells of how Amun and his family, the Trinity of Amun, Mut and
Khonsu, manage the Universe along with his Company of Gods and Goddesses. This Temple
became very important in the early part of the New Kingdom Era.
Below: The Trinity of Amun and the Company of Gods and Goddesses of Amun
See the Book Egyptian Yoga Vol. 2 for more on Amun, Mut and Khonsu by Muata Ashby
26
The Goddess Tradition
Shetaut Netrit
Arat
The hieroglyphic sign Arat means Goddess. General, throughout ancient Kamit, the Mystery
Teachings of the Goddess Tradition are related to the Divinity in the form of the Goddess. The
Goddess was an integral part of all the Neterian traditions but special temples also developed
around the worship of certain particular Goddesses who were also regarded as Supreme Beings
in their own right. Thus as in other African religions, the goddess as well as the female gender
were respected and elevated as the male divinities. The Goddess was also the author of Creation,
giving birth to it as a great Cow. The following are the most important forms of the goddess.6
Aset, Net, Sekhmit, Mut, Hetheru
Mehurt (The Mighty Full One)

6
See the Books, The Goddess Path, Mysteries of Isis, Glorious Light Meditation, Memphite Theology and Resurrecting
Osiris by Muata Ashby
27
The Asarian Tradition

Shetaut Asar
This temple and its related temples espoused the teachings of Creation, human origins and
the path to spiritual enlightenment by means of the Supreme Being in the form of the god Asar.
It tells of how Asar and his family, the Trinity of Asar, Aset and Heru, manage the Universe and
lead human beings to spiritual enlightenment and the resurrection of the soul. This Temple and
its teaching were very important from the Pre-Dynastic era down to the Christian period. The
Mystery Teachings of the Asarian Tradition are related to the Neterus known as: Asar, Aset,
Heru (Osiris, Isis and Heru (Horus))
The tradition of Asar, Aset and Heru was practiced generally throughout the land of ancient
Kamit. The centers of this tradition were the city of Abdu containing the Great Temple of Asar,
the city of Pilak containing the Great Temple of Aset7 and Edfu containing the Ggreat Temple
of Heru.
See the Book Resurrecting Osiris by Muata Ashby
28
The Aton Tradition
Shetaut Aton
This temple and its related temples espoused the teachings of Creation, human origins
and the path to spiritual enlightenment by means of the Supreme Being in the form of the
god Aton. It tells of how Aton with its dynamic life force created and sustains Creation.
By recognizing Aton as the very substratum of all existence, human beings engage in
devotional exercises and rituals and the study of the Hymns containing the wisdom
teachings of Aton explaining that Aton manages the Universe and leads human beings to
spiritual enlightenment and eternal life for the soul. This Temple and its teaching were
very important in the middle New Kingdom Period. The Mystery Teachings of the Aton
Tradition are related to the Neter Aton and its main exponent was the Sage King
Akhnaton, who is depicted below with his family adoring the sundisk, symbol of the
Aton.
Akhnaton, Nefertiti and Daughters

For more on Atonism and the Aton Theology see the Essence of Atonism Lecture
Series by Sebai Muata Ashby 2001
29
The General Principles of Shetaut Neter
(Teachings Presented in the Kamitan

scriptures)
1.
The Purpose of Life is to Attain the Great Awakening-Enlightenment-Know thyself.
2.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the Shedy (spiritual investigation) as the highest endeavor of life.
3.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins that it is the responsibility of every human being to promote order
and truth.
4.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the performance of Selfless Service to family, community and
humanity.
5.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the Protection of nature.
6.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the Protection of the weak and oppressed.
7.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the Caring for hungry.
8.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the Caring for homeless.
9.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the equality for all people.
10.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the equality between men and women.
11.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the justice for all.
12.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the sharing of resources.
13.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the protection and proper raising of children.
14.
SHETAUT NETER enjoins the movement towards balance and peace.
30
The Forces of Entropy

In Neterian religion, there is no concept of evil as is conceptualized in Western Culture. Rather,
it is understood that the forces of entropy are constantly working in nature to bring that which has
been constructed by human hands to their original natural state. The serpent Apep (Apophis), who
daily tries to stop Ras boat of creation, is the symbol of entropy. This concept of entropy has been
referred to as chaos by Western Egyptologists.
Apep
Above: Set protecting the boat of Ra
from the forces of entropy (symbolized
by the serpent Apep).
As expressed previously, in Neterian

religion there is also no concept of a
devil or demon as is conceived in
the
Judeo-Christian
or
Islamic
traditions. Rather, it is understood that
manifestations of detrimental situations
and adversities arise as a result of
unrighteous actions. These unrighteous
actions are due to the Setian qualities in a human being. Set is the Neteru of egoism and the negative
qualities which arise from egoism. Egoism is the idea of individuality based on identification with the
body and mind only as being who one is. One has no deeper awareness of their deeper spiritual
essence, and thus no understanding of their connectedness to all other objects (includes persons) in
creation and the Divine Self. When the ego is under the control of the higher nature, it fights the forces
of entropy (as above). However, when beset with ignorance, it leads to the degraded states of human
existence. The vices (egoism, selfishness, extraverted ness, wonton sexuality (lust), jealousy, envy,
greed, gluttony) are a result.
Set
Set and the Set animal
31
The Great Awakening of Neterian Religion
Nehast
Nehast means to wake up, to Awaken to the higher

existence. In the Prt m Hru Text it is said:
Nuk pa Neter aah Neter Uah asha ren8

I am that same God, the Supreme One, who has myriad of mysterious names.
The goal of all the Neterian disciplines is to discover the
meaning of Who am I?, to unravel the mysteries of life and to
fathom the depths of eternity and infinity. This is the task of all
human beings and it is to be accomplished in this very lifetime.
This can be done by learning the ways of the Neteru, emulating
them and finally becoming like them, Akhus, (enlightened beings),
walking the earth as giants and accomplishing great deeds such as
the creation of the universe!
{
Udjat
The Eye of Heru is a quintessential symbol of awakening to

Divine Consciousness, representing the concept of Nehast.
(Prt M Hru 9:4)
32
Introduction to Egyptian Yoga

Sema Tawi or Egyptian Yoga is an aspect of Shetaut Neter Egyptian Mysteries.
Most students of yoga are familiar with the yogic traditions of India consider that the
Indian texts such as the Bhagavad Gita, Mahabharata, Patanjali Yoga Sutras, etc. are the
primary and original source of Yogic philosophy and teaching. However, upon
examination, the teachings currently espoused in all of the major forms of Indian Yoga
can be found in Ancient Egyptian scriptures, inscribed in papyrus and on temple walls as
well as steles, statues, obelisks and other sources.
What is Yoga?
Yoga is the practice of mental, physical and spiritual disciplines which lead to selfcontrol and self-discovery by purifying the mind, body and spirit, so as to discover the
deeper spiritual essence which lies within every human being and object in the universe.
In essence, the goal of Yoga practice is to unite or yoke ones individual consciousness
with Universal or Cosmic consciousness. Therefore, Ancient Egyptian religious practice,
especially in terms of the rituals and other practices of the Ancient Egyptian Temple
system known as Shetaut Neter (the way of the hidden Supreme Being), also known in
Ancient times as Smai Tawi Egyptian Yoga, should as well be considered as universal
streams of self-knowledge philosophy which influenced and inspired the great religions
and philosophers to this day. In this sense, religion, in its purest form, is also a Yoga
system, as it seeks to reunite the soul with its true and original source, God. In broad
terms, any spiritual movement or discipline that brings one closer to self-knowledge is a
Yogic movement. The main recognized forms of Yoga disciplines are:
Yoga of Wisdom,
Yoga of Devotional Love,
Yoga of Meditation,
o Physical Postures Yoga
Yoga of Selfless Action,
Tantric Yoga
o Serpent Power Yoga
The diagram below shows the relationship between the Yoga disciplines and the path
of mystical religion (religion practiced in its three complete steps: 1st receiving the myth
{knowledge}, 2nd practicing the rituals of the myth {following the teachings of the myth}
and 3rd entering into a mystical experience {becoming one with the central figure of the
myth}).
33
The disciplines of Yoga fall under five major categories. These are: Yoga of Wisdom,
Yoga of Devotional Love, Yoga of Meditation, Tantric Yoga and Yoga of Selfless Action.
When these disciplines are practiced in a harmonized manner this practice is called
Integral Yoga. Within these categories there are subsidiary forms which are part of the
main disciplines. The emphasis in the Kamitan Asarian (Osirian) Myth is on the Yoga of
Wisdom, Yoga of Devotional Love and Yoga of Selfless Action. The important point to
remember is that all aspects of Yoga can and should be used in an integral fashion to
effect an efficient and harmonized spiritual movement in the practitioner. Therefore,
while there may be an area of special emphasis, other elements are bound to become part
of the Yoga program as needed. For example, while a Yogin (practitioner of Yoga,
aspirant, initiate) may place emphasis on the Yoga of Wisdom, they may also practice
Devotional Yoga and Meditation Yoga along with the wisdom studies. So the practice of
any discipline that leads to oneness with Supreme Consciousness can be called Yoga. If
you study, rationalize and reflect upon the teachings, you are practicing Yoga of Wisdom.
If you meditate upon the teachings and your Higher Self, you are practicing Yoga of
Meditation.
Thus, whether or not you refer to it as such, if you practice rituals which identify you
with your spiritual nature, you are practicing Yoga of Ritual Identification (which is part
of the Yoga of Wisdom {Kamitan-Rekh, Indian-Jnana} and the Yoga of Devotional Love
{Kamitan-Ushet, Indian-Bhakti} of the Divine). If you develop your physical nature and
psychic energy centers, you are practicing Serpent Power (Kamitan-Uraeus or IndianKundalini ) Yoga (which is part of Tantric Yoga). If you practice living according to the
teachings of ethical behavior and selflessness, you are practicing Yoga of Action
(Kamitan-Maat, Indian-Karma) in daily life. If you practice turning your attention
towards the Divine by developing love for the Divine, then it is called Devotional Yoga
or Yoga of Divine Love. The practitioner of Yoga is called a Yogin (male practitioner) or
Yogini (female practitioner), or the term Yogi may be used to refer to either a female
or male practitioner in general terms. One who has attained the culmination of Yoga
(union with the Divine) is also called a Yogi. In this manner, Yoga has been developed
into many disciplines which may be used in an integral fashion to achieve the same goal:
Enlightenment. Therefore, the aspirant is to learn about all of the paths of Yoga and
34
choose those elements which best suit {his/her} personality or practice them all in an
integral, balanced way.
Enlightenment is the term used to describe the highest level of spiritual awakening. It
means attaining such a level of spiritual awareness that one discovers the underlying
unity of the entire universe as well as the fact that the source of all creation is the same
source from which the innermost Self within every human heart arises.
What is Egyptian Yoga?

The Term Egyptian Yoga and The Philosophy Behind It
As previously discussed, Yoga in all of its forms were practiced in Egypt apparently
earlier than anywhere else in our history. This point of view is supported by the fact that
there is documented scriptural and iconographical evidence of the disciplines of virtuous
living, dietary purification, study of the wisdom teachings and their practice in daily life,
psychophysical and psycho-spiritual exercises and meditation being practiced in Ancient
Egypt, long before the evidence of its existence is detected in India (including the Indus
Valley Civilization) or any other early civilization (Sumer, Greece, China, etc.).
The teachings of Yoga are at the heart of Prt m Hru. As explained earlier, the word
Yoga is a Sanskrit term meaning to unite the individual with the Cosmic. The term has
been used in certain parts of this book for ease of communication since the word Yoga
has received wide popularity especially in western countries in recent years. The Ancient
Egyptian equivalent term to the Sanskrit word yoga is: Smai. Smai means union, and
the following determinative terms give it a spiritual significance, at once equating it with
the term Yoga as it is used in India. When used in conjunction with the Ancient
Egyptian symbol which means land, Ta, the term union of the two lands arises.
In Chapter 4 and Chapter 17 of the Prt m Hru, a term Smai Tawi is used. It means
Union of the two lands of Egypt, ergo Egyptian Yoga. The two lands refer to the two
main districts of the country (North and South). In ancient times, Egypt was divided into
two sections or land areas. These were known as Lower and Upper Egypt. In Ancient
Egyptian mystical philosophy, the land of Upper Egypt relates to the divinity Heru
(Heru), who represents the Higher Self, and the land of Lower Egypt relates to Set, the
divinity of the lower self. So Smai Taui means the union of the two lands or the
Union of the lower self with the Higher Self. The lower self relates to that which is
negative and uncontrolled in the human mind including worldliness, egoism, ignorance,
etc. (Set), while the Higher Self relates to that which is above temptations and is good in
the human heart as well as in touch with transcendental consciousness (Heru). Thus, we
also have the Ancient Egyptian term Smai Heru-Set, or the union of Heru and Set. So
Smai Taui or Smai Heru-Set are the Ancient Egyptian words which are to be translated as
Egyptian Yoga.
35
Above: the main symbol of Egyptian Yoga: Sma. The Ancient Egyptian language and
symbols provide the first "historical" record of Yoga Philosophy and Religious literature.
The hieroglyph Sma, ?"Sema, represented by the union of two lungs and the trachea,
symbolizes that the union of the duality, that is, the Higher Self and lower self, leads to
Non-duality, the One, singular consciousness.
The Ancient Egyptians called the disciplines of Yoga in Ancient Egypt by the term Smai
Tawi. So what does Smai Tawi mean?
Smai Tawi
(From Chapter 4 of the Prt m Hru)
The Ancient Egyptian Symbols of Yoga
()
()
A,
B,
C,
The theme of the arrangement of the symbols above is based on the idea
that in mythological and philosophic forms, Egyptian mythology and
philosophy merge with world mythology, philosophy and religion. The
hieroglyphic symbols at the very top () mean: "Know Thyself," "Self
knowledge is the basis of all true knowledge" and () abbreviated forms
of Smai taui, signifies Egyptian Yoga. The next four below represent
the four words in Egyptian Philosophy, which mean "YOGA." They are:
(A) "Nefer"(B) "Sema" (C) "Ankh" and (D) "Hetep.
36
The Term Egyptian Yoga and The Philosophy Behind It

As previously discussed, Yoga in all of its forms were practiced in Egypt apparently
earlier than anywhere else in our history. This point of view is supported by the fact that
there is documented scriptural and iconographical evidence of the disciplines of virtuous
living, dietary purification, study of the wisdom teachings and their practice in daily life,
psychophysical and psycho-spiritual exercises and meditation being practiced in Ancient
Egypt, long before the evidence of its existence is detected in India (including the Indus
Valley Civilization) or any other early civilization (Sumer, Greece, China, etc.).
The teachings of Yoga are at the heart of Prt m Hru. As explained earlier, the word
Yoga is a Sanskrit term meaning to unite the individual with the Cosmic. The term has
been used in certain parts of this book for ease of communication since the word Yoga
has received wide popularity especially in western countries in recent years. The Ancient
Egyptian equivalent term to the Sanskrit word yoga is: Smai. Smai means union, and
the following determinative terms give it a spiritual significance, at once equating it with
the term Yoga as it is used in India. When used in conjunction with the Ancient
Egyptian symbol which means land, Ta, the term union of the two lands arises.
In Chapter 4 and Chapter 17 of the Prt m Hru, a term Smai Tawi is used. It means
Union of the two lands of Egypt, ergo Egyptian Yoga. The two lands refer to the two
main districts of the country (North and South). In ancient times, Egypt was divided into
two sections or land areas. These were known as Lower and Upper Egypt. In Ancient
Egyptian mystical philosophy, the land of Upper Egypt relates to the divinity Heru
(Heru), who represents the Higher Self, and the land of Lower Egypt relates to Set, the
divinity of the lower self. So Smai Taui means the union of the two lands or the
Union of the lower self with the Higher Self. The lower self relates to that which is
negative and uncontrolled in the human mind including worldliness, egoism, ignorance,
etc. (Set), while the Higher Self relates to that which is above temptations and is good in
the human heart as well as in touch with transcendental consciousness (Heru). Thus, we
also have the Ancient Egyptian term Smai Heru-Set, or the union of Heru and Set. So
Smai Taui or Smai Heru-Set are the Ancient Egyptian words which are to be translated as
Egyptian Yoga.
Above: the main symbol of Egyptian Yoga: Sma. The Ancient Egyptian language and
symbols provide the first "historical" record of Yoga Philosophy and Religious literature.
The hieroglyph Sma, ?"Sema, represented by the union of two lungs and the trachea,
symbolizes that the union of the duality, that is, the Higher Self and lower self, leads to
Non-duality, the One, singular consciousness.
37
Above left: Smai Heru-Set, Heru and Set join forces to tie up the symbol
of Union (Sema see (B) above). The Sema symbol refers to the Union
of Upper Egypt (Lotus) and Lower Egypt (Papyrus) under one ruler, but
also at a more subtle level, it refers to the union of one's Higher Self and
lower self (Heru and Set), as well as the control of one's breath (Life
Force) through the union (control) of the lungs (breathing organs). The
character of Heru and Set are an integral part of the Pert Em Heru.
The central and most popular character within Ancient Egyptian Religion of Asar is
Heru, who is an incarnation of his father, Asar. Asar is killed by his brother Set who, out
of greed and demoniac (Setian) tendency, craved to be the ruler of Egypt. With the help
of Djehuti, the God of wisdom, Aset, the great mother and Hetheru, his consort, Heru
prevailed in the battle against Set for the rulership of Kemit (Egypt). Heru's struggle
symbolizes the struggle of every human being to regain rulership of the Higher Self and
to subdue the lower self.
The most ancient writings in our historical period are from the Ancient Egyptians.
These writings are referred to as hieroglyphics. The original name given to these writings
by the Ancient Egyptians is Metu Neter, meaning "the writing of God" or Neter Metu or
"Divine Speech." These writings were inscribed in temples, coffins and papyruses and
contained the teachings in reference to the spiritual nature of the human being and the
ways to promote spiritual emancipation, awakening or resurrection. The Ancient
Egyptian proverbs presented in this text are translations from the original hieroglyphic
scriptures. An example of hieroglyphic text was presented above in the form of the text of
Smai Taui or Egyptian Yoga.
Egyptian Philosophy may be summed up in the following proverbs, which clearly
state that the soul is heavenly or divine and that the human being must awaken to the true
reality, which is the Spirit, Self.
"Self knowledge is the basis of true knowledge."
"Soul to heaven, body to earth."
38
"Man is to become God-like through a life of virtue and the cultivation of the
spirit
through scientific knowledge, practice and bodily discipline."
"Salvation is accomplished through the efforts of the individual.
There is no mediator between man and {his/her} salvation."
"Salvation is the freeing of the soul from its bodily fetters, becoming a God
through knowledge and wisdom, controlling the forces of the cosmos instead of
being a slave to them, subduing the lower nature and through awakening the
Higher Self, ending the cycle of rebirth
and dwelling with the Neters who direct and control the Great Plan."
Egyptian Yoga is a revolutionary new way to understand and practice Ancient
Egyptian Mysticism, the Ancient Egyptian mystical religion (Shetaut Neter). Egyptian
Yoga is what has been commonly referred to by Egyptologists as Egyptian "Religion" or
"Mythology," but to think of it as just another set of stories or allegories about a long lost
civilization is to completely miss the greatest secret of human existence. What is Yoga?
The literal meaning of the word YOGA is to "YOKE" or to "LINK" back. The implication
is to link back individual consciousness to its original source, the original essence:
Universal Consciousness. In a broad sense Yoga is any process which helps one to
achieve liberation or freedom from the bondage to human pain and spiritual ignorance.
So whenever you engage in any activity with the goal of promoting the discovery of your
true Self, be it studying the wisdom teachings, exercise, fasting, meditation, breath
control, rituals, chanting, prayer, etc., you are practicing yoga. If the goal is to help you to
discover your essential nature as one with God or the Supreme Being or Consciousness,
then it is Yoga. Yoga, in all of its forms as the disciplines of spiritual development, as
practiced in Ancient Egypt earlier than anywhere else in history. The ancient scriptures
describe how Asar, the first mythical king of Ancient Egypt, traveled throughout Asia
and Europe establishing civilization and the practice of religion. This partially explains
why the teachings of mystical spirituality known as Yoga and Vedanta in India are so
similar to the teachings of Shetaut Neter (Ancient Egyptian religion - Egyptian Yoga.
This unique perspective from the highest philosophical system which developed in Africa
over seven thousand years ago provides a new way to look at life, religion, psychology
and the way to spiritual development leading to spiritual Enlightenment. So Egyptian
Yoga is not merely a philosophy but a discipline for promoting spiritual evolution in a
human being, allowing him or her to discover the ultimate truth, supreme peace and
utmost joy which lies within the human heart. These are the true worthwhile goals of life.
Anything else is settling for less. It would be like a personality who owns vast riches
thinking that he is poor and homeless. Every human being has the potential to discover
the greatest treasure of all existence if they apply themselves to the study and practice of
the teachings of Yoga with the proper guidance. Sema (?) is the Ancient Egyptian word
and symbol meaning union or Yoga. This is the vision of Egyptian Yoga.
39
The Study of Yoga

When we look out upon the world, we are often baffled by the multiplicity, which
constitutes the human experience. What do we really know about this experience? Many
scientific disciplines have developed over the last two hundred years for the purpose of
discovering the mysteries of nature, but this search has only engendered new questions
about the nature of existence. Yoga is a discipline or way of life designed to promote the
physical, mental and spiritual development of the human being. It leads a person to
discover the answers to the most important questions of life such as, Who am I? Why am
I here? Where am I going?
As explained earlier, the literal meaning of the word Yoga is to Yoke or to Link
back, the implication being to link the individual consciousness back to the original
source, the original essence, that which transcends all mental and intellectual attempts at
comprehension, but which is the essential nature of everything in Creation, termed
Universal Consciousness. While in the strict sense, Yoga may be seen as a separate
discipline from religion, yoga and religion have been linked at many points throughout
history and continue to be linked even today. In a manner of speaking, Yoga as a
discipline may be seen as a non-sectarian transpersonal science or practice to promote
spiritual development and harmony of mind and body thorough mental and physical
disciplines including meditation, psycho-physical exercises, and performing action with
the correct attitude.
The teachings which were practiced in the Ancient Egyptian temples were the same
ones later intellectually defined into a literary form by the Indian Sages of Vedanta and
Yoga. This was discussed in our book Egyptian Yoga: The Philosophy of Enlightenment.
The Indian Mysteries of Yoga and Vedanta may therefore be understood as representing
an unfolding exposition of the Egyptian Mysteries.
The question is how to accomplish these seemingly impossible tasks? How to
transform yourself and realize the deepest mysteries of existence? How to discover Who
am I? This is the mission of Yoga Philosophy and the purpose of yogic practices. Yoga
does not seek to convert or impose religious beliefs on any one. Ancient Egypt was the
source of civilization and the source of religion and Yoga. Therefore, all systems of
mystical spirituality can coexist harmoniously within these teachings when they are
correctly understood.
The goal of yoga is to promote integration of the mind-body-spirit complex in order to
produce optimal health of the human being. This is accomplished through mental and
physical exercises which promote the free flow of spiritual energy by reducing mental
complexes caused by ignorance. There are two roads which human beings can follow,
one of wisdom and the other of ignorance. The path of the masses is generally the path of
ignorance which leads them into negative situations, thoughts and deeds. These in turn
lead to ill health and sorrow in life. The other road is based on wisdom and it leads to
health, true happiness and enlightenment.
40
The central and most popular character within ancient Egyptian Religion of Asar is
Heru who is an incarnation of his father, Asar. Asar is killed by his brother Set who, out
of greed and demoniac (Setian) tendency, craves to be the ruler of Egypt. With the help
of Djehuti, the God of wisdom, Aset, the great mother and Hetheru, his consort, Heru
prevails in the battle against Set for the rulership of Egypt. Heru' struggle symbolizes the
struggle of every human being to regain rulership of the Higher Self and to subdue the
lower self. With this understanding, the land of Egypt is equivalent to the
Kingdom/Queendom concept of Christianity.
The most ancient writings in our historical period are from the ancient Egyptians.
These writings are referred to as hieroglyphics. Also, the most ancient civilization known
was the ancient Egyptian civilization. The proof of this lies in the ancient Sphinx which is
over 12,000 years old. The original name given to these writings by the ancient Egyptians
is Metu Neter, meaning "the writing of God" or Neter Metu or "Divine Speech." These
writings were inscribed in temples, coffins and papyruses and contained the teachings in
reference to the spiritual nature of the human being and the ways to promote spiritual
emancipation, awakening or resurrection. The Ancient Egyptian Proverbs presented in
this text are translations from the original hieroglyphic scriptures. An example of
hieroglyphic text is presented on the front cover.
Egyptian Philosophy may be summed up in the following proverbs which clearly state
that the soul is heavenly or divine and that the human being must awaken to the true
reality which is the spirit Self.
"Self knowledge is the basis of true knowledge."
"Soul to heaven, body to earth."
"Man is to become God-like through a life of virtue and the cultivation of the
spirit through scientific knowledge, practice and bodily discipline."
"Salvation is accomplished through the efforts of the individual. There is no
mediator between man and his / her salvation."
Higher Self, ending the cycle of rebirth and dwelling with the Neters who direct
and control the Great Plan."
Smai Tawi (From Chapter 4 of the Prt m Hru)
41
The Great Truths of Neterianism are realized by means of Four Spiritual Disciplines in Three Steps
The four disciples are: Rekh Shedy (Wisdom), Ari Shedy (Righteous Action and Selfless Service),
Uashu (Ushet) Shedy (Devotion) and Uaa Shedy (Meditation)
The Three Steps are: Listening, Ritual, and Meditation
SEDJM REKH SHEDY
L
I
S
T
E
N
Sedjm REKH Shedy - Listening to the WISDOM of the Neterian Traditions
Shetaut Asar
Teachings of the Asarian Tradition
Shetaut Anu
Teachings of the Ra Tradition
Shetaut Menefer Teachings of the Ptah Tradition
Shetaut Waset
Teachings of the Amun Tradition
Shetaut Netrit
Teachings of the Goddess Tradition
Shetaut Aton
Teachings of the Aton Tradition
ARI SHEDY
R
I
T
U
A
L
Ari Maat Shedy Righteous Actions Purifies the GROSS impurities of the Heart
Maat Shedy
Maat Aakhu
Maat Aru
True Study of the Ways of hidden nature of Neter

True Deeds that lead to glory
True Ritual
UASHU (USHET) SHEDY
Ushet Shedy Devotion to the Divine Purifies the EMOTIONAL impurities of

the Heart
Shmai Divine Music

Sema Paut
Meditation in motion
Neter Arit
Divine Offerings Selfless-Service virtue UAA SHEDY
M
E
D
I
T
A
T
E
Uaa m Neter Shedy - nPP"b Meditation Experience the Transcendental

Supreme Self. The five forms of Neterian Meditation discipline include.
Arat Sekhem, - Meditation on the Subtle Life Force

Ari Sma Maat, - Meditation on the Righteous action
Nuk Pu-Ushet, - Meditation on the I am
Nuk Ra Akhu, - Meditation on the Glorious Light
Rekh Khemn, -Meditation on the Wisdom Teaching
42
Summary of The Great Truths and the Shedy Paths to their Realization
Great
Truths
Shedy
Disciplines
I
God is One and in all things
manifesting through the Neteru
I
Listen to the Wisdom Teachings
(Become Wise)
Learn the mysteries as taught by an
authentic teacher which allows this
profound statement to be understood.
II
Unrighteousness brings fetters and
these cause ignorance of truth
(#1)
II
Acting (Living) by Truth
Apply the Philosophy of right action to
become virtuous and purify the heart
III
Devotion to God allows the
personality to free itself from the
fetters
III
Devotion to the Divine
Worship, ritual and divine love allows
the personality purified by truth to
eradicate the subtle ignorance that
binds it to mortal existence.
IIII
The Shedy disciplines are the
greatest form of worship of the
Divine
IIII
Meditation
Allows the whole person to go beyond
the world of time and space and the
gross and subtle ignorance of mortal
human existence to discover that which
transcends time and space.
Great Awakening
Occurs when all of the Great Truths have
been realized by perfection of the Shedy
disciplines to realize their true nature and
actually experience oneness with the
transcendental Supreme Being.
See the book Initiation Into Egyptian Yoga
43
BK
%
Het Amun (Temple of Amun)9

9
Great temple of Amun in Waset (Thebes/Luxor, Egypt-Africa)
44
CHAPTER I: Who is AMUN?
BK
%
i\fK
45
Introduction
The wisdom of Ancient Egypt has long fascinated the world due to the massive
structures and the plentiful inscriptions telling of a vast culture which was capable of
unimaginable feats of engineering while at the same time being spiritually rooted. The
spiritual roots of Ancient Egypt were the backbone of the society in every aspect. The
strength that came from spiritual awareness was the force that engendered the creation of
the most spiritually advanced society in our history.
In Part 1 of this volume we will present an Introduction to the Hymns of Amun. This
work will provide a basic understanding of what is referred to as Theban Theology. It will
also provide an introduction to the mystical philosophy of Ancient Egypt through the
philosophy as it was practiced in the Ancient Egyptian City of Waset or Newt, also known
as Thebes by the Western countries. Before entering into the introduction to the Hymns of
Amun, we must first understand some basic principles of Ancient Egyptian Religion and
Mythology. Then we will need to have a basic understanding of the period of time in which
the Ancient Egyptians lived and who they were as a people.
Waset is the city of Ancient Egypt that was named Thebes by the Greeks, who knew it
also, as Diospolis (heavenly city). Thebes is the city identified in the Old Testament as No
(city), No-Amon (city of Amon), Anu (city of Ra) and Hetkaptah (city of Ptah). In
Ancient Egypt, Waset was synonymous with the Beautiful West or the mythical city where
the Supreme Being in the form of Amun, Ra, Ptah or Asar abides. Thus the West was the
highest goal of every human being because it was the place where unity with God is
possible and where supreme peace and bliss can be experienced for all eternity. In much
the same way as the sun is born in the east, rises and sets in the west, every human being is
seen as a traveler. He or she comes into the world of human experience and one day dies
with the hopes of reaching the west, where God, in the
form of the sundisk (Ra), also ends up each day
to complete the cycle of time. So where is this
coveted western land? Is it simply a myth or
is it actually possible to find this peace
and bliss even in our own times? This
question is the objective of our study.
Late Period depiction of Neberdjer10
The All-encompassing God.
The All-God unites the attributes of
all Egyptian deities, Khepri,
10
Also pronounced as Nebertcher.
46
Amun, Amsu, Ra, two plumes symbolizing Aset and Nebethet (Aset and Nephthys) and a
male phallus, etc., with male emphasis.
"Neberdjer: Everything is Amun-Ra-Ptah, three in one."
-Ancient Egyptian Proverb
Ancient Egyptian Mythology centered around the Creation of the universe out of a
Primeval Ocean.11 This ocean was formless and homogenous. From this original essence,
the Supreme Being arose in the form of an all-encompassing Supreme Being known as
Neberdjer (All-encompassing existence) or Pa Neter (The Supreme Being). Neberdjer is an
androgynous, formless being. However, Neberdjer received many symbolic names and
forms throughout the vast Ancient Egyptian history. Neberdjer, also known as Pa Neter or
The God, distinguishing the Supreme Divinity from the neteru, the Gods and Goddesses
, which symbolizes cosmic powers through which the Supreme Being manifests. Many
forms were associated with the Supreme Divinity. These included both male and female
forms. Thus, the Ancient Egyptian gods, Asar and Amun, who were
male, were also known as Neberdjer. The Ancient
Egyptian cow goddess, Mehurt, was also known as
Neberdjer, the source of creation. In order to engender
Creation, Neberdjer transformed into a Trinity,
Amun-Ra-Ptah. This signifies that from a self-existent,
singular and formless mass (Nu, the Primeval Ocean)
the phenomenal universe consisting of objects with
forms that have been given names, arises. For our
study, we will use the words Supreme Divinity,
Supreme Being, Pa Neter, Neberdjer, God, Divine
Self, and The Self, interchangeably, to refer to the
same Supreme Spirit.
Above: Late Period depiction of Neberdjer. The
All-God- Neberdjer encompassing all the aspects of
other divinities and in control of nature as
symbolized by the seven animals encircled by the
serpent and the ones being held with the left hand.
The teaching of Neberdjer: Amun-Ra-Ptah is a profound study of mystical philosophy

which encompasses the nature of Creation, Divinity and the origins and destiny of human
life. It involves a study of the very makeup of the human heart (consciousness) and the way
towards realizing the greatest goal of human existence. Thus, to believe that Ancient
Egyptian Mythology and Mystical Religion is merely a fictitious yarn about some mythical
characters is to entirely miss a most important teaching about the purpose of human life
11
Also referred to as the Primeval Waters.
47
and the supreme goal of human existence, Spiritual Enlightenment, the discovery of the
nature of God.
Ancient Egyptian Religion developed over a period of tens of thousands of years.12 Each
segment of the four-fold system of mystical philosophy (Neberdjer, Amun, Ra, Ptah) in
Ancient Egyptian Theban Religion as it is known today, originates in the Ancient Egyptian
city of Anu, known to the Ancient Greeks as Heliopolis or the city of the sun. The
presiding symbol of the Supreme Divinity was known there as Ra.
In the creation story involving the Ausarian Mysteries13, Asar assumes the role of
Khepera and Tem:
"Neb-er-tcher saith, I am the creator of what hath come into being, and I myself
came into being under the form of the god Khepera, and I came into being in
primeval time. I had union with my hand, and I embraced my shadow in a love
embrace; I poured seed into my own mouth, and I sent forth from myself issue in
the form of the gods Shu and Tefnut." "I came into being in the form of Khepera,
and I was the creator of what came into being, I formed myself out of the
primeval matter, and I formed myself in the primeval matter. My name is Ausares
(Asar).
I was alone, for the Gods and Goddesses were not yet born, and I had emitted
from myself neither Shu nor Tefnut. I brought into my own mouth, hekau, and I
forthwith came into being under the form of things which were created under the
form of Khepera."
Neberdjer
K
(All-encompassing divinity-eternity-the absolute)
Amun
BK%
(Hidden essence of creation-witnessing consciousness)
Ra
$K
(Mind and senses-Life force of creation)
12
See the book The Cycles of Time, by Dr. Muata Ashby.

See the books The Ausarian Resurrection: The Ancient Egyptian Bible and The Mystical Teachings of The Ausarian
Resurrection: Initiation Into The Third Level of Shetaut Asar.
13
48
Ptah
?
/
(Heaven and earth-the physical universe)

These passages all point to the fact that while the name of the Supreme Being has
changed under the different priesthoods, these are merely different expressions of the same
principles and teachings which even use the same wording, therefore, there is no
discontinuity or confusion within the theology. More importantly, the last passage reminds
us that all of the names and forms are merely outward expressions of the Supreme Being,
Neb-er-tcher, in its physical manifestation. Neberdjer who signifies the all-encompassing
The Trinity as
being is the source of the Trinity. Neberdjer includes all male and female aspects
of the
manifestation
of
Neberdjer.
Trinity and is therefore to be understood as the androgynous and primordial being from
which arose all names and forms, all Gods and Goddesses , all creation.
The other important point in this passage is that Asar states that he brought himself,
and thereby creation, into being by the just uttering his own name. The idea of the
primeval utterance which emerges out of the hidden regions of existence and into the
realm of time and space is taken up here by the priests of Asar.
Sekhmet-Bast-Ra
The All - Goddess
She is the union of the vulture (Mut), lioness (Sekhmet), human female with wings, two
plumes (Aset and Nebthet) and a male phallus.
An important, but less known form of the Ancient Egyptian Goddess is known as
Sekhmet-Bast-Ra. Sekhmet-Bast-Ra is a composite depiction of the Goddess encompassing all
of the attributes of the goddesses as well as the attributes of the gods.
This is a recognition that all things in Creation are not absolutely
female or male. All of Creation is a combination of male and
female elements. Therefore, since Creation is
androgynous, so too Divinity and the human soul
are also androgynous. This understanding is
reflected in the following instruction from Aset to Heru
(Horus) from the Ausarian Resurrection.
Sex is a thing of bodies, not of souls
49
The Mystical Creation Myth
Ra-Tem
Hathor
Djehuti
Maat
Shu
Set Nebthet
Tefnut
Geb
Nut
Asar
Aset
Heru (Horus)
Asar
Nebthet
Anubis
The diagram above shows that the Psedjet (Ennead), the creative principles that are
embodied in the primordial neteru (Gods and Goddesses) of creation, emanated from the
Supreme Being. Ra or Ra-Tem arose out of the Nu, the Primeval Ocean, the hidden
essence, and began sailing the Boat of Millions of Years which included the Company of
Gods and Goddesses . On his boat emerged the neteru, the Gods and Goddesses who
symbolize the cosmic principles of Creation. The neteru of the Ennead are Ra-Atum, Shu,
Tefnut, Geb, Nut, Asar, Aset, Set, and Nebthet.
Hathor, Djehuti (dehuti) and Maat represent
attributes of the Supreme Being as the very stuff
or substratum which makes up creation. Shu,
Tefnut, Geb, Nut, Asar, Aset, Set, and Nebthet
represent the principles upon which creation
manifests. Anubis is not part of the Ennead. He
represents
the
feature
of
intellectual
discrimination in the Ausarian myth. Sailing
signifies the beginning of motion in creation.
Motion implies that events occur in the realm of
time and space, thus, the phenomenal universe
comes into existence as a mass of moving essence
we call the elements. Prior to this motion, there
was the primeval state of being without any form
and without existence in time or space.
Above: The Creation: Ra emerges from the Nu (primeval waters) along with the Company of Gods and
Goddesses .
50
God rises out of the primeval waters and His continuous motion through the cosmos sustains the
universe. This same barque is constantly attacked by the evil forces headed by the serpent Apep. Apep
represents the fetters of the soul. It is the task of the initiate to eradicate the obstructions (Apep) from the
path of spiritual progress. Sublimating the Setian forces, the lower self, represented by Set, can do this.
Above: The Great Trinity of Ancient Egypt including both male and female principles. A-Amun and
Amenit or Amunet (Mut), B- Ra and Rai, C- Ptah and Sekhmet.
The Mysteries of Anu are considered to be the oldest exposition of the teachings of
Creation and they formed a foundation for the unfoldment of the teachings of mystical
spirituality which followed in the mysteries of the city of Hetkaptah through the Divinity in
the name Ptah, and the Mysteries of Newt (Waset or Thebes), through the Divinity in the
name Amun. With each succeeding exposition, the teaching becomes more and more
refined until it reaches its quintessence in the Hymns of Amun. Thus, while each of the
divinities in the Ancient Egyptian Trinity (Amun-Ra-Ptah) are related, in their own tutelary
way they assume the form of the High Divinity or Supreme Being with name and form.
However, as we have seen, they are only representations or symbols (representation with
name and form) of the transcendental androgynous Divinity which is without name or
form who is referred to as Neberdjer. This understanding holds vast implications for the
comprehension of Ancient Egyptian Religion and its message in reference to the human
soul because the human soul is related to Neberdjer just as the Trinity is related to
Neberdjer. How is this possible? This is the teaching of the Hymns of Amun.
This work represents an introduction to the sacred scriptures from one segment of the
Ancient Egyptian Trinity. It is provided for those who would like to begin their studies of
Theban Theology and to practice the teachings contained therein. These sacred scriptures
encompassed in the Hymns-Hessu are to be used for praying, chanting, memorizing and
repeating, and should be studied ardently. When they are propitiated-Amma, in this
manner, they bestow spiritual wisdom-Sa, mental calm and spiritual upliftment.
51
The Deeper Aspect of Amun

The concept behind the teaching of Amun is the central theme of not only Ancient
Egyptian Religion and mystical philosophy, but also of every world religion and of modern
physics as well. The idea of Amun has been mythologized by Sages in such a fashion that
the continuous study of the teachings and myths reveal increasingly more profound layers
of the mystery of life. The outer layers are shed through understanding of the philosophical
ideas and teachings. When understanding reaches an intuitive level through the study and
practice of the teachings, the core wherein lies the discovery of the true essence of mystical
religious philosophies is revealed.
The name Amun appears in the remotest times of Egyptian history and came to
prominence in the ancient city of Waset (Thebes), Egypt. The mysteries of Amun represent
a quintessence of Egyptian philosophy concerning the nature of the un-manifest aspect of
all existence and the understanding of human consciousness. This teaching speaks of God
as an un-manifest, nameless, formless Being of Light which is the source of all that is
manifest. The formless Being of Light also became known as the Nu, the Watery Abyss and as
Amun, the Witnessing Self. In the Ancient Egyptian Shabaka Inscription, this teaching was
espoused with Ptah assuming the role of the manifestation of the un-manifest Self.
In Egypt, the concept of God, the ultimate and absolute reality-Un maat behind all
physical manifestations, was called Amn or Amun14 or Neberdjer or Pa Neter. In Hindu
mythology, it is Brahman, to the Taoists, it is The Tao, in Judaism it is referred to as Yahweh,
in Islam it is Allah, in Christianity it is God the Father and The Kingdom of Heaven, and to
modern physics it is Energy. In Indian mystical philosophy the inner Self is referred to as
Antar Amin. The similarity in the terms used to denote The Self in Ancient Egypt and India
is evident.
Since the most ancient times of Egyptian civilization, a nameless, formless, gender-less
"Supreme God," was also referred to as "Neter Neteru" (God of gods), and as "The Hidden One,"
until later times when myths were constructed for the understanding of the common
people which made use of symbols or forms. Thus, representations of God began to
appear, first in zoomorphic forms (using animals to convey a symbolic image), and then in
anthropomorphic (human) forms. "Pa Neter" or "The God" was thought of as a FatherMother Creator God and must not be confused with the "neteru" or "gods and goddesses,"
which represented the cosmic forces of the Universe which emanate from Pa Neter.
Prior to creating, the Creator is viewed as both female and male until creation is
created, at which time creation becomes the female principle (Creation) and the movervivifier (God), becomes the male principle (Spirit) . This is the beginning of duality coming
14
Other spellings include Amun, Amen, Amon, Amonu, Amunu.
52
out of non-duality. From an advanced point of view however, God is neither male nor
female, but God is the source from which the Gods and Goddesses (neteru), men and
women and all creation comes. Therefore, the concept of "Pa Neter" encompasses a
concept that goes beyond ordinary human - mental understanding of God. For the
"common folk," "Pa Neter" was referred to as Amon - Ra - Ptah, the Holy Trinity, or as
Asar, Aset, Heru (Horus), Hathor, etc., and was represented by various symbols such as the
Sundisk or a single flag, as well as other symbols. These symbols contain deep mystical
significance and hold formulas which convey mystical teachings about ourselves and the
nature of existence.
Each divine aspect and symbol for the Divine carries with it certain specific pieces of
information which, when put together through intuitive understanding, reveal the
wholeness of creation and of human consciousness. Thus, through each major High God
and his Consort, different levels of mystical wisdom are revealed. In three of the major
cosmological systems of Ancient Egypt, mystical wisdom is revealed through the symbolic
representation of the deities and through their relationships. The relationships of the
deities constitute the different Companies (Paut Neteru) of gods who are in the following
of the High (Supreme) God (Neter Neteru). Further, the Companies reveal that the
Supreme Being exists in the un-manifest form and manifests as a Trinity (Amun-Ra-Ptah),
and also as the different principles which are represented by the various Gods and
Goddesses (Neteru). In this manner, the ancient texts themselves proclaim that Amun is
One and Alone, Ptah is One and Alone, and Ra is One and Alone. All deities are One
because they represent the One Supreme Being, so there is no conflict because there are no
differences between them; they are only symbols of certain characteristic principles of the
same Divine Self, so their differences are of appearance only. Thus, the concept of the
High God must be interpreted in a much broader sense than in the stricter dogmatic
religious philosophies. The High God is androgynous, therefore, male or female deities
may serve the role of High God as is needed for the particular doctrine and wisdom
teaching. Thus, Amun, Ra, Ptah, Asar, Heru (Horus), Khepera, Aset, Hathor, Mut, Nut,
etc., are all representatives or representations of the Supreme Deity which is beyond name
and form, though manifesting with name and form.
By looking at the various deities with an insight into the principles they represent and
their relationships to the absolute Supreme Being (Pa Neter), the correct understanding
emerges with respect to the androgynous nature and origin of the soul. In ancient texts,
Aset informs Heru (Horus) that sex is a thing of bodies and not of souls and elsewhere, we are
instructed that the body belongs to the earth and the soul to heaven. Therefore, you are to
understand that the task of the mysteries of Yoga involve a shifting of your conscious
identification from the body to the soul essence. With this understanding, the concept of
Pa Neter includes the female element. So when Aset says she is All that is and All that shall
ever be and Hathor is described as One and Alone, you can understand these statements as
all being true.
53
Furthermore, all deities of other religions (Jesus, Krishna, Buddha, etc.) are One as well,
in that they are symbols and representations of the One ultimate reality behind all names
and forms. So whatever deity is chosen for worship, there is no conflict because the true
object of worship is the transcendental reality behind the form of the deity. In this manner,
religion progresses from the ritualistic level where the external form of the Divine is
worshipped to the mythical level, wherein the particular deity is worshipped as a
representation of the Divine. Finally, religious movement progresses to the metaphysical or
mystical level where the deities are intentionally understood to be representations of the
divine essence underlying all things, which is the innermost reality of yourself. With this
understanding, the essence of God within the innermost recesses of your heart is revealed.
Below: The ram of Amun and the Uraeus Goddess.
In the same manner that Hindu deities such as
Shiva and Krishna are pictures with their consorts
Parvati and Radha, respectively, who represent
their shakti (manifesting energy or power), Amun
is pictured with his female Sekhem or power in
her name as Arat (the Uraeus).
So any deity may be chosen according to

the level of understanding and meskhenet
(karmic) inclination of the individual. There
are varied forms of religions and yoga
disciplines in existence because there are
varied human personalities. Further, since all
things in creation are in reality manifestations
of God, everything in creation is divine and is
therefore worthy of deification and reverence.
The goal of each and every discipline of yoga is
the attainment of the beatific state of
Enlightenment wherein all Creation is
understood as being Divine.
54
The Symbols of Amun
i\fK%
Making images of God and the Gods and Goddesses in human likeness can be either
helpful or dangerous for the follower. The mind is a wonderful tool for accomplishing
seemingly impossible tasks. When it is captivated by something it holds onto it tenaciously
and every effort is made to achieve the desired goal. However, it easily indulges in emotion
and imagination-Iab, developing attachment to that which it understands, and fear and
hatred towards that which it does not.
The danger in religious symbolism arises when the mind becomes fixed on the image or
symbol rather than the essence of the symbolic meaning of the symbol or deity being
worshipped. Instead of worshipping those qualities and developing them in one's self, the
worshipper might believe that those qualities belong to the statue, spiritual entity, painting
or "some special person who lived long ago. They do not realize that symbols such as Heru
(Horus), Christ, and Buddha represent qualities which lie deep within every individual
human being and not somewhere "out there" but "right in here," inside the heart. In
ancient times, the wise sages chose images which were so far from the norm that the
attachment-oriented human mind would not get "hung up" on the picture, and thereby
concentrate on the meaning. For example: The hawk, the symbol of Heru (Horus), the
God of light, signifies the qualities of heaven, accurate vision and speed. When looking at
the hawk, T, you should be immediately drawn to those qualities of accurate vision or
discrimination between what is real and what is not real, tenacity, speed and freedom,
expansion, righteousness, justice, truth, etc.
Symbols have a great psychological significance because, without them, there would be
no possibility for the mind to exist, function and interact with creation. A deeper
examination of symbols reveals that they are more than just representations of images or
ideas. The human mind understands things by first making a mental picture of it and then
associating that mental concept with other ideas and thoughts. When you think of a chair,
a three dimensional mental image appears in the mind as to what a chair looks like. You
do not think of the letters that make up the word C-H-A-I-R. Therefore, symbols are far
superior to literary and verbal forms of communication, to efficiently and quickly convey
an idea or thought. In literary or verbal forms of communication ideas are expressed
through lengthy discussions and explanations. With the hieroglyphic system or other forms
of visual-symbolic communication, extremely complex ideas and concepts are conveyed at
the speed of the minds perception through the senses. After reading this book, you will
find that having learned about the symbols, just a glance at them will convey the ideas,
thoughts and feelings associated with them.
55
Above Left: The Supreme Divinity, Amun, depicted with a zoomorphic form using the head of a
ram and the body of a human being.
Above Right: Amun-Ra: The combination aspect of Amun and Ra in the form of a hawk-headed
human.
When you understand that you are not the body, but spirit, it becomes obvious that all
your mental notions are only elaborate symbols. In fact, all the objects in creation are really
symbols or ideas, not absolute realities, just as the objects in a dream-Resu are only
representations based on your unconscious mind and not absolute realities. Therefore,
symbols are a vital key to understanding the workings of the mind and the nature of
existence. Thoughts themselves are symbols. In Egyptian mythology and philosophy, as well
as in other mythological and philosophical systems, it is often necessary to learn about a
symbol's meaning(s) by its relation to other symbols.
One of the sacred symbols of Amun is the Khnem (Knum) ram. Amun is associated with
the ram because of its virility and pugnacity or power and will to fight. In reference to
virility, this metaphorical reference is more of a tantric symbolism than a sexual one. One
of Gods most important attributes is the ability to engender or cause the existence of an
infinite universe. This infinitude is symbolized by the sexual power of the ram. Khnemu is
the aspect of Amun as the Creator Of Men. He sits at the potters wheel, fashioning the
form of all things in creation. Khnemu also means to join, to build or to unite. Amun is the
breath of life and also the breath that is breathed.
56
Above: Amsu-Min
Another symbol of Amun is a pregnant woman, representing the

essence or generating Life Force that causes life to exist and be
engendered. In much the same way, Amun is associated with Amsu
Min or Menu, the ithyphallic (erect penis) form of Heru (Horus)
symbolizing the source of the sexual energy which causes arousal and
the generation of life in the realm of time and space (phenomenal
universe), and the sublimation of that energy.15 This same sexual
energy, when sublimated, is the power that Heru (Horus) uses in the
form represented by Amsu-Min to overthrow the fetters of Set (see the
book The Ausarian Resurrection). In the same manner, Amunet, as the
consort of Amun, is an androgynous fertility goddess associated with
Min and the goddesses Neith-Amunet, Ahat-Amunet and Aset-Amunet. In
association with the vulture as Mut, she represents nature, the
feminine power which assimilates, recycles and regenerates dead
matter and brings it back to life again. Therefore, Mut is the Great
Mother, nature itself, which is the field in which material things come
to life and to which they return at the time of death, She is the consort of the Spirit (The
Self).
Above: Khnemu or Khnum, a form of Amun as the fashioner of men, is seen here creating a human
being. Knum in the act of creating a child and its Ka. He fashions the body in accordance with the
fortune and destiny that has been allotted to it by Djehuti. This outlines the span of life of each human
being according to his or her karmic past and the persons evolutionary needs.16
15
16
see Egyptian Tantra Yoga: The Art of Sex Sublimation and Universal Consciousness.
See verses 15, 16, 40 and 43 of the Hymns of Amun.
57
Above left and right: The anthropomorphic form of Amun with double plumes,
moon-bulls tail, ankh amulet and Was scepter.
Above: The forms of Khonsu, The Traveler,

offspring of Amun and Mut (Amunet).
In short, Amun is the origin and essence of all things and is the innermost reality of all
human beings. Amun is the same Life Force essence which manifests through the sun
(Ra), therefore, Amun is known as Amun-Ra. Since Amun and his consort Amunet (Mut) are
in reality one being who manifests as a duality, encompassing all the pairs of opposites,
Amun is also known as Ka-Mut-F or the Bull Of His Mother, signifying that the hidden soul
58
within all things has the power to exist and generate life from within itself. Therefore, all
life is an expression of the self-existent being, beyond time and space though manifesting as
time and space, and all objects in creation. Amun is shown in the Books of the Duat17
holding a serpent-shaped scepter. This serpent was called Kam-at-f P$, He who
hath finished His moment. This serpent, representing creative power, enshrines the soul
of Amun. As Amun is neither alive or dead, the serpent surrounding his soul represents
creation and the soul is the source and power which sustains creation.
BK
_u
Amun
Mut
_ Ka-Mut-F
Ancient Egyptian writing did not record the vowels in words. This accounts for the wide
variety of word spellings and different uses for the same symbols. Further, the symbols may
carry a phonetic value, a symbolic value and or a determinative value.
Ancient Egyptian scripture sometimes holds a phonetic value which relates to its spoken
characteristics such as pronunciation. The symbolic value relates to its mystical meaning
which transcends the ordinary idea of the picture. For example, the eye has the ordinary
symbolic value as an organ of vision, however, when used in conjunction with Asar (Asar),
it means the all-seeing, witnessing power of God. The determinative value serves to
direct us towards the specific object or idea being spoken about. Determinatives may relate
to a single group, an entire class or to gender. Also, symbols may convey a secret value
when used in certain unusual ways.
17
Duat is the Ancient Egyptian name for the Astral Plane or Netherworld. It also is written as Duat or Duat.
59
Above: The ram of Amun in the four-headed aspect symbolizing the all-encompassing
nature of the Divine. The Supreme Being encompasses all directions, everything
within the directions of East, West, North and South. Also, this motif recalls to
mind the four-fold nature of existence, Neberdjer: Amun-Ra-Ptah (Absolute:
Causal-Astral-Physical Planes). It must be clearly understood that the Absolute
(God) has no planes of existence or aspects. These terms are used as concepts to
assist the mind in grasping the necessary teachings which will allow the mind to
transcend its ignorance and thereby expand in understanding and inner
discovery. The Self is the ever pure, non-dual essence. The many names and
descriptions are used only for instruction.
On the whole, Egyptian hieroglyphic writing was produced for those who had an idea
about the philosophy and the context of the teachings. In other words, they were meant for
those who had previously been initiated into the mystery teachings. Therefore, the
elementary levels of instruction and the esoteric meanings of those symbols were not
recorded, but were transmitted orally from generation to generation and meant for those
who could decipher the meanings by deductive and intuitional reasoning. Once the
principles of mythology are known, the inner meanings of a particular mystical philosophy
can be reconstructed by piecing together the references of different symbols in relation to
each other and then placing them within a context of a whole teaching. This way of
reading a mythological system is a key to understanding all mythology. It is a universal
principle which reveals the hidden teachings of the mystical meanings of world
mythologies.
The symbols of the name of Amun are derived from BK% = hidden god, hidden
wisdom. In Ancient Egyptian language, the phonetic value of the word Amun is = with
the a being as the "o" in bottle or i as in bite, = me or mu, B= n as in Nu, the primeval
waters of creation. Symbolic meanings include = flowering reed, B= water =
established. The determinative value is: K= God, %= hidden or un-manifest. Therefore, we
have: -M-U-N (a-mun), the God who is the flowering Life Force which is hidden and established
in the waters of consciousness. The similarity to the Hindu name of God, A-U-M (Om), should
be noted. In the Leyden Papyrus, a late Ancient Egyptian Magical Papyrus, the word Om
appears as one of the names of Amun-Ra. In Column IX entitled Divination by Chons
(Khonsu), lines 5 and 6 read as follows:
(5) Great is thy name, Heir is thy name, Excellent is thy name,
Hidden is thy name. Mighty one of the gods is thy name," He whose
name is hidden from all the gods is thy name, Om," (6) Mighty Am is thy
name, All the gods is thy name, Lotus-lion-ram is thy name, ...
60
Left: Mut as the vulture goddess and consort of Amun.
The Relationship between Nubia and Egypt
as
The situation between Ancient Egypt and Nubia may be likened to that of
England and the United states. Far from a racial issue it so happened that
the child, Egypt, grew to such stature and glory that surpassed the parent
and due to certain cultural differences that developed between the
countries there was a vying over control of trade just as two siblings
quarrel over clothing or jewelry. The true state of affairs between the two
countries became evident when Egypt was besieged and occupied by
foreign conquerors. The Nubians lent their support as allies if not
family members coming to the rescue of kin in trouble to restore
Egypt to her former glory.
The Kingdom of Kerma or Karmah grew in power and ambition

and became the economic competitor with Egypt. When Egypt
experienced a period of social upheaval beginning around 1700 B.C.E., when the Hyksos
(Asiatics most likely from present-day Syria) conquered lower, or northern, Egypt armies of
upper, or southern, Egypt withdrew from lower Nubia and Karmah took over this region.
However, soldiers from Karmah fought on both sides in the warfare between the Egyptians
and the Hyksos, pointing to the fluidity of the situation in Nubia and the
ambivalence of the Nubians in this period. The Egyptians began a national war of
liberation by around 1570 B.C.E. They waged war first against Karmah because
during the war conflict, pharaoh Kamose intercepted a message from the
Hyksos ruler to the new king of Karmah which invited Karmah to join forces
with Hyksos to conquer Egypt share the spoils between them (Karmah and
Hyksos). Egypt moved to reconquered lower Nubia to prevent such an
alliance and then the Egyptians drove the Hyksos from Egypt. The
ambivalence of the Kingdom of Karmah proved costly for them since
Egypt then waged a series of attacks against Karmah until around 1450
B.C.E., when Egypt destroyed the kingdom and its capital. Egypt then
occupied Nubia for approximately 500 years, and the Nubians (or
Kushites) absorbed Egyptian culture.18 This period also marked the
beginning of the New Kingdom era in Ancient Egyptian history, a period
marked by a flowering in Egyptian culture. In the New Kingdom and Late
Periods of Ancient Egyptian history the Nubians adopted the architecture
and also the worship of Amun particularly in his Ram form. The Nubians
also adopted the art of building pyramids but most of these were for use
as tombs, somewhat like the pyramid tombs of the kinds of the Ancient
Egyptian Old Kingdom Period. This building boom was especially marked during the
Meroitic Period of Nubian history. Thus, there is a larger total number of pyramids in Nubia
than in Egypt itself.
Above: The God Amun in the form of the Ram headed man.
18"Kush, Early Kingdom of," Microsoft Encarta Africana. &(p) 1999 Microsoft Corporation. All rights
reserved.
61
Above: Pyramid temple Nubian Meroitic (last Nubian capital 4th century B.C.E. to 3rd century A.C.E.).
The Nubian Gods and Goddesses in the Kamitic Paut19

While the divinity Amun was popular in Nubia, this popularity was exemplified in the later periods of
Nubian history which began with the New Kingdom Period in Kamit. The Nubian preference was the
ram-headed man while the preference in Kamit was either the ram in a completely zoomorphic (animal)
form or the divinity as a man with the body and head of a man (anthropomorphic).20
19
Company of Ancient Egyptian Neteru (Gods and Goddesses) similar in some ways to the term Pantheon
meaning All the gods of a people. American Heritage dictionary
20
See the book African Origins of Civilization, Religion and Yoga Spirituality by Muata Ashby
62
Above: Pyramid tomb of Nubian King and Egyptian Pharaoh Taharka- Late Period 25 Dynasty 8th century
B.C.E.
63
Nubian Meroitic Period Temple complete with pylons.

Below: Typical Egyptian New Kingdom Period Temple.
64
Above- Nubian Meroitic Period Temple complete with pylons.

Below- Typical Egyptian New Kingdom Period Temple.
21
21
Architecture - Medinet Habu temple -New Kingdom Waset Egypt
65
The Main Ancient Egyptian Gods and Goddesses
Forms of Amun-Ra Creator
Ra Creator
Ptah Creator
Atum Demiurge
The Main
Ancient Egyptian
Gods and
Goddesses
Shu Air Ether
Asar
Soul
Tefnut-Water
Aset
Wisdom
Geb Earth
Heru
Kingship, Spiritual
Victory
66
Nut heavens
Apuat
Discernment
Djehuti
Intellect Writing, words
Asar King of the

Dead
The Main Ancient Egyptian Gods and Goddesses Cont.
Sekhmet Power of the

sun
Min Generation,
Sex Sublimation
Nebethet Mortality
Mut Great
Hethor Power of God
Bes Childbirth,
merriment, war
Set Chaos
Hapi Nile water
Sebek Crocodile God

Power of Nature
Net
Decisive action, protection
Saaa Intelligence
Arat Serpent
Power
The Forms
of Maat
Selket Power of Nature
67
CHAPTER II: Hessu Amun- THE HYMNS OF

AMUN
The following utterances are translations from Ancient Egyptian Hymns of Amun. A
hymn is usually defined as: A song of praise or thanksgiving, especially to God. The
hymns were written upon papyruses, steles, reliefs and other inscriptions. Each verse is to
be considered as Hekau or Words of Power, a mantram which when correctly understood
and recited or chanted-Hesi, imparts wisdom which has a transformative effect on the
human mind. This process of transformation leads the reciter towards divine awareness
and communion with the Higher Self.
BK%
Hessu Amun
(The Hymns of Amun)
68
The Hymns of Amun

(i) O men, O men, who art in heaven, turn thy face upon the dead body of the child, and make
your child sound and strong in the Netherworld.
(ii) O men, O men, O God, O God, O men, I adore thy name, grant thou to me that I may
understand Thee; Grant thou that I may have peace in the Duat, and that I may possess all my
members therein...
(iii) Hail, men, let me make supplication unto Thee, for I know thy name, and thy
transformations are in my mouth, and thy skin is before my eyes.
(iiii) Come, I pray Thee, and place Thou heir and Thine image, myself, in the everlasting
underworld... let my whole body become like that of a neter, let me escape from the evil chamber
and let me not be imprisoned therein; for I worship thy name..
1. He is self-created and as He fashioned Himself none knows His forms.
2. He became in primeval time, no other being existed, there was no other god before Him, there was
no other god with Him to declare His form, all the gods came into being after Him.
3. He had no mother by whom His name was made; He had no father who begat Him, saying, "It is
even myself." He shaped His own egg. He mingled His seed with His body to make His egg to
come into being within Himself.
4. His unity is Absolute. Amun is One One.
5. He is the creating wind which was over the waters of NUNU.
6. He is the Breath of Life, the spirit which permeates and vivifies all things.
7. He took the form of TANEN in order to give birth to the PAUTTI gods.
Visible image of god

bes
(see glossary)
8. He hides His name from His children in this His name of Amun.
9. He makes Himself to be hidden.
10. The One, Amun, who hides Himself from men, who shrouds Himself from the gods; His color and
appearance is not known.
11. The gods cannot pray to Him because His name is unknown to them.
12. His name is victory.
13. He, the One Watcher, who neither slumbers nor sleeps.
14. Amun drives away evils and scatters diseases.
69
15. He is the physician who heals the eye without medicaments; He opens the eyes; He drives away
inflammation.
16. He delivers whom He pleases, even from the Duat (underworld).
17. He saves a man or woman from what is His lot at the dictates of their heart.
18. To Him belong both eyes and ears, on every path of them whom He loves.
19. He hears the petitions of they that appeal to Him.
20. To them that call Amun, He comes instantly.
21. He lengthens life; He cuts it short.
22. To them whom He loves. He gives more than hath been decreed for them.
23. When Amun casts a spell on the water, and His name is on the waters, if this name of His be
uttered, the crocodile loses power, the winds are driven back, the hurricane is repulsed.
24. At the remembrance of Amun the wrath of the angry man dies down; He speaks the gentle word at
the moment of strife.
25. He is a pleasant breeze to Him that appeal to Him.
26. He delivers the helpless one.
27. He is the wise God whose plans are beneficent.
28. He is more helpful than millions to the man who hath set Him in His heart.
29. One warrior (who fights) under His name is better than hundreds of thousands.
30. Indeed He is the beneficent strong one.
31. He is perfect and seizes His moment; He is irresistible.
32. All the gods are three, Amun, Ra and Ptah, and there are none other like unto them.
33. He whose name is hidden is Amun, Ra belongeth to Him as His face, and the body is Ptah.
34. Their cities are established on earth forever, Thebes, Anu, Hetkaptah.
35. When a message is sent in heaven it is heard in Anu, and is repeated in Hetkaptah to the Beautiful
Face. It is done into writing in the letters of Djehuti, and dispatched to the city of Amun with their
things. The matters are answered in Thebes.
36. His heart is understanding, His lips are Taste, His Kau are all the things that are in His mouth.
70
37. He enters, the two caverns are beneath His feet. The Nile appears from the hollow beneath His
sandals. His soul is Shu, His heart is Tefnut. He is Heru (Horus) of the two horizons in the upper
heaven.
38. His right eye is day. His left eye is night. He is the leader of faces on every path. His body is Nu.
The dweller in it is the Nile, producing everything that is, nourishing all that is.
39. He breaths breath into all nostrils.
40. The luck and destiny of every man and woman are with Him.
41. His wife is the Earth; He united with her.
42. His seed is the wheat plant, His effluxes are the grain.
43. Thou art Temu, who did create beings endowed with reason; Thou make the color of the skin of
one race to be different from that of another, but, however many may be the varieties of mankind,
it is Thou that make them all to live.
44. Thou art the lord of intelligence, and knowledge is that which proceed from Thy mouth.
45 Thou make every work to proceed; Thou work in the sky and Thou make to come into being the
beauties of the daylight; the gods rejoice in Thy beauties, and their hearts live when they see
Thee.
46. Thy beauties take possession of and carry away all hearts, and love for Thee make all arms to
relax, Thy beautiful form make the hands to tremble, and all hearts melt at the sight of Thee.
47. Amen...Thou Being above who make the earth according to Thine own designs.
48. ...at whose utterance the gods come into being, and food is created, ... and all things are come
into being; the traverser of eternity, the old man who make himself young (again) through
myriad's of pairs of eyes and numberless pairs of ears...
71
Above: Amun as the Zoomorphic22 Ram.

22
Symbolism which uses animal images to depict spiritual or mystical principles.
72
CHAPTER III: Shedi Hessu Amun
BK
%
The Mystical Teachings and Implications
of
The Hymns of Amun
Shedy is the study of the Hessu or hymn verses. The following is a commentary
highlighting the most important mystical teachings presented in the Hymns. The
individual hekau utterances will be discussed in detail. Each commentary is preceded by
the symbol of Amun: f.
73
A Commentary On The Hymns of Amun

(i)- O men, O men, who art in heaven, turn Thy face upon the dead
body of the child, and make your child sound and strong in the
Netherworld.
f
The opening line of any spiritual scripture is important because it gives a sense or tone
of what is to follow. Those who are familiar with the Christian Bible will recognize that this
line is similar to the Lords Prayer: Our Father who art in Heaven, Hallowed be thy
name...." Immediately the first hekau of the Hymns of Amun indicates the divine name of
God, Amen, and invokes the Supreme Divinity to turn his attention toward the supplicant.
There also is an immediate kinship established here between the one being prayed to and
the one praying. There can be no closer human relationship than a relationship between a
parent and a child, since along with the emotional attachment there is a biological bond.
Thus the parent-child relationship is used as a metaphor to signify that you, as the one
praying, are in reality closely related to God. But how can this be? How can it be possible
for you to be related to God? Aren't you made of flesh, blood and other elements? Isnt
God a spirit? Why should you seek help from a spirit to give you strength
in the Netherworld and what is the nature of this Netherworld?
Innermost Heart,
The relationship between you and the Supreme Divinity is at the Heru (Horus) heart of all spiritual texts from Ancient Egypt, but it is perhaps most Abtelab Heru.
expressly outlined in the Hymns of Amun. Your body is essentially dead. (see glossary)
It is in reality not any more alive than a stone or a piece of metal. It is the
Spirit, the innermost reality of your soul, which enlivens it. Once the
soul departs from the body, the body becomes lifeless and dissolves into the earth. The
elements which comprise the body disintegrate and once again assume the form which they
had before they became part of your body. From a higher perspective, you are dead in
consciousness if you believe that you are the body and that when the body dies you will die.
Therefore, it is said that those who have not realized their divine nature are spiritually
dead. So where is life? What is it within you that can be said to be alive?
The answers to these questions lie in the last word of the last line in the opening verse:
Netherworld. The Ancient Egyptian concept of creation includes three realms. These are
the Earth 06 TA, Heaven Pet, and Duat -SK, the Netherworld. Duat
(duat) is pronounced with the d sounding as a D in much the same way as the Tao
of Taoism is pronounced Dao. The Duat is the abode of the gods, goddesses, spirits and
souls. It is the realm where those who are evil or unrighteous-N maat, are punished, but it
is also where the righteous live in happiness. It is the other world, the spirit realm. The
Duat is also known as Amenta since it is the realm of Amen (Amun). The Duat is where
74
Ra, as symbolized by the sun, traverses after reaching the western horizon, in other words,
the movement of Ra between sunset and sunrise, i.e. at night. Some people thought that
the Duat was under the earth since they saw Ra traverse downward and around the earth
and emerged on the east, however, this interpretation is the understanding of the
uninitiated masses. The esoteric wisdom about the Duat is that it is the realm of the
unconscious human mind and at the same time, the realm of cosmic consciousness or the
mind of God. Both the physical universe and the Astral Plane, the Duat, are parts of that
cosmic consciousness.
The Duat is conceived of as a circular region which mirrors the physical world. It is a
plane known as the Astral World which is devoid of physicality. It is the realm of the
mind and senses. It is the place where the soul goes after the death of the physical body. If
the person led a righteous life while alive, the experiences there will be heavenly. However,
if the person led an unrighteous life then there will be hellish experiences. The Duat is the
body of Asar. In the center of it is the Pillar of Asar, the Djed. A righteous person has the
choice to go to the Djed and abide in Asar, to merge with him, or they can await the time
when Ra traverses through the Duat illuminating it as He passes in his Barque. If they
choose Ra, they will be picked up and be loaded unto the barque where they will merge
with Ra and experience peace, bliss and happiness for all time. If they choose to stay in the
Duat they will lead a life similar to that on earth but with very important differences. These
differences are outlined in Chapter 175 of the Ancient Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By
Day:
The Asar, the scribe Ani, whose word is truth, saith:- Hail, Temu! What manner
of land is this unto which I have come? It hath not water, it hath not air; it is
depth unfathomable, it is black as the blackest night, and men wander helplessly
therein. In it a man cannot live in quietness of heart; nor may the desire for
love-making be satisfied therein.
Temu: The state of the Spirit-souls has been given unto instead of water and air,
and the satisfying of the longings of love, and quietness of heart has been given
instead of cakes and ale.
It is important to understand that when the word chooses is used here it does not
imply a conscious choice. Peoples preferences and desires, even in ordinary human life, are
based on deeply rooted impressions in the unconscious which are stimulated when the
person comes into contact with objects in Creation. At the time of contact the innermost
desires express themselves as an attachment or rejection of the objects based on the past
karmic association with that objects. This is why some people like certain things and others
hate those same things. In the same way that people make choices in life without
understanding the reason, a soul in the astral world will choose based on the unconscious
desires. This is why it is important to set up positive impressions so that they will manifest
75
at the right time in life and the life hereafter. This is done through the various disciplines
of yoga and mystical spirituality.
Sexuality and the physical pleasures which human beings seek are activities which can
only be performed in the physical realm when there is a physical body and the mind and
senses with which to experience. The Sahu or Spirit-Soul (living-soul, enlightened) state is
beyond physicality and beyond time and space. Thus, in order to achieve this level of
consciousness it is necessary to renounce and leave behind the ignorant and egoistic
notions of the lower desires and the needs of the body. This process is outlined in the
Ausarian Resurrection Myth as well as in the Book of Coming Forth By Day.
All human experiences occur in the mind. Think about it. When you experience a
dream, everything occurs in the mind. When you experience the sense of touch, it is not
your body which is experiencing it, but your mind. Your mind registers sensation via
messages which are sent to it through the nerves which have their connection to the brain.
The brain registers the sensations and the mind interprets them in a particular way
according to its conditioning. For example, the sensation of touching something soft is
understood as softness because the mind has learned to interpret it as such. However, what
are you experiencing when you are asleep having a dream? You are not using the senses or
other parts of the body and yet there are sensations and feelings. In the Dream State, when
you are sleeping or also when you are lost in a day dream, you are experiencing the Duat or
the astral world. When you die you go to this world and have various experiences based on
the life you led while on earth. If you were righteous, you will be led to heavenly
experiences; if you were unrighteous, you will be led to hellish conditions.
In reality, you are the Spirit who is using a body to have physical experiences. Having
forgotten about your true nature, you experience the pleasure and pain of the body,
thinking that pleasure or pain is experienced because of something that the body does. In
reality, it is your spirit which enlivens the brain and nervous system and allows them to
bring sensations which you call experiences. The body acts as a safety valve in reference to
pleasure and pain. If there is too much pain, the body automatically swoons and there is a
cessation of the experience. If there is too much pleasure or elation, then again the body
swoons. However, when the body dies, the mind survives and has perception of the astral
(mental) world in much the same way as you have various experiences tumbling from one
dream to another during a nights sleep. In this condition, the soul is led to experience
various situations of pleasure or pain according to its past history of good or bad deeds
(karma), and also according to its level of spiritual realization. This means that if you
believe that you are the body, an individual personality, then you will continue to
experience existence in that way. You will see yourself as an individual lost in a maze of
situations which the mind can create endlessly. These situations are based on your deeprooted unconscious desires and your level of ignorance about yourself.
76
There is a big difference in the level of intensity with which the experiences of the
Astral Plane are perceived. In the bodiless state there is no safety valve to control the levels
of pain or pleasure, and therefore, it is possible to experience unimaginable levels of pain
as well as pleasure. These are known as hell or heaven, respectively. In the bodiless state the
unconscious mind and the subtle senses remain with the soul when a person has not
reached the heights of spiritual enlightenment (complete detachment from mind and
senses). The unresolved desires in the unconscious emerge to impel the soul to move on in
the search for fulfillment of those desires even though they are unreal and unnecessary.
Imagine if you could do whatever you wanted to do but without restriction. If you wanted
to eat pizza you can eat continuously without getting overweight or sick. If you want to do
violence against certain people you will be able to do so in an unrestricted manner. If you
want to indulge in any pleasures of the senses such as sex, music, beautiful sights, etc. you
can do so. In so doing the intellect becomes overwhelmed and therefore unused. Thus the
intellect becomes weak and atrophied. The senses take control and direct the path of the
soul. At some point the astral experience is exhausted and then the soul, with its remaining
unconscious impressions, returns to the physical realm in order to once again gain
experiences as a living human being. If enlightenment is not attained, this cycle of birth,
death and astral experiences is repeated over and over again, indefinitely. This is why the
process of yoga and mystical spirituality has as its primary goal to cleanse the unconscious
impressions of the mind. In Ancient Egyptian terms this process, known as Maak-heru or
Purity of Heart, was the central mission presented in the Ancient Egyptian Book of Coming
Forth By Day.
There is a special realm within the Duat. This is the abode of Asar as well as the
ultimate destination of those who become enlightened. It is the realm of Supreme Peace. It
is known as Sekhet-Aaru or in other times Amentet. Amentet is a reference which unites the
symbolism of Asar with that of Amun (Amen) because Djed, , refers to the Djed or Djed
Pillar of Asar. The Djed symbolizes the awakening human soul who is well established in
the knowledge of the Self. Djedu, }{, refers to the abode of Asar. This is what
the following line from the Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By Day, Chapter I: 13-15, is
referring to:
!KxK}\b!b}{:
]!b {}
I am steadfast, son of steadfast, conceived and born in the region of steadfastness.
This special realm is shrouded in the deepest darkness and it is untouched by the
myriad of cries, dismemberments and sufferings of unrighteous souls (the enemies of Ra)
as well as the cries of happiness of the righteous souls who are experiencing heavenly or
pleasurable conditions according to their good deeds of the past. This part of the Duat is
composed of seven Arits or Halls. It transcends time and space as well as the mind and
77
thoughts. It is absolute existence. The rest of the Duat as well as the physical world is
relative reality. In this special realm, there is no growth of any kind. There is no birth and
no death, no passage of time, just eternity. This is the meaning of the following hekauutterance from The Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By Day, Chapter 125:1-17:
The Asar, the scribe Ani (initiate), whose word is truth, saith: I have come unto
thee. I have drawn close to you in order to experience thy beauties. My hands are
extended in adoration of thy name of Maat (Truth). I have come. I have drawn
myself to the place where the cedar tree existeth not, where the acacia tree does
not put forth shoots, and where the ground neither produces grass nor herbs.
Now I have entered into the place of hidden things, and I hold converse with the
god Set.... Asar the scribe Ani, hath entered into the house of Asar, and he hath
seen the hidden and secret things which are therein....
That which is in the place where nothing grows-Nrutef, is the place of absolute stillness
Urti-hat. It is a region that is devoid of forms or mental concepts of any kind. It is the
primeval or celestial waters from which creation arises. It is the place which is hidden
from that which is in motion, the relative reality. Therefore, it is hidden to those whose
minds are in constant motion due to desires, cravings, emotional attachments, greed, etc.
That which is relative or temporal emanates out of that which is absolute and eternal. The
relative reality emanates from this hidden place of stillness. It is to this place of stillness
where one must go and have communion with God. When this occurs, that which is
hidden is revealed.
This deepest and most dark realm of the Duat is Asar, himself, and this is why Asar is
referred to as the Lord of the Perfect Black and is often depicted as being black or green
of hue. It is also why Nut, Aset, and Hathor are also described as dark-skinned.23 They
are emanations from this realm of blackness which is described as a void or nothingness in
the hieroglyphic papyrus entitled The Laments of Aset (Aset) and Nebethet (Nebthet). This
notion of nothingness is akin to the Buddhist notion of Shunya or the void, which refers
to the area of consciousness which is devoid of mental concepts and thoughts. When there
are no thoughts or forms in the mind, it is calm, expansive and peaceful. When there are
thoughts in the mind, the mental awareness is narrowed and defined in terms of concepts.
If the mind is confined to these concepts and narrow forms of thought, then it is confined
to that which is limited and temporal. If it eradicates its desires, cravings and illusions,
then it becomes aware of the innermost reality and it realizes its connection to the entire
cosmos. Thus, the teaching of the Duat (Amentet, Re-Stau, etc.) gives insight into the
nature of the human mind. It is a description of the mental landscape, its demons, gods
and goddesses (everything that leads to ignorance and mental agitation) as well as the way
to discover the abode of the innermost Self (everything that leads to peace, harmony and
23
From an inscription in the temple of Denderah, Egypt.
78
wisdom). Therefore, the task of a spiritual aspirant is to eradicate the concepts, agitation,
desires and cravings in the mind and to discover the hidden innermost reality which is
Hetep (Supreme Peace), eternal and pure.
From a higher level of understanding, the Duat is the unconscious mind and Asar is
that level which transcends the thinking processes... its deepest region. It is the level of
consciousness that is experienced during deep dreamless sleep. Therefore, it is the
hidden aspect of the human heart, and thus, it is also known as Amun.
Left: Two
dimensional
rendering of
the Physical
plane and the
Astral plane
based on the
Ancient
Egyptian
Mystical
Teachings.
Having explored this most hidden region of the Duat (unconscious mind) through the
practices of yoga and meditation, the initiate can now affirm that he or she has had
experience of the Divine. Those who attain this experience are called Sages and/or Saints.
Those who are established in this state of awareness, meaning that they have a continuous
divine awareness based on this experience, are called enlightened Sages. Due to their
mystical experience, anything that an enlightened Sage says is considered to be directly
inspired by the Divine. Thus, they are considered to be enlightened human Beings. This
is the meaning of the following hekau-utterance from The Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By
Day, Chapter 125:13-17:
I have entered into the House of Asar and I have removed the head
coverings of Him that is therein. I have entered into Rasta, (1) and I have
seen the Hidden One (2) who is therein. I was hidden but I found the
boundary. (3) I journeyed to Nerutef (4) and He who was therein covered
79
me with a garment....Verily He (Asar)

concerned Himself.
(5) told me the things which
The mystical meaning behind the hekau just presented is very important to the
understanding of what is meant by the terms enlightenment and mystical experience.
(1) Rasta or Restau refers to the site of the grave of Asar; (2) Hidden One of course refers
to the Shetai or Hidden Supreme Being who is known as Asar-Amun, (3) Here, the Initiate
discovered that he/she was able to find the boundary and to discover the abode of the
Hidden One. The initiate was able to discover the difference between what is real and
what is illusion, and was therefore able to traverse the illusory Duat and discover the
special location wherein there is Supreme peace and immortality. (4) Nerutef refers to the
mythological site of the grave of Asar or the innermost shrine. (5) This line imparts the
wisdom that God him/herself is the one who ultimately gives the highest wisdom about
God. All of the teachings of the scriptures are only incomplete and indirect descriptions of
God because God transcends any and all mental concepts. Even though the spiritual
scriptures are given by Sages and Saints who are in communion with God, the medium of
communication, words and concepts, remain in the realm of the mind (relative reality).
Therefore, the study of the scriptures and various rituals cannot in and of themselves
confer enlightenment or the mystical experience of union with the Divine. For this to
occur, it is necessary to actually experience the Divine and in order for this to occur, it is
necessary to discover ones true essence as one with God, for only by becoming one with
something can that thing be known. In this form of knowing, there is experience, unlike
intellectual knowledge which does not confer experience. If a teacher tells you about
China, you have intellectual knowledge. If you visited China, you have experience.
There is no way to describe the kind of knowledge that is gained through actual
experience. Therefore, in order to truly have knowledge of the Divine, it is necessary to
commune with the Divine. All other forms of knowledge are incomplete and will not lead
to abiding peace-Menu hetep either while living on earth or in the Duat. This does not
mean that acquiring intellectual knowledge is not important. Before you can harvest fruits,
you must first plant the seeds. Before you plant the seeds, you must clear the land and
prepare the soil. Intellectual knowledge tills the soil, removing the weeds and shrubs of
mental agitation, egoism, selfishness and negativity. A seed planted in this fertile soil will
grow into the tree of the subtle, purified intellect. Then it is possible to harvest the fruits of
intuitional realization of the Self or Enlightenment. Shai and Rennenet are found in the
judgment scene in the Hall of Maat wherein Djehuti records the result of a persons deeds
and level of spiritual understanding. The hands of Djehuti (god of wisdom) are the goddess
"Shai" which means fate or destiny and the goddess "Rennenet" which means "fortune
and harvest." The implication is that you reap (harvest) the result of your actions (destiny)
according to your level of wisdom. Thus, you yourself are the determiner of your own
actions, the judge of your own actions and the determiner of your own fate and fortune or
the fruits you will reap for those actions.
80
Those who are enlightened and have come to understand their oneness with Asar go to
rejoin Asar in the Beautiful West (the Land of the Setting Sun- Ra) also known as Amenta,
and become one with him. When you succeed in cultivating an intuitive intellect (Saa)
which understands the nature of creation and the oneness of all things in the one Hidden
God, then you will achieve Saa-Amenti-Ra, the intelligence or knowledge of the Amenti of
Ra, the hidden world. Those who do not achieve this level of spiritual realization are
subjected to the various experiences which can occur in the Duat. Notice that the teaching
of the Duat incorporates the main characters of the Ancient Egyptian religion, Amun, Ra
and Asar, thus showing the uniformity of its understanding and the synchronicity of its
teaching throughout Ancient Egypt.
It is of interest here to note the synchronicity between the Duat of Ancient Egypt and
the Heaven in Christian symbolism. In the Bible, the book of Genesis speaks of how Adam
and Eve, the primordial
human beings, lived in
a land of harmony and
oneness, where all
desires were fulfilled
and there was an
experience of unity with
the Divine as well as
immortality, and there
was no desire because
there was fulfillment. In
this respect, the Garden
of Eden may be likened
to the special realm of
Asar, Amentet.
Above: Osiris body bent in a circle surrounded by the Primeval

Ocean of Creation.
The body of Osiris (God) is the eternal Life Force which sustains
Creation. The body of Osiris itself is the heart of the duat or
Astral Plane and the supreme abode of Osiris as well as the goal
of all spiritual practice.
81
Above: A three dimensional diagram of existence based on the teachings of the Prt M Hru
(Book of the Dead) and the Book of Am Duat (Book of What is in the Duat). It contains
the Ancient Egyptian concept of Creation includes three realms. These are the TA,
/6 (Earth), Pet, (Heaven ), and the Duat -SK (the Netherworld). Notice
that the earth plane is the smallest and the more subtle planes are larger and the abode
(Aset) of Asar is in the center of Creation.
Adam and Eve were tempted by a serpent to eat from a fruit which had been forbidden
to them. Prior to the eating from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil, Adam and Eve did
not have any special feeling of differentiation between themselves or with nature.
Everything was the same, equal. However, desire in their hearts led them to eat from the
tree of knowledge of good and evil, and this knowledge immediately caused them to see
differences between themselves, within nature and between themselves and God.
The serpent is the symbol of Life Force energy which courses through every human
being. It engenders desires and impels a human being to action. The Tree of Knowledge of
Good and Evil is therefore, a symbol of the pairs of opposites. Instead of there being just
oneness, pure awareness of one consciousness, singularity, now there is awareness of
multiplicity and duality, the pairs of opposites, good-evil, you-me, here-there, up-down,
male and female. Consciousness is now aware of individual parts of itself, as it were.
Instead of being aware that the tree, the squirrel and themselves have the same origin and
the same essence (God), there is forgetfulness and a feeling of separateness. Having eaten
from the tree, everything became as if transformed by magic. The Garden of Eden seemed
to be transformed from a place of joy and bliss into the world of multiplicity, separateness,
duality and conflicting egos and desires which is perceived by ordinary human beings. The
82
eating from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil represents their leaving of the
Garden of Eden. In effect, Adam and Eve have caused their own exile from the garden due
to their desire filled minds. Thus, having been cast out of the garden they now experience
mortality instead of immortality, and the pains and sorrows of human experience.
There is also another tree in the Garden of Eden, the Tree of Life. It is in the center of
the Garden of Eden and it represents regeneration and the return to the primordial state
of being. This is the tree of knowledge (wisdom) upon whose realization, humankind
achieves whole consciousness. This wisdom includes consciousness of that which is mortal
and changeable and also of that which is immortal and changeless. This is the state of
Enlightenment which Jesus expresses in the words: "I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and
the ending..." from Revelations 1:8. In the same way that Heru (Horus) of Egypt and Krishna
of India are masters of "Above and Below" (mortal consciousness and divine consciousness),
Jesus is also. Both trees are in the same place, human consciousness. Therefore, the Tree of
Knowledge of Good and Evil has caused us to forget about the Tree of Life. In the psychomythology of Ancient Egypt there is also a Tree of Life which is propitiated for its
sustaining food and drink which is given by the goddess of creation. In Egyptian
mythology there is also a serpent. He is called Apophis and he represents the distracting,
mischievous nature of the mind which diverts the soul from its consciousness of oneness
into the world of time and space, duality. This is the same serpent which distracted Adam
and Eve and which afflicts humankind today, every time you are distracted by emotions,
anger, hate, greed, passion, desire, etc. Through these feelings and emotions, your mind is
driven away from the peace of pure, undifferentiated consciousness, however, if you learn
the art of mystical living (practice of yoga) it is possible to eradicate stress and mental
unrest in order to uncover the peace of the Self which is always there patiently awaiting
rediscovery.
02.
The Modern Christmas Tree
In the development of early Christianity, there was a tradition which held that Jesus
was crucified on the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil. Jesus, like Asar, represents the
soul who is leaving the Garden of Eden in order to come into the field of human
experience (duality, multiplicity, happiness and sorrow, etc.). Therefore, the soul is being
crucified by duality and multiplicity. This is the same idea of Asar being dismembered by
his evil brother Set. Asar dismemberment represents the scattering of the consciousness of
the soul due to desires, egoism and ignorance. It was not until later that the tree symbol
gave way to the cross symbol due to the numbers of Christian martyrs who were crucified
83
by the Roman Empire. However, the mystical symbolism of the Christian Cross is that it
represents time and space (duality and multiplicity) consciousness. In a subtle way, this
mystical symbolism may be seen in modern day Christmas Trees since they are cut in such
a way that they taper towards the top, ending in a point surmounted by the single star. This
is the same symbolism represented in the great pyramids wherein each side represents
duality and opposing forces which unify at the top and are transcended in the Capstone or
uppermost point.
The Ancient Egyptian Pyramid

Therefore, the way to rediscover the original essence is to find the Tree of Life. In the
New Testament, John 11:25, Jesus says that I am the resurrection, and the life: he that
believes in me, though he were dead, yet shall he live.. Like Jesus, Heru (Horus) was the
symbol of: "The resurrection and the life" and he, as the son of God (Asar), was also known
to walk on water. Thus, by following the examples and teachings of Heru (Horus) and
Jesus, spiritual enlightenment is achieved.
The project of Enlightenment from a Christian point of view is to regain the knowledge
of your divine nature (Tree of Life) and thus achieve complete consciousness within
yourself. In this sense the Christian Tree of Life is equal to the Caduceus of DjehutiHermes or the Djed Pillar of Asar of Egypt, the Chakras of Kundalini Indian Yoga and the
Sefirotic Tree of Life in the Cabalah.
The Pillar of Asar

Thus, The Tree of Life in Christian symbolism may be likened to the Pillar of Asar. In
the myth of Asar and Aset, after Asar was killed by Set, his body grew into a tree. The
pillar of Asar was made from this tree. The tree had developed such beauty and fragrance
that a king discovered it and cut it into the shape of a pillar for his palace. Aset discovered
the whereabouts of her dead husband and then revived him. This is the source of the
Ancient Egyptian ritual of Raising the Djed. The Pillar of Asar is a mystical symbol
representing the four highest stages of spiritual experience. It also refers to the four higher
psycho-spiritual energy centers of the subtle human (astral) anatomy which are developed
through the various practices of mystical spirituality (yoga) outlined here. Aset represents
84
wisdom, therefore, it is through the practice and discovery of the ultimate wisdom, your
true Self, that you can return to, rediscover or resurrect your essential reality as an
immortal, eternal being who is united with the source of all creation, the Divine Self.
The mind which is weakened by ignorance and lacks will and self-control will fall sway
to the myriad visions and experiences of the Duat just as you fall prey to the experiences of
a dream during sleep. These experiences can range from peaceful to violent and it is the
reason why utterance (i) of the Hymns of Amun requests strength in the Duat and the next
utterance
(ii)
makes
supplication for peace in the
1
Duat.
Through the practices of
yoga (control of senses,
dispassion and detachment
toward
sense
objects,
meditation, etc.), a yogi is able
to gain control of the mind so
not as to be caught up in the
illusions of the Duat and
thereby, he/she is able to
discover
Asar
within
him/herself and becomes sound
and strong in the Netherworld, i.e.,
he
or
she
attains
Enlightenment.
(ii)- O men, O men, O

God, O God, O men, I
adore Thy name, grant
Thou to me that I may
understand Thee; Grant
Thou that I may have
Above: The Tuat - Sekhet-hetepet of Anhai from the Book of Coming
peace in the Duat, and
Forth by Day of Initiate Anhai.
that I may possess all my
members therein...
1- Lady Anhai pays homage to her parents.
2- Anhai binds wheat into bundles.
3- Anhai is seen ploughing.
4- The Celestial Boat.
As stated earlier, the Hymn of Amun is similar to the

Christian Lords Prayer. The Lords Prayer is presented in its entirety
85
below along with two Indian Yoga-Vedanta prayers, The Gayatri Mantra and The Prayer for
Universal Welfare, to reinforce the fact that the Hymns of Amun have had a profound effect
on the major world religions and that the highest spiritual sentiment is common to all the
great religions. Compare the last part of Matthew 6:9, Hallowed be thy name, to Hymns of
Amun hekau (ii) above, I adore thy name. The use of the word AMEN in the Egyptian and
Christian religions requires further exploration here because the significance of the word
Amen in Egyptian mythology connotes important teachings as to the understanding of the
absolute reality, the Transcendental Deity or Supreme Being. In the Hebrew religion, the
word Amen is usually explained as an interjection, meaning so be it. It is used at the end of
a prayer or to express approval. However, in Egyptian mythology and symbolism, the
source of Amen, Amen signifies an extremely sophisticated and elaborate explanation of the
absolute and transcendental mystery behind all physical phenomena in much the same way
that the term Om is used in Hindu mythology and religion.
Matthew 6 (From the Christian Bible)
9. After this manner therefore pray ye: Our Father who art in heaven, Hallowed be thy
name.
10 Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done on earth, as [it is] in heaven.
11 Give us this day our daily bread.
12 And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors.
13 And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and
the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen.
The Gayatri Mantra (From Hinduism)
We pray to that Divine Self,
who illumines the three planes of existence:
physical, astral and causal.
Who is effulgent as the sun.
May the Divine Self illumine our intellect.
The Prayer for Universal Welfare continues24:

Lead me from untruth to truth.
Lead me from darkness to light.
Lead me from death to immortality.
In Indian-Vedantic mysticism, Om is known as the root of all mantras or words of

power. Thus, almost all Indian mantras begin with Om. The mystical meaning behind Om
24
(From Hinduism)
86
is to be found in the formula of its construction. Om is made up of four letters. These are
A, U, M and ( ). A represents the physical reality, the Waking State of consciousness
where you are aware of the physical body and day to day activities. U represents the
Dream State of consciousness where you are conscious of the astral body and the Dream
State. M represents the deep Sleep State of consciousness where you go beyond the
waking and Dream States. This is the realm of the causal body. Here one is in contact with
the real Self, although not at the conscious level. ( ) represents the silence after the M
sound is finished. It symbolizes the transcending of the three previous states of
consciousness into the realm of experiencing the Absolute Truth of reality which is not
possible through the intellectual (thought) process. Our true consciousness, the constant
spectator of the previous three states of consciousness may be realized by waking up from
these three states through meditation. If you pronounce the letters A, U and M, you will
notice that all of the possible sounds that can be created with the mouth are contained
between the sounds A and M. Therefore, AUM encompasses all sounds in creation.
Sound is the medium of creation. This concept was translated into Christianity as the
WORD or LOGOS contained in the son of God the Father, Jesus. In this sense, Jesus
became the Word made flesh. However, thousands of years before the creation of
Christianity, Heru (Horus), the son of Asar, was known as the Word made flesh.
Heka is equivalent to the Hindu concept of Maya or cosmic magical illusion, wherein
the world, which is Pure Consciousness (Brahman), appears as other than what it really is.
In Hindu mythology, AUM (Om) was the first sound uttered by God, and with its utterance
creation came into being. Likewise, much earlier in Ancient Egypt, the word Heka was
used for the same purpose and in the same way. According to the ancient hieroglyphic
texts, the first sound uttered by God was HEKA. This utterance constituted the first act
which brought creation into being. In the creation story of Neb-Er-Djer (Neb-er-tcher), the
creator says: I was One by myself for they (the gods-nature-creation) were not born and I had not
produced Shu and I had not produced Tefnut. I brought my own mouth, my name as HEKA. Thus,
Heka was the first utterance of creation which turned the primeval waters into the visible
universe. Heka is also an act of mind and not a physical act, as the Creator explains: I found
no place on which to stand (solid objects), I used a spell (Hekau) in my heart (mind - pure
consciousness - primeval waters), and so formed the designs (forms) of the material objects which
subsequently came into being.
Om is a universal word of power which was used in Ancient Egypt and is used
extensively in India by yogis. Om or AUM25 is related to the word Amun from Ancient
Egypt and Amun is related to the Amen of Christianity. Therefore, Om is generally useful
for spiritual practice. Om* is also not related to a particular deity but is common to all. It is
also the hekau - mantra of the 6th energy center at the point between the eyebrows known
as the Ancient Egyptian Arat or Uraeus serpent and the Third eye of Shiva in India.
25
For more detailed information on hekau-mantras see Initiation Into Egyptian Yoga by Dr. Muata Ashby.
87
While Om is most commonly known as a Sanskrit mantra (word of power from India), it
also appears in the Ancient Egyptian texts and is closely related to the Kemetic Amun in
sound and Amen of Christianity. More importantly, it has the same meaning as Amun and
is therefore completely compatible with the energy pattern of the entire group. According
to the Egyptian Leyden papyrus, the name of the "Hidden God," referring to Amun, may
be pronounced as Om, or Am.
Om and Amun in Ancient Egypt

Below you will find the ancient glyphs of the ancient Egyptian OM symbol. Note the
similarity to the Indian symbol that follows.
OM from the Ancient Egyptian Leyden Papyrus

The ancient African text containing the OM is found in the Leyden Magical Papyrus in
which Supreme Being is described as follows:
Great is thy name, Heir is thy name, Excellent is thy name, Hidden is thy
name,. Mighty one of the gods and goddesses is thy name, He whose name
is hidden from all the gods and goddesses is thy name, OM (
), Mighty
Am is thy name; All the gods and goddesses is thy name
We know that OM is the name of Amun because of the epithet "Hidden" and OM is the nameless
Ancient divinity because of the epithet "name is hidden". OM is also the ancient divinity Neberdjer (All
encompassing Divinity) because of the epithet "All the gods and goddesses" so OM is the name given to
the most ancient divinities of Kamit (Egypt) dating to the predynastic era (prior to 5000 BCE).
The Indian Sanskrit Symbol Aum or Om
88
Om is a powerful sound; it represents the primordial sound of creation. Thus it appears

in Ancient Egypt as Om, in modern day India as Om, and in Christianity as Amen, being
derived from Amun. Om may also be used for engendering mental calm prior to beginning
recitation of a longer set of words of power or it may be used alone as described above.
One Indian Tantric scripture (Tattva Prakash) states that Om or AUM can be used to
achieve the mental state free of physical identification and can bring union with Brahman
(the Absolute transcendental Supreme Being - God) if it is repeated 300,000 times. In this
sense, mantras such as Om, Soham, Sivoham, Aham Brahmasmi are called Moksha Mantras
or mantras which lead to union with the Absolute Self. Their shortness promotes greater
concentration and force toward the primordial level of consciousness.
Knowing the name of something is knowing the essence of that thing. Knowing the
name of God means having the key which opens the entire universe for discovery.
Chanting (repetition of hekau-mantras) and understanding the mystical implications of the
names are the way to unlock the door to self-discovery.
In present day Egypt, the followers of mystical Islam, known as Sufism, can be heard
chanting the Divine name Allah continuously for hours in hopes of being swept away into
the ecstasy of divine awareness. Sufis go to the Ancient Egyptian temples and perform
rituals which are a mixture of esoteric Islam and the Shetaut Neter (Mysteries of Ancient
Egypt) and incorporate the African drum beats and dancing forms. The purpose of the
chanting, dancing and drumming practices is to engender an ecstasy which shifts the state
of consciousness. The rituals, hymn chanting and other rituals in Ancient Egypt directed to
the various Ancient Egyptian Gods and Goddesses had the same purpose, namely, to
transport the practitioner to a different level of consciousness wherein the Divine may be
experienced. This state may be likened to a trance or meditative state of mind. In the same
way, Jesus exhorted his followers to exalt the name of God. This practice is also very
important part of Hindu worship.
Another important feature of Hymns of Amun hekau (ii) is the appeal for
understanding (Saa). As stated earlier, understanding the mystical implications of the
teaching is a most important facet of mystical spiritual practice. Therefore, the supplication
for understanding is of paramount importance both in the Ancient Egyptian and Indian
prayers. The Ancient Egyptian god of intellect, Saa, is being invoked here. The mind is
capable of taking any direction it is given, provided the mind is disciplined and controlled.
The practices of studying the wisdom teachings, chanting the divine name, meditation,
control of the senses, etc., lead the mind in the direction of greater and greater
understanding of the Divine. Understanding is possible only when the mind is not
distracted by the ignorance, delusions and restlessness of desires which are always besieging
the heart (unconscious mind). The hymn proceeds to unfold the greatest mystical
teachings, knowing which, a spiritual aspirant may attain the highest level of selfknowledge.
89
The solar barque of Amun-Ra and the Company of gods and goddesses of Amun
(iii)- Hail, men, let me make supplication unto Thee, for I know thy
name, and Thy transformations are in my mouth, and Thy skin is before
my eyes.
f
Along with having knowledge of the Divine Name, the next most important point is to
have at least intellectual or indirect knowledge about the nature of the Divine. The mouth
is a symbol of creation. In the same manner as a human being creates ideas and manifests
those by means of speech, God creates the entire universe by means of the utterance of
sounds which transforms that which is unformed into the phenomenal universe. This
point, already discussed above, will be further elaborated on in the commentary to hekau
#5.
The mouth is also the symbol of memory-consciousness. It is the symbol of reawakening
or remembrance of ones true nature. In the Opening of the Mouth ceremony, the mouth
of the initiate is opened up through the force of the hekau, the ritual itself and the force of
the spiritual practices which have been leading up to the initiation ritual. Knowing the
process of creation, you as the spiritual aspirant must realize that you are also endowed
with creative powers since you are essentially the child of God. Therefore, realizing that
everything is a manifestation of the Divine, there is an acknowledgment that the various
transformations and multiplicity which are found in nature is nothing more than
expressions of the Divine. All is God. Thus knowing and understanding this wisdom
90
brings about the realization that God is before your eyes, at every moment, expressing
Himself/Herself as everything that you see or perceive with any of the senses.
(iiii)- Come, I pray Thee, and place Thou heir and Thine image, myself, in
the everlasting Duat... let my whole body become like that of a neter, let
me escape from the evil chamber and let me not be imprisoned therein; for
I worship Thy name..
There is an important realization in the hekau (iiii). It relates to the understanding that
you are not only the heir of God, but that you are yourself, the image of God. God
expresses as the phenomenal universe which includes you and all people and living things.
With this understanding, the next line requests that God should open up that special
portion of the Duat or Netherworld which is everlasting.
As you begin to realize your innate divinity, the desire to cease your identification of
yourself with your mortal body and personality arises. You begin to understand that your
mortal personality is not abiding. Your spiritual awareness is opening you up to the fact
that you can transform yourself into a neter, meaning that you can become one with the
cosmic forces or expressions of God (Neter) who manifests in the form of neteru or cosmic
forces of creation. The various Gods and Goddesses who comprise the company of Amun,
Asar, Ra or Ptah are neteru.
The deeper implication of the relationship between Neter and neteru is that the neteru
are expressions of Neter in much the same way as light is an expression of the sun.
Therefore, when you begin to consciously realize your Divine nature and to move towards
it as opposed to allowing yourself to become more and more deeply involved in worldly
entanglements and concerns which carry your thoughts and aspirations, you are truly
waking up to the ever-present reality which was always there, though forgotten.
As your intuitional realization of the teachings grows, you are becoming aware of the
fact that you are indeed a spirit who has identified and associated with the mortal body,
and that this association has deluded you into believing that you are mortal and limited. In
reality, you are a free spirit and not bound to the confines of the physical body or any
physical location. The Spirit pervades the entire universe, therefore you, as one with the
Divine, encompass the entire universe. From this aspect, the body may be seen as the evil
chamber which holds the soul in an imprisoned state. This state of imprisonment is due
to the fact that the mind is beset with ignorance and is unaware of its true nature.
From an advanced perspective, when you begin to realize your innate Divinity, you will
discover that the physical body is nothing more than an expression of your mind in much
the same way that this universe is an expression of the mind of God. Knowing this, there
will no longer be a contradiction between what is divine and what is not divine. This entire
91
universe, from beginning to end, from the smallest particle to the largest celestial bodies of
planets and stars, is an expression of the Divine. The human soul, as a special expression or
reflection of Divine Consciousness, has been endowed with the power to create thoughts, a
physical body, and the experiences which the body encounters in the course of ordinary
human life. Thus, YOU are the creator of your body as well as the situations you
experience in life, be they positive or negative. Through spiritual studies and practice, you
can consciously come into harmony with creation (becoming like a neter), and thereby
improve your human conditions while leading yourself to the highest levels of self-discovery
wherein there is transcendence of all which is mortal, finite and affected by ignorance.
1. He is self-created and as He fashioned Himself, none knows His forms.
2. He became in primeval time; no other being existed; there was no other god before
Him; there was no other god with Him to declare His form, all the gods came into
being after Him.
3. He had no mother by whom His name was made. He had no father who begat Him,
saying, "It is even myself." He shaped His own egg. He mingled His seed with His
body to make His egg to come into being within Himself.
4. His unity is Absolute. Amun is One - One.
f
God is the Self. The Self is a self-existent being which transcends concepts of creation
and created. The Self emerged out of the Self and what emerged is none other than the
Self. Creation and the Self are one and the same. God assumes the names and forms which
human beings call objects and the varied life forms which are in existence. Although the
Self is the sustaining force behind all phenomena and all life, human beings are ignorant
of the existence of this force and thus see themselves as the source of their own existence.
They are ignorant to the fact that their very existence is sustained by the Self. Through this
process of ignorance, human consciousness is fooled into believing that its thoughts and
ideas are its own and that its memories and experiences constitute its unique existence.
This concept of a unique and separate existence is what constitutes egoism in human
existence and the separation from Divine Consciousness. (See also the explanation of
hekau-utterance 44)
5. He is the creating wind which was over the waters of NUNU.
f
Nu: the Primeval Ocean
Egyptian Mythology is filled with stories of Gods and Goddesses, but all of them are
related in a harmonious manner which, when understood correctly, helps to unlock the
92
mysteries of the human heart. Egyptian mythology begins with the existence of the Nu, the
Primeval Ocean. The creation stories of the Bible, the Cabalah (Jewish Mysticism) and the
Upanishads (Indian Mysticism) are remarkably similar in the notion of the original
primeval formlessness and in the subsequent names and forms (differentiation and
objectification of matter) which arose later.
Ancient Egyptian Shabaka Inscription:
"Ptah conceived in His heart (reasoning consciousness) all that would exist and
at His utterance (the word - will, power to make manifest), created Nun, the
primeval waters (unformed matter-energy).
Then, not having a place to sit Ptah causes Nun to emerge from the primeval
waters as the Primeval Hill so that he may have a place to sit. Atom (Atum) then
emerges and sits upon Ptah. Then came out of the waters four pairs of gods, the
Ogdoad (eight gods):
From Genesis 1 (Bible):
1. In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.
2. And the earth was without form, and void; and darkness [was] upon the face of the
deep. And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters.
From the Sepher (Sefir) Yezirah:26
These are the ten spheres of existence, which came out of nothing. From the spirit of the
Living God emanated air, from the air, water, from the water, fire or ether, from the
ether, the height and the depth, the East and the West, the North and the South.
From the Zohar:
Before God manifested Himself, when all things were still hidden in him... He began by
forming an imperceptible point; this was His own thought. With this thought, He then
began to construct a mysterious and holy form...the Universe.
From the Laws of Manu (Indian):
Manu is a Sage-Creator, God of Indian Hindu-Vedic tradition who recounts the
process of Creation wherein the Self-Existent Spirit (God) felt desire. Wishing to
create all things from His own body, God created the primeval waters (Nara)
and threw a seed into it. From the seed came the golden cosmic egg. The Self-
26
Cabalism
93
Existent Spirit (Narayana) developed into Brahma (Purusha) and after a year of
meditation, divided into two parts (Male and Female).
When you think of your body you don't differentiate between the left leg and the right,
the lips and the face, or the fingers and the arm. In a mysterious way, you consider all the
parts as a whole and call this "me." In the same way, in the state of Enlightenment, the
entire universe is understood as "me." Consciousness is essentially pure until the
association with the ego develops. Then multiplicity and duality appear to exist, but as the
following passages explain, the multiplicity of creation is merely the forms which energy
takes on as it moves and interacts in different polarities or the pairs of opposites. This
concept of vibrations being the underlying cause of the phenomenal world existed within
the Egyptian mystical text called The Kybalion. The teachings of the Kybalion will be
discussed in the commentary to verse 45 of the Hymns of Amun.
From the Cabalah:
Polarity is the principle that runs through the whole of creation, and is in
fact, the basis of manifestation. Polarity really means the flowing of force
from a sphere of high pressure to a sphere of low pressure, high and low
being always relative terms. Every sphere of energy needs to receive the
stimulus of an influx of energy at higher pressure, and to have an output
into a sphere of lower pressure. The source of all energy is the Great Unmanifest (God), and it makes its own way down the levels, changing its
form from one to the other, till it is finally "earthed" in matter.
The pure impulse of dynamic creation is formless; and being formless, the
creation it gives rise to can assume any and every form.
The following passage comes from Lao-Tzu, the classical Taoist writer who popularized
Taoism in China at the same time that Buddha and Mahavira developed Buddhism and
Jainism in India. He further illustrates the idea of undifferentiated versus differentiated
consciousness.
There was something undifferentiated and yet complete, which existed
before heaven and earth. Soundless and formless, it depends on nothing
and does not change.
It operates everywhere and is free from danger.
It may be considered the mother of the universe.
The same idea of "formlessness" or "undifferentiated" matter occurs in the Rig (Rik) Veda,
the Upanishads and the Bhagavad Gita from India as well. The only difference between
the following texts is that the Gita takes all of the attributes of the manifest and unmanifest nature of divinity and incorporates them in the anthropomorphic personality of
Krishna.
94
From the Rig Veda:

There was neither non-existence nor existence then; there was neither the
realm of space nor the sky beyond. There was no distinguishing sign of
night nor of day... Desire came upon that one in the beginning; that was
the first seed of mind.
From the Upanishads:
There are, assuredly, two forms of the Eternal: the formed and the
formless, the mortal and the immortal, the stationary and the moving, the
actual and the illusory.
Gita: Chapter 9:17
I am the Father of the universe; I am the Mother, the sustainer, as well as
the Grandfather. I am the goal of Vedic knowledge, I am the sacred Om, I
am verily the Vedas in the form of Rik, Yaju and Sama.
The Ancient Egyptian Primordial Ocean
Before there was any god or goddess, even Ra or Asar and Aset, and before there was
any physical matter, the planets, the sun, animals, human beings, etc., there was the
Primeval Ocean and from it emanated all that exists. There are stories of a Primeval Ocean
in other cultures. Hinduism also includes teachings in reference to the Primeval Ocean
and the Christian Bible begins with creation emanating out of primeval waters, in the book
of Genesis. The oldest notion and greatest emphasis on the concept of the Primeval Ocean
comes from Ancient Egypt.
In the same manner that waves arise out of the ocean, and appear to be of different
shapes, sizes and textures, the objects of the phenomenal universe, the sun, stars, planets
trees, animals and all living beings, arise out of this Primeval Ocean. But this rising did
not only occur once in the beginning of time; it is continually occurring. All objects in
nature are continuously sustained by an unseen force which modern science cannot fully
explain. However, science does explain some characteristics of the phenomenal universe
and these reveal an ocean of energy wherein all things are interrelated and bound together,
as opposed to the ordinary thinking of a universe full of separate objects which are
composed of different elements. In fact, modern science reveals that all objects in the
universe are composed of the same stuff. All of the elements have the same basis,
energy. Further, all matter is merely a manifestation of that same essence, but in different
modes of manifestation. This facet of matter was explained thousands of years ago by the
Sages of mystical wisdom.
95
The Sages have shown that consciousness or pure awareness is the basis of all matter,
just as when you are not thinking, there are no thoughts or vibrations in the consciousness
of your mind. In the same way, this universe is a manifestation of the thought process of
the Supreme Being. Therefore, it is possible to have an infinite number of elements and
combinations of those elements just as it is possible for you to create anything in your
mind out of your consciousness when applied towards the imaginative and dream
processes.
When the body dies, it returns to the earth from whence it arose. Where does the soul
go? It returns to the ocean of consciousness, as represented by the Duat, and if it is not
enlightened, returns to this Physical Plane of existence to have more human experiences.
When enlightenment is attained through the practice of yoga, one communes with the
ocean of pure and infinite consciousness which is an ever existing reality beyond the grasp
of those who are devoid of spiritual sensitivity. Your limited mind is like a wave in the
ocean of the Supreme Being. However, though the waves seem to be separate and you seem
to be alone, in reality God is always there and is the very fabric of all physical objects as
well as the very source and sustenance of human consciousness. It is due to the distractions
of the mind caused by desires, illusions, cravings, longings and ignorance that the
innermost recesses of your unconscious mind is veiled from conscious awareness.
Nevertheless, the exterior world and the internal world are nothing but manifestations of
the primeval waters, God, the Higher Self within all beings.
When you delve deeply into the mysteries of the ocean of consciousness within your
mind, you are able to discover the deeper truths about your real essence, origin and
purpose. This is the process called Shedi. Shedi is the intense study of the teachings
through good association-Smait, with Sages and others who are spiritually elevated
personalities. When the wisdom teachings are studied deeply and the mystical implications
are understood, a special form of transformation occurs which leads to the discovery of the
highest spiritual truths within ones heart. Discovering this glorious truth of your true
nature. This is the goal of yoga and all mystical philosophies.
Thus, in the same way as a form is within a stone and can be carved into a sculpture, all
objects in creation exist, arise and dissolve into the Primeval Ocean. In other words, from
the singular, preexistent ocean of consciousness arises all that exists as a thought in the
mind of God, in the form of a Trinity or Triad of consciousness. Therefore, from the one
arises the three.
The Self, God, is a sea of pure consciousness (NUNU or NUN), and out of that same
sea came creation. Creation, then, is the sea which has been rippled with waves by the
wind of thought vibrations. These thought vibrations are the result of desires of the mind.
In the same way a placid lake reflects the unbroken image of the moon and when disturbed
96
by a rock develops ripples, the pure consciousness of the mind is fragmented, rippled as it
were, by the thought waves caused by desire for worldly experiences. Because of this
rippling of consciousness, there appears to be many moons when there is in reality only
one. If the lake of the mind were to be calmed, if there were no desires, then the mind
would reflect its essential unity and non-duality. The primeval waters never changed into
creation. Creation is the primeval waters itself and is continuously changing according to
the winds of Cosmic vibration as prescribed by the Cosmic Mind (God). Therefore,
creation is a continuous process which occurs at every moment by Gods consciousness, i.e.
Gods very presence.
All matter is in reality cosmic mental thought substance in varying degrees of vibration
and varying degrees of subtlety. The subtlest material is the Self, God, and the Self
permeates all other things from the less subtle material which composes the astral world
(Duat) to the grosser material which composes the physical world. Nevertheless, all matter
is in a state of vibration and its existence is continually being sustained by the Self. This
process of sustaining creation occurs every instant of every day just as the form and
structure of the human body is sustained by a continuous process of new cells being
created to substitute for those which are dying off. Every cell in the body is changed every
year. Therefore, you do not have the same body you had a year ago. In the same way, the
atoms of the house you live in are not the same as they were yesterday even though the
house looks to be the same as before. Thus, what is considered to be solid matter is not
solid at all. This is also the reason why things break down. If you were to allow a longer
time to pass, say fifty years, this process would be more obvious. No object escapes the
power of time which withers everything away. Sooner or later, everything breaks down and
dissolves back into its original state. Even the most spectacular monuments and
architectural creations will someday deteriorate to the point of no longer being usable or
recognizable. Look at the Pyramids and the Sphinx. Having withstood the ravages of time
for over 12,000 years, they are showing signs of deterioration. Even the most perfectly
constructed machines or objects cannot escape the movement of time and eventually
breaks down.
Think of a building. What is its life span? Say that it will last one hundred years and
then will have to be torn down to build a new one. Every year there is a certain amount of
destruction or dissolution which occurs in the atoms of the building. It could be said that
it breaks down one hundredth of its life span every year. The movement of dissolution is
slow, and those who do not reflect on it, those who do not acknowledge the hidden
mystical teaching are missing the opportunity to discover the hidden essence which
underlies the phenomenal world of time and space. You must study and understand the
teachings of mystical spirituality now while there is time, prior to the time of your death.
Another important teaching to understand about matter is that the substratum of all
objects is the same and therefore, all objects can be transmuted or transformed into others.
97
Even the most foul smelling rotten matter can be rearranged at the molecular or subatomic
level and changed into the most fragrant substance. Solid matter can be converted into
energy and then back into solid material form once again. These findings have been
confirmed by modern physics experiments.
The underlying power of time comes from the continuous process of movement in
creation. In the same manner that the human mind does not stand still, the universe is
continuous motion. Even at subatomic levels, matter, regardless of how solid it may appear
to be, changes. The physical universe is in constant dissolution and creation. This is the
reason why the solar and lunar barque of Amun-Ra () traverses the heavens
perpetually, and must constantly battle the forces of chaos and disorder (Set). Amun-Ra
constantly establishes Maat (cosmic order) and thereby maintains the phenomenal universe
in existence. The barque traverses through the heavens, and every evening is consumed by
the cow-goddess, Nut. Every morning she gives birth to it, renewing its life.
This utterance is the progenitor of the Christian and Hebrew idea of creation described
in the book of Genesis where God or the Spirit hovers over and stirs the primeval waters.
The original Biblical texts express the creation more in terms of an act of sexual union:
Elohim (Ancient Hebrew for gods/goddesses) impregnates the primeval waters with ruach, a
Hebrew word which means spirit, wind or the verb to hover. The same word means to brood
in Syriac. Thus, as the book of Genesis explains, creation began as the spirit of God moved
over the waters and agitated those waters into a state of movement. In Western traditions,
the active role of Divinity has been assigned to the male gender while the passive (receiving)
role has been assigned to the female gender. This movement constitutes the dynamic female
aspect of the Divine in Tantric (Eastern and African) terms while the potential-passive
aspect is male. Creation is therefore understood to be a product of the interaction between
these two aspects of the same reality: spirit (male) and primeval waters (female).
Since God is all that exists, then God is also the spirit and the primeval waters at the
same time. Therefore, God interacts with himself/herself and emanates creation out of
himself/herself. So within this teaching of the Bible lies the idea that creation and God are
one and the same in a mysterious unexplained way. Some important questions arise here.
If the Spirit is God and the primeval waters of creation are also God, then what is creation
and where is the Kingdom of Heaven? Is creation separate from God or is creation held in
the palm of Gods hand? Where is God? Where did God come from? What is our
relationship to God?, and so forth. What does this all mean? The study of Ancient
Egyptian and Indian creation stories provides answers to these questions.
The Ancient Egyptian and Indian creation myths originate in the far reaches of
antiquity, 5500 BCE and 3000 BCE respectively. The primeval Egyptian creation myth is
similar in many respects to the creation story from the Indian mythology associated with
the Laws of Manu. God felt desire. Wishing to create all things from his own body, God
98
created the primeval waters from which all creation emerges. In the Bhagavad Gita, Lord
Krishna reiterates the wisdom of the primeval waters as he proclaims that he is the same
Supreme Being who arose and formed creation. As in the Ancient Egyptian pantheon of
gods, all gods represent the Supreme Divinity, therefore Krishna and Narayana are
manifestations of the same Self. In the Vibhuti Chapter of the Gita text Lord Krishna
explains that among all Created things He is the foremost essence in all. The following
verse is of keen interest in our study.
27. Among the horses know Me to be Uchhaihshrava that arose during the
churning of the ocean; I am Airavata among the elephants, and the King
among human beings.
Bhagavad Gita: Chapter 10
Vibhuti Yogah--The Yoga of Divine Glories
The teaching of the Primeval Ocean points to another mystical implication. The mind
is like a lake of consciousness which is being buffeted by the winds of thoughts which have
their origins in the feelings of desire, greed, hatred, anger, fear, attachment, elation, sorrow
and impatience which are constantly blowing across its surface, creating waves of agitation
and distractions in the mind. If these waves were to be calmed, if it were possible to make
the mind free of the waves of desires, it would be possible to have clear insight into the
depths of ones consciousness, just as it would be possible to see the bottom of a lake if it is
free of waves. A most important task of every spiritual aspirant is to train the mind so that
it not affected by the winds of emotion, desire and thoughts based on ignorance. When
this practice is perfected, equanimity arises in the mind. This equanimity allows you to
discover the depths of the lake of the mind and the Self within. In order to practice this
teaching, it is necessary to have a keen understanding of the mystical nature of the universe
and of ones own being. Then it is necessary that you live your life according to these
teachings and remain mindful of every thought and emotion that enters your mind,
rejecting those which are contrary to Maat (order, righteousness, truth) and accepting those
that are in line with Maat.
From a yogic perspective, when you act with reason and uphold justice, correctness and
virtue in your life, you are living in accord with Maat, and when you live in harmony with
Maat, you are moving into harmony with the entire universe, God. When you live
according to the whims, desires and feelings of the mind which are based on ignorance,
anger, greed, fear, hatred and so on, you are living according to chaos and mental agitation.
This is known as a hellish existence. Therefore, you must strive to cultivate peace, harmony
and love toward humanity and the universe within your heart. These qualities will lead you
to discover and experience the deeper essence of your being just as a swimmer dives below
the waves and discovers the depths of the ocean. In the same way, you can dive below the
waves of mental agitation (ignorance, anger, greed, fear, hatred, etc.) and discover the
ocean-like Divine Self within you.
99
Above: The goddess Mehurt.

Perhaps the most important teaching to be derived from the Primeval Ocean is in
reference to its fullness. As a metaphor for consciousness, which holds within itself infinite
possibilities for expression as the universe, the Primeval Ocean is said to be full." This
fullness implies that it is complete, in much the same way as you are complete, even as
entire dream worlds arise from your mind during sleep. The dream world is apparently
full also. It seems to contain all of the necessary elements of a real world wherein there
are people, objects, situations and you, as a subject who assumes various identities.
Nevertheless, you are the real support of your dream. Its basis lies within your
consciousness. In the same way, this entire universe lies within the consciousness of God
who is the substratum of this entire creation, just as you are the substratum of your
dreams. This teaching of the fullness of the Primeval Ocean is to be found in the Book of
Coming Forth By Day (xvii. 76,79; lxxi. 13; cxxiv. 17). The hekau-utterance in Chapter xvii
gives an exact description of this concept. The initiate says:
Behold Ra who was born yesterday from the buttocks of the Goddess
Mehurt. In the answer to the question: What then is this?," it is
explained: It is the watery abyss of heaven, or as others say, It is the
image of the Eye of Ra in the morning at His daily birth. Mehurt is the
Eye (Utchat) of Ra.
Mehurt was originally the female embodiment of the watery matter, the Primeval Ocean
from which the substance of the world was formed. Her name Cve,
means mighty fullness." She was the infinite source of matter which was impregnated by
the male spirit. This is one of the reasons why one of the symbols of Amun is a pregnant
woman \. Of course, the female primeval matter and the male spirit are both aspects of
100
the same energy. This is expressed in the last line of the utterance where it is explained that
Mehurt herself is the image of the Eye of Ra." The Eye of Ra is his own daughter,
Hathor. Mehurt is depicted as a cow goddess brimming with life giving essence. This
symbol is common to Hathor, Nut and Aset as well. The cow goddess is often referred to as
a seven fold deity known as the seven Hathors who preside over the life of each
individual. This title refers to the further differentiation of the three primordial principles
which express as the phenomenal universe through a series of sevens. This number, seven,
is expressed in all levels of creation. It is expressed in the seven levels of the human subtle
anatomy with the seven spiritual centers (see Egyptian Yoga: The Philosophy of Enlightenment
and The Serpent Power), and also as the seven primary colors of the rainbow. This principle
of sevens translated into the Gnostic idea of the seven planetary spirits and Archangels,
known as the Heads of the Celestial Host, and were titled the Seven Archangels of the
Presence." Aset-Hathor in Ancient Egypt symbolized the source of creation. The Milky Way
was produced by her udder and she was the Great Cow which gave birth to Ra, the Great
Goddess, the mother of all the Gods and Goddesses ...the lady who existed when nothing
else had being as yet and who created that which came into being.
In Indian Mythology, the cow holds the same symbolism as that of Ancient Egypt. The
cow is known as the fountain of milk and curds." In a mystical sense the world is also a
curd of the milk which emanated from the Celestial Cow (God). To this day, the cow is
held to be sacred in India. It is associated with Purusha or the Supreme Self in the Avatara
personality of Krishna, who is know as the milker of the cow." Krishna is an incarnation
of Vishnu (God) in the same way that Heru (Horus) (Heru) of Ancient Egypt is an
incarnation of Asar (God). One of Krishnas titles is Govinda." Govinda means cow
finder, milker, herder." In a symbolic sense, Krishna is the milker of the Upanishads. He
extracts the essence of their wisdom teachings and this essence is presented in the Bhagavad
Gita text. The Sanskrit word go (cow) also means sacred treasure," and is variously
known as the philosophers stone." The Upanishads are the sacred mystical wisdom texts
which expound the teachings of mystical philosophy in much the same way as the Metu
Neter (Words of The God or Neter Metu - Divine Speech) known as the hieroglyphic texts
of Ancient Egypt. The Upanishads are known as divine speech or the words of God,
which not surprisingly, is also the definition of Metu Neter. These similarities point to the
essential synchronicity of Ancient Egyptian and modern Indian mystical philosophy.
101
The Company of the gods and goddesses of Amun.

1-Amen-Ra
2-Mut
3- Khonsu
4- Min
5- Isis
6- Djehuti
7- Maat
8- Lady of Amenti (aspect of Hathor)
9- Osiris
10- Un-Nefer-Khenti-Amenti
11- Heru (Horus) of the two Horizons
12- He of the embalming chamber
13- Het-Her (aspect of Hathor)
14- Governor of the house of the physician
15- Nephthys
The Eye of Ra (^) is Ras creative principle in this aspect. Thus, creation itself is an
image of God. The primordial essence from which creation arises and that which arises as
creation are images of God in much the same way as your thoughts and dreams are images
of your consciousness.
Through the interplay of the male and female principles, an infinite variety of forms can
arise. This is the cause of the multiplicity that is seen in creation. The multiplicity of
102
chemical elements and the infinite varieties, shapes and forms which are possible through
their combinations are in reality expressions of the two principles, the opposites, duality,
which are an expressions of the one, singular and non-dual essence. All of the multiplicity
is in reality an expression of the two principles (duality) which, when examined closely with
keen philosophical reason and an intuitive mind, are found to be in reality a singular or
non-dual principle. This is the deeper meaning of the Ancient Egyptian teaching: I became
from God one, gods three, which was presented earlier, where God tells us he was one
essence and then transformed himself into three. These three constitute the basis of the
multiplicity of creation; the duality, along with the interaction between the two, make
three principles. However, the substratum of all creation (the trinity and duality) is oneness
and this oneness has been translated into religion as the concept of monotheism and the
Trinity. However, monotheism as it is understood in Western religions such as Orthodox
Christianity, Orthodox Islam, Orthodox Judaism and others, is not the same monotheism
implied in the teachings of Yoga and mystical religions such as the Egyptian Mysteries,
Vedanta, Sufism, Buddhism, the Tao, etc.
In Western religion, monotheism implies that there is one God who exists in fact and is
watching over his creation. God is conceptualized as a male figure who is separate from
creation and manages it from afar. In the mystical sciences, monotheism implies that God
is the only being that truly exists and therefore all that exists is an expression of the Divine.
God expresses as nature, the stars, your body, your thoughts, your senses, all physical
objects, all good and evil people, etc. God is everything, just as everything in your dreams is
in reality an expression of your own consciousness. God is not separate from creation, but
is immanent in creation. God is never far from you, but is as close as your every thought,
every breath, every sensation, every feeling. Thus, that which transcends the phenomenal
world of time and space is full and the phenomenal world which is an expression of the
eternal is also full." At every moment you are embracing the glory of God. At every
moment, regardless of your lifes circumstances, you are full. Even if you were to become
blind or to lose an arm or leg, you would remain full. Just as the injuries of your dream
personalities do not affect you as you lay on your bed, so too your transcendental Self is
unaffected by any condition that is experienced by your body or mind (ego-personality).
This exact teaching of the fullness of God and the fullness of creation may be found
in the Indian Upanishads in the following prayer:
Purnamadah Purnamidam Purnat
Purnamudachyate Purnasya
Purnamadaya Purnamevavahisyate.
Om Shantih, Shantih, Shantih.27
27
From Mantra, Kirtana [Kirtan], Yantra and Tantra by Sri Swami Jyotirmayananda.
103
That (Absolute) is full, this (world, being a manifestation of the

Absolute) is full. When this (world-process) is taken away (by
transcending it through Self-realization), what remains is full (the
Absolute). May there be Peace, Peace, Peace.
A striking example of the integration of the female principle into Ancient Egyptian
mythology is to be found in Chapter 78, Line 47, of the Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By
Day, where it is stated to the initiate:
"To the son (initiate), the gods have given the crown of millions of years, and
for millions of years it allows him to live in the Eye (Eye of Heru (Horus)),
which is the single eye of God who is called Neberdjer, the queen of the gods.
The previous passage is of paramount significance since it states that the primary
Trinity, Neberdjer, the High God of Egypt, which is elsewhere primarily associated with
male names, Amun-Ra-Ptah, is also "the queen of the gods." Therefore, the primary
"Godhead or Supreme Being is both male and female. Even in dynastic times, the goddess
was attributed equal status and importance for the salvation of humanity. All high deities
were considered to be bisexual or androgynous, possessing a male and female aspect.
In the Hymns of Amun by Her and Suti, Amun is called Glorious Mother of gods and
men." Thus, either the male, female or androgynous aspect of the Divine is emphasized
according to the particular idea being expressed. Since the Divine encompasses all genders
and that which transcends genders, there is no conflict in any of these interpretations. The
conflict in theological study arises when the mental concept of God is concretized and held
onto steadfastly as an absolute reality, or when it is held to be a historical fact, rather than a
psychological symbol of a deeper reality which is within the human heart and which is also
the essence of the universe. This has the effect of stunting spiritual development because
eventually, on the way to enlightenment, all concepts must be left behind. Concepts are
necessary for the formulation of theories and for understanding ideas, however, concepts
must always be understood as signs, signals or symbols leading toward the Divine, rather
than as definitive, absolute truths. This is the idea behind the statements of various
Ancient Egyptian hymns:
No man has been able to seek out God's likeness. Though God can be
seen in form and observation of God can be made at God's appearance,
God cannot be understood... God cannot be seen with mortal eyes...
These statements signify that no one who looks for God with the understanding of the
ego-concept will be able to see God. What they will see is the world of time and space, and
deities created out of the imagination, because they are looking through the impure
intellect, mind and senses. In order to understand God, one must transcend the human
104
ego and thus become like God. It is only then that the correct understanding will dawn.
The same idea is more explicitly stated in the Hindu Upanishads and the Taoist Tao Te
Ching:
"He truly knows Brahman who knows him as beyond knowledge; he who
thinks that he knows, knows not. The ignorant think that Brahman is
known, but the wise know him to be beyond knowledge."
Kena Upanishad
"The Tao that can be told is not the eternal Tao.
The name that can be named is not the eternal name.
The nameless is the beginning of heaven and earth."
Tao Te Ching
When God is personified and given a specific name, it is like trying to circumscribe the
unconscious mind. Is there a limit in the unconscious mind? Is there a clear identity to the
farthest reaches of your unconscious? No, therefore it cannot be circumscribed with any
term or description. The concepts should only serve as temporary crutches for the mind to
assist it in understanding the transcendental nature of the Divine until it is ready to grasp
infinity and non-duality. Concepts should never be held onto because any and all concepts
are faulty since the human mind is limited. Therefore, any attempt to classify God or
circumscribe God with any description, location, name or form will be erroneous and
idolatrous. God cannot be defined in terms of time and space because God transcends
these. In reality, the word God is a metaphor for that which transcends all human
categories of thought and all mental concepts. The word God and the disciplines of
religion and yoga philosophy are supposed to be a vehicle to get you in touch with the
depths of your own being, but if you hold onto them as absolute realities, you will miss the
point which is being conveyed through the metaphors.
This way of holding onto the idea of God as a male personality or as a Savior figure
represents an erroneous understanding of religious symbolism, and is a source of strife
among religions, social groups and in the relations between men and women. However,
when you are able to transcend your own mind through the practices of yoga, then you are
able to commune with that which is real, non-dual, perfect and supremely FULL."
6. He is the Breath of Life, the spirit which permeates and vivifies all things.
f
The Self is the source of all existence. All manifestations emanate and are supported by
the Self because they are essentially the Self's body. The idea that there is the Self and then
there is creation is wrong. The rays of the sun and the sun are one and the same. In the
105
same way, creation and the Self are one. Just as you sustain your body by breathing,
drawing Life Force energy from the atmosphere, so too it is Gods breath (Life Force)
which sustains this universe (Gods body so to speak).
7. He took the form of TANEN in order to give birth to the PAUTTI gods.
f
Tanen refers to the earth god. The Self is nameless, formless, unborn, transcendental
and undying. Assuming a name and form as the earth, the Self has projected creation
within itself along with the properties and principles represented by the Pautti (Company
of gods cosmic laws of nature) under which it exists. These are the laws by which the
ripples in the primeval waters reflect the light of consciousness. In the Papyrus of NesiKhensu, a similar scripture reads: Amen...the first divine matter (primeval paut) which gave birth
unto subsequent divine matter (other pautti)! This second rendering is important because it
establishes the divine source of existence (paut) as being the Divine Self (Amen, Amun) and
in concordance with Memphite Theology, it establishes that that which is created (pautti) is
also divine matter which has assumed different forms according to the will of the Divine.
This idea is in accordance with the tenets of modern day Quantum Physics theory which
hold that matter is in reality energy which has assumed various forms according to laws
which they still cannot fully understand.
According to Memphite Theology and to this Hymn of Amun, which constitutes
Theban Theology, what is considered as solid matter is in reality nothing more than the
same form of matter which is experienced in the Dream State of consciousness. Thus, the
physical world is composed of the same material as the dream world and is therefore
subject to vanish as surely as a dream. However, the phenomenal world, being part of
Gods dream, or projection, as opposed to that of a human being, is longer lived. It may
last billions of years from the standpoint of a human lifetime, however, it is only a flash in
the realm of eternity. Thus, the human concept of time is only a minute segment within
the stream of eternity. The concept of relativity of time is expressed in a hieroglyphic text
entitled: The Songs of The Harper. In one verse, the relativity of the passage of time is
explained as follows:
The whole period of things done on the earth is but a period of a dream.
Consider your dreams. They may seem to occur over a period of hours, days, months or
years. Yet upon waking up, you realize that the entire time you were in bed asleep for a
short time. In the same way, the entire period of the existence of the universe is nothing
but the span of a short dream in the mind of God.
106
From an advanced perspective, neither time nor space can be said to exist as something
which is real, just as time, matter, and physical objects within a dream cannot be called
real." The entire dream world exists in the mind and does not require real time or space.
The phenomenal, world which is experienced in the Waking State of consciousness, is also
not real and does not exist except in the mind of God. This teaching is not only confirmed
by the Hymns of Amun, but it is also a primary teaching of Memphite Theology presented
in the Shabaka Inscription. In reality, only eternity is real, and God is eternity. Since all
matter is in reality constituted of the thought energy of God, and changes in the matter are
called time, it must be clearly understood that God is the only reality which exists.
God is eternity, and the limited perceptions of the mind and senses are what human
beings refer to as time and space awareness. However, the perception of time and space
is due to the limitations and conditioning of the human mind and body. If you had the
ability to perceive the entire universe at once, an eternal view which is not restricted to
time and space, then you would discover that there is only oneness. This is the view that
the cosmic mind (God) has towards creation. Recall the teachings of Memphite Theology
on the creation of the universe by Ptah through thought alone. Thus, the task of the
spiritual aspirant is to grow out of the limitations of the mind and body and discover the
cosmic vision which lies within. When this is accomplished, there is a new perception of
the universe. This represents the death of the ego in a human being and the birth of the
spiritual life in the human being.
God has assumed the form of the neteru or Pautti (Company of Gods and Goddesses).
These neteru are cosmic forces and energies that sustain the universe and which
constitute physical matter." Therefore, this physical universe is in reality the body of
God and everything in it is Divine, from the smallest atom to the largest celestial bodies in
the heavens.
8. He hides His name from His children in this His name of Amun.
9. He makes Himself to be hidden.
10. The One, Amun, who hides Himself from men, who shrouds Himself from the gods;
His color and appearance is not known.
11. The gods cannot pray to him because His name is unknown to them.
f
The Self appears to be hidden from the world to those who do not look beyond the
physical reality they have in front of them. Accepting the visible alone as the only reality,
they are as if mesmerized by creation. Further, due to the ignorance of egoism, people see
themselves as separate individuals and are thus unable to behold their deeper nature, the
Self. As long as the constant pressure of egoistic thoughts and pursuit of fulfillment
through the world continues, so long the illusory separation between the soul and the Self
107
will continue. The soul will continue to travel through time and space and the astral and
physical realms through many dimensions until it realizes its error. The Gods and
Goddesses, like human beings, exist in time and space. They also, are aware only of events
which occur in the subtle plane or the physical. The subtle plane is more fluid than the
physical world of human beings, but it is nevertheless still located in time and space.
Therefore, even the Gods and Goddesses must transcend this Astral Plane in order to
achieve the Cosmic Vision of the transcendental Self.
When a human being dies, the consciousness shifts from the physical body to the astral
body. It is this body and its senses which allows the soul to have experiences on the Astral
Plane. However, this plane exists in a different time frame and therefore, hundreds of years
may pass there while thousands may pass in the physical earth plane of human beings. The
Astral Plane is more fluid, meaning that events can occur and entire circumstances can
change instantly according to the desires and thoughts of the mind. Thus, the Astral Plane
is related to the mind and senses more than to the gross physical body of earthbound
existence. It is also experienced in part during the Dream State when sleeping. When
sleeping, you are carried away with the thoughts and events of the dream world. You
believe it is real and you believe it has always been real. However, when you awaken, you
come to believe it was not real and call it imagination, and forget about the dream.
However, when falling into the Sleep State, the physical reality is lost to you; it becomes
unreal."
Likewise, when you die," you will undergo an experience of swooning and your past
personality is lost. However, you will take with you the psychic impressions in the
unconscious mind. These deep rooted desires and prejudices remain and impel you to
move on in the Astral Plane searching for fulfillment and happiness. This Astral Plane,
though more subtle than the Physical Plane of existence, cannot provide true happiness
and supreme peace because it is as illusory and unreal as a dream world is discovered to
be unreal upon waking up. Further, both the Astral Plane (Duat or Netherworld) and the
Physical Plane are emanations from the Self, so both are relative planes of existence which
emanate from the Absolute (God). Since they are relative and transitory, it is not possible
to find abiding satisfaction or fulfillment in them. Only when the Absolute and
transcendental Self is discovered can there be true peace and happiness.
It is in this plane where the soul experiences either hellish or heavenly conditions
according to its actions, feelings and thoughts while on the earth plane. It is these actions,
thoughts and feelings that constitute the karmic history and destiny of the soul. If you have
lived un-righteously while on earth, you will experience hellish conditions after death
which are of your own making. Since the Astral Plane is more fluid than the physical, it
is recommended that the spiritual aspirant diligently practice the teachings of mystical
spirituality so as to gain control over the mind and senses and not to be susceptible to the
whims, desires and negative thoughts of the mind.
108
12. His name is victory.
f
The victory being described here is not like a victory that is experienced as a result of
winning a war or a competitive sport. The victory which is being referred to here is the
victory of attaining enlightenment, the discovery of your true Self. Having discovered the
hidden, absolute essence within, one has discovered the name of God. This discovery
bestows victory over all maladies and adversities. It is the definition and abode of that
which is auspicious and triumphant. It is the goal and aim of all teachings and the supreme
prize before which all worldly luxuries pale in comparison. The Self, when turned to with
devotion-Uah abr Neter, is the source that bestows the victory of enlightenment (salvation)
from the bondage of time and space.
13. He the One Watcher who neither slumbers nor sleeps.
f
Many thousands of years prior to the development of the Sakshin Buddhi concept in
Vedanta philosophy and the Mindfulness concept of Buddhism, the concept of the
witnessing consciousness was understood in Ancient Egypt. This watcher or witnessing
consciousness is related to three other important utterances (33-35) which explain the
relationship between the witnessing consciousness of the mind, the perceptions through
the senses and the physical world. Here we will focus on understanding the watcher or
witnessing consciousness which is the innermost essence of the human mind.
The Self is the eternal and silent witness to all that goes on in the mind of every human
being. It is the mind, composed of memories and desires stored in the subconscious and
unconscious, which believes itself to be real and independent. But when you begin to ask
"Who is this that I call me?," you begin to discover that you cannot find any "me." Is "me"
the person I was at five years of age? at twenty? or am I the person I see in the mirror today?
Am I the person I will be in ten years from now or am I the person I was 500 or 1000 years
ago in a different incarnation? Where is "me"? Is "me" the body? Am "I" the legs, or am "I"
the heart? Am "I" the brain? People have lost half their brain and continue to live, not in a
vegetable state but as human beings, with consciousness. Since body parts can be lost or
transplanted, these cannot be "me." What does this all mean?
As a child you acted a certain way. As an adolescent you acted in another way. As an
adult you act yet another way. All the while, your body is growing, changing, and gradually
moving towards death. You have experienced all of these changes and through mental
conditioning, you have come to believe that all of these characters are you. Initiatic
teaching proves through philosophical argument and through intuitional enlightenment
109
that these are only transitory characters with no real substance. So what is real? Your
witnessing Self is real. It was the witnessing consciousness, identified with the ego-selfconsciousness, who experienced the pains and pleasures, disappointments and successes.
That witnessing consciousness which withdraws at the time of sleep and experiences
dreams, that witnessing consciousness that observed all of the changes like a silent
onlooker waiting to be noticed, is your innermost Self.
The real me is that which causes the existence of the body and uses it to have worldly
experiences. The body-mind complex, its problems and concerns, failures and successes,
pleasures and pains, life and death, cannot affect the real me." The project of yoga is to
discover the illusoriness of the ego-personality (mind and body) and to discover the real
me," the Watcher who never slumbers. From the point of view of the ocean, the problems,
failures, successes, pleasures, pains, life and death of the waves is of no concern since none
of these occurrences affect its essential nature. The conditions of the waves do not add or
detract from the fullness of the ocean. The ocean encompasses all of the waves. Regardless
of whether the waves are rising or falling, the ocean remains full. Likewise, you, the real
you, is always embracing the fullness of the Divine Self at every moment. Just as the sun
shines and sustains all the activities of the world, the consciousness of God is as a light
which shines on all things and allows them to exist. In the same way that you are the sole
witness and support of the entire world which arises out of your mind during a dream and
you are not affected by any situations which occur in your dreams as you lay peacefully in
your bed, the Self is the unaffected witness and support of this entire world process. This
silent witnessing is the kind of vision you must engender in your mind as opposed to the
one which is constantly agitated and upset by the things you like-Mer and therefore seek to
acquire, the things you have come to see as hateful-Fat and therefore seek to move away
from, and the passing problems of human existence. This is the Divine vision that leads an
aspirant to spiritual enlightenment.
God is always aware of the fact that the entire creation, the universe and all of the
various planes of existence within it are nothing more than a thought. Ordinary human
beings who have not practiced yoga or sought to attain spiritual enlightenment are not
aware of the fact that this creation is a dream, so they believe it is a reality and become
caught in the dream of the world process as it were. They are caught in the desires and
illusions of their own as well as the dreams, desires and illusions of others. This leads to
myriad of human complications and entanglements which all lead to disappointment and
sorrow in the end. Along with this needless pain and suffering, it is ironic that in the end
all human activities, no matter how grand or glorious they may appear to be, are in reality
perishable and fleeting much like a dream, albeit a longer lasting dream. Therefore,
unenlightened human life is an ignorant state of consciousness in all states (waking, dream,
dreamless-deep-sleep).
110
As stated earlier, ordinary human experience is as a dream. The ignorance that besets
the mind causes a kind of ignorant movement from one state of mind to another. The
mind moves from the waking to the Sleep State, from sleep to dream, and from dream
once again back to waking. The soul is caught up in the illusory trap of its own ignorance.
The innermost realm of the unconscious is beyond the mind and senses. Therefore, if
life is lived in the realm of the mind and senses alone, you are only aware of that which is
temporal and unreal. Consider how life would be if you went to sleep and fell into a dream
out of which you could wake up. Having forgotten about the Waking State of
consciousness, you would be tumbling from one experience to another because you are
ignorant as to your true Self who is sleeping. Your only salvation would be if someone
were to come along within your dream and remind you that this dream character is not the
real you and that the real you is comfortably sleeping, and all you need to do to escape the
pain and suffering you are experiencing in the dream is to wake up.
"The wise wake up early to their lasting gain while the fool is hard pressed."
Higher Self, ending the cycle of rebirth and dwelling with the neteru who direct
and control the Great Plan."
Ancient Egyptian Proverbs
In the same way, the dreams you have when sleeping as well as your experiences in the
Waking State are all in the realm of the mind and senses, therefore, all of them are illusory,
like a dream. Your mortal existence and all of your incarnations throughout time and space
are in reality the experience of a dream from the point of view of your innermost Self.
While your mind changes, your dreams change, you are born, grow old and die only to be
reborn again in a new family, country, etc., these events are all in the realm of time and
space. However, when you discover your innermost reality, then you discover that which is
timeless, changeless, immortal and eternal. Therefore, you must drawn close to the
innermost essence within you in order to discover your true identity beyond the mind and
senses.
Just as if you were trying to escape a terrible danger in your dream, the best solution
would be to wake up, the only way out of the illusion of the world process is to wake up
from the triads of Seer-Seen-Sight and the waking-sleep-Dream States entirely. These three
states are part of the relative realm of time and space. The task is to transcend them all and
to reach attunement with the level of the ever-present Watcher, the witness behind all
things, the real me."
111
Ritual of the Divine Embrace
Above left: King Senusert and the God Ptah (Pillar from Temple of Senusert at Karnak
Above right: Goddess Hetheru embracing the king.
112
113
The Waset Temple (Karnak) is a prime example of one of the most important tantric
rituals, the Divine Embrace. This ritual is to be performed by the most elevated initiates as
it symbolizes the sexual union with the Divinity him/her self. No more will be said on this
ritual as it is reserved for advanced practice.
The visualization is one of unity with the Divine through a loving embrace which
encompasses parental, and spousal relationships. Men can see themselves with the goddess
or with the god because he is understood to be androgynous. Women can visualize the
tantric unity in the same way.
Many of the Neterian Gods and Goddesses can be seen embracing men and women. This
is a symbol of a human being embracing that which is Divine, the philosophy and inner
revelation of Self as Amun as opposed to that which is worldly, ignorant and debased. The
Temple of Amun at Karnak reveals special images that relate to a special ritual of the
Divine Embrace that encompasses sexual sublimation and manipulation of the internal life
force (Serpent Power). The discipline is not discussed in this volume due to the fact that
this is an advanced and mystical teaching not to be revealed in books but only through
direct instruction from a spiritual preceptor (Priest of Shetaut Neter Ancient Egyptian
Mysteries). For more see the books Egyptian Tantric Yoga and The Serpent Power. The
following image is from the Temple of Amun at Karnak.
The following Ancient Egyptian texts expound on the philosophy of the Divine
Embrace. In the creation story involving the Ausarian Mysteries28, Asar assumes the role of
Khepera and Tem (highlighted texts by Ashby):
"Neb-er-tcher saith, I am the creator of what hath come into being, and I myself
came into being under the form of the god Khepera, and I came into being in
primeval time. I had union with my hand, and I embraced my shadow in a love
embrace; I poured seed into my own mouth, and I sent forth from myself issue in
the form of the gods Shu and Tefnut." "I came into being in the form of Khepera,
and I was the creator of what came into being, I formed myself out of the
primeval matter, and I formed myself in the primeval matter. My name is Ausares
(Asar).
I was alone, for the Gods and Goddesses were not yet born, and I had emitted
from myself neither Shu nor Tefnut. I brought into my own mouth, hekau, and I
forthwith came into being under the form of things which were created under the
form of Khepera."
28
See the books The Ausarian Resurrection: The Ancient Egyptian Bible and The Mystical Teachings of The Ausarian
Resurrection: Initiation Into The Third Level of Shetaut Asar.
114
Maat is the daughter of Ra, the High God, thus in a hymn to Ra we find:
The land of Manu (the West) receives thee with satisfaction, and the goddess Maat
embraces thee both at morn and at eve... the god Djehuti and the goddess Maat have
written down thy daily course for thee every day...
"The Sun is the preserver and the nurse of every group. And just as the
Intelligible Cosmos, holding the Sensible in its embrace, fills it full, distending
it with forms of every kind and every shape - so, too the Sun distendeth all
in Cosmos, affording births to all, and strengthen them."
Ancient Egyptian Proverb
It being of such a quality, God, who is author of all generation and production, and of all
elemental forces, as being superior to them, immaterial and incorporeal exalted above the realm
of nature and likewise begotten and undivided, entire of himself and concealed in himself, is
supreme above all these and embraces them all in himself. And because he contains everything
and gives himself to all the universe, he is made manifest out from them. Because he is
superior to the universe, he is spread out over it by himself, and is manifested as separate,
removed, high in the air and unfolded by himself above the forces and elementary principles in
the world.
Iamblichus, Egyptian Initiate
(circa 250-330)
What is Consciousness?
Consciousness is the primordial state of existence. As referred to in Egyptian and
Indian mythology, pure consciousness or the Primeval Waters are considered to be Unformed
Matter, The Self, God. Pure consciousness is the stuff of which everything will be composed
and it is the matter of which thoughts are composed. It may be referred to as awareness
without specificity or the mind without thoughts. In the same way that modern physics has
discovered the same underlying basis behind all matter (energy), the ancient Sages
discovered that there is one underlying substance, Pure Consciousness, behind all things,
matter, thoughts, energy, etc. The "Primeval Waters" is a metaphor referring to pure
consciousness, unmodified or unconditioned into any particular form in time and space.
Through the process of thought, consciousness is able to become whatever it desires, that
is, to take on any form by the power of vibration. Vibration causes ripples in consciousness
and these ripples are what constitute movement, shape, color, dimension, sound, light, etc.
In human life consciousness refers to the awareness of being alive and of having an
identity. The consciousness or awareness of being an individual, living, thinking being is
the characteristic which separates humanity from the animals and one individual human
115
being from another. Animals cannot become aware of their own existence and ponder the
questions such as: Who am I? Where am I going in life? Where do I come from? They
cannot write books on history and create elaborate systems of social history based on
ancestry, etc. Ironically, this tendency to name things, to categorize and intellectualize is
what causes the awareness of differences and separations.
Thus, consciousness is characterized by the quality of existence. It exists, as opposed to
non-existence. However, all that exists then can be said to be conscious, the earth, the trees,
the sun, etc. What makes human existence special is the awareness of existence and
individual identity. This quality of existence, coupled with the quality of awareness, is what
constitutes the higher level of consciousness in human beings. In human beings
consciousness expresses itself in three modes. These are: Waking, Dream-Sleep and
Dreamless-Sleep.
In the primordial state there is only The Self, Pure Consciousness. There is not even a
thought about anything other than itself. Upon the emergence of the first thought
immediately there is something besides the Self, an objectified form. Now there is the
experience of duality and of the triad because the Self can now perceive something
alongside itself. It is only through illusion that the self is able to see anything as if it is other
than itself. In order for this to be possible there must be a triad of seer-seen-sight or subjectobject-interacting media. This is the function of the mind. It allows the illusion of the triad
to exist. However, this objectified form is composed of the same Self. The material out of
which dreams and waking consciousness arise is the same. Sages have discovered that Pure
Consciousness (God) is the underlying basis of the human mind but when thoughts arise,
consciousness takes and identifies with the various forms.
At this time God is said to have created him/herself in the form of that which is created
in the same way as a person dreaming takes on the forms of the dream. When
consciousness becomes something, anything, from the grossest form to the subtlest, a tree,
a rock, a planet, a human body, air, radiation, etc., then it is said to have created a physical
object; creation is created. The Self no longer simply just exists in complete peace and
stillness. When The Self enlivens a physical object such as an animal, a plant, a human
body, with the soul (higher consciousness), then it is said to be living. When the Self
becomes involved with the thoughts and forgets itself, thinking that it is the subject, then
this process is called Identification. The Self which was pure consciousness has become
involved in the thoughts through a process of becoming ignorant of its real nature.
The important factor to understand here is that each element of the Trinity represents
a factor of absolute consciousness in the following order:
Soul
Amun
Ego-Mind
Ra
116
Body and Senses

Ptah
Through the understanding of this relationship the body and sense organs (physical
nature) are related to the Cosmic Physical Self (Ptah). The mind and senses are related to
the Cosmic Astral Self (Ra). The awareness or consciousness which is beyond the astral and
physical planes (Watcher who never slumbers) is related to the Cosmic Causal Self (Amun).
All of these arise out of Neberdjer, the Absolute Self.
14. Amun drives away evils and scatters diseases.
f
The Cause of Disease
The spiritual Self is the source of all life including the life of each individual human
personality. It is also the spiritual Self which sustains the mental and physical selves. At this
level you should understand that the spiritual Self exists in the realm of nature (time and
space) and also in a another dimension, the spiritual realm, which is beyond time and
space (movement and change), whereas, the mental and physical selves exist entirely in the
realm of time and space. The body and mind, being instruments of the Soul, operate
according to the laws of nature.
Contrary to the belief system which pervades modern day society that disease originates
from factors outside of the body, it is the contention of yoga philosophy that the root cause
of disease is ignorance of ones true nature as the Self. In the unenlightened state, you
identify yourself with the mind, and through the mind and senses (which are merely an
extension of the mind), with the body. When this occurs, the universal Self becomes
deluded by the state of ignorance into believing in the concepts of death, disease,
limitation, and individuality. Because death, disease and limitation are not characteristics
of the true Self, conflict and contradiction develops deep within the unconscious mind
which results in a disturbance of the mental function. This distorted or inharmonious state
of mind translates into a disturbance within the Life Force Energy of the body and results
in disease, because the flow of Life Force Energy (Sekhem, Prana, Chi) is blocked or
otherwise disrupted throughout portions of the body. The Life Force Energy flows from
the Soul to the Causal Body (unconscious mind), then to the Astral Body, which is
composed of the mind and senses. Through subtle channels within the Astral body, the
energy flows into the physical body and vivifies the organs. The presence of this energy is
what constitutes life." The absence of it is called death."
The word disease itself gives a clue to this process by implying that disease results from a
lack of (dis-) ease in the body. What is this ease? It is the ease of the true Self which is
universal, free, all encompassing, immortal, and absolute bliss and peace (Hetep). Imagine
117
how much dis-ease would be created if you tried to confine the ocean or the sky in a jar?
How much dis-ease does a wild animal, which is used to roaming in the vast forest,
experience when it is captured and placed in confinement? So when body identification
occurs and the soul now identifies with concepts of individuality as opposed to
universality, death as opposed to immortality, dis-ease or tension arises from within the
soul level of the individual which becomes manifested in the mind as desire, fear, anger,
hatred, greed, jealousy, envy and attachment. These in turn become manifested in the
body as what we term illnesses and diseases, such as cancer, colds, fatigue, AIDS, and all
other disease syndromes.
Thus, it is not surprising that modern medicine is finding that the most healthy activity
a person can engage in is to sit quietly once or twice a day in a state of deep relaxation or
meditation. Why is this? When the mind is filled with thoughts of a worldly nature, it
creates ripples in the lake of consciousness, and just as the wind blows across a lake and
creates ripples, the reflection of the sky is obstructed, so too the ripples created in the lake
of consciousness by tension laden thoughts obstruct the reflection of the Self. When these
thoughts are quieted through the relaxation or meditation process, then the Self reflects in
the lake of consciousness, providing one with a feeling of expansion, a sense of peace, bliss
and immortality. In this state of consciousness there is a free flow of healing Life Force
Energy that maintains the body and mind healthy. This is what happens when you enter
into deep dreamless sleep every night, however, because your consciousness is withdrawn
during this process, you are ignorant of the experience. You only know that you feel rested
and relaxed when you wake up. This is why you are told to get lots of rest when you are ill
or you may feel that you are becoming ill and instinctively know that if you to go to bed
early, the chances are that you will not become ill. The healing comes from embracing
your true nature and letting go of your body identification (ego) by relaxing the desires of
the mind and temporarily giving up worldly activities. Sleep is natures way of providing
you with this experience, however, it is not the only way to have this experience. This is
where the practice of yoga comes in.
Through the process and disciplines of yoga, you are able to achieve the state where you
can have this experience at all times, the state of enlightenment. The formal practice of
meditation provides you with this experience initially, however, when the teachings
become integrated into your consciousness, your wisdom and intuitional realization of the
teachings will allow you to maintain this experience, even amidst the most chaotic
circumstances. So, integral and foremost to the process of maintaining or regaining
optimal physical or mental health is the practice of meditation and the other disciplines of
yoga, because the ultimate state of total health-Senbi, is in the state of enlightenment. In
Indian yoga philosophy true health is termed Swastat or being established in the Self
(the state of Enlightenment). Although you need to have a healthy diet, proper exercise
and rest to maintain health, these factors alone can never confer total health. You must
engage in spiritual practices to discover your true nature to be truly healthy. The ancient
118
medical traditions such as the Ayurvedic system of India and The Therapeutic system of
Egypt recognized this and therefore, in addition to recommending and prescribing various
diets and herbs for specific illnesses, also recommended mantras and hekau repetition to
calm the mind as well as the practice of meditation to promote healing.
The goal of yoga is to promote integration of the mind-body-spirit complex in order to
produce optimal health of the human being. This is accomplished through mental and
physical exercises which promote the free flow of spiritual energy by reducing mental
complexes caused by ignorance. There are two roads which human beings can follow, one
of wisdom and the other of ignorance. The path of the masses is generally the path of
ignorance which leads them to negative situations, thoughts and deeds. These in turn lead
to ill health and sorrow in life. The other road is based on wisdom and it leads to health,
true happiness and enlightenment.
It must be understood that being enlightened does not automatically confer a state of
physical health. Ones state of health is also subject to the law of karma, so even someone
who is enlightened may undergo serious illnesses. There have been many enlightened
Sages who have developed cancer, diabetes and other illnesses. However, this does not
mean that you should not endeavor to live a healthy lifestyle. Suppose, based on karma
from your previous embodiments as well as this embodiment, you develop some illness.
You have the choice to promote a healthy diet and lifestyle (good karma) or an unhealthy
diet and lifestyle in this lifetime. Promoting a healthy lifestyle may add years to your life,
whereas ignoring proper nutrition and exercise may result in your dying at an earlier age,
not to mention the karmic repercussions you will still have to deal with in future lifetimes.
Promoting a healthy lifestyle is key to the practice of yoga because once you realize that
your body and mind are tools to take you to the destination of absolute peace and bliss,
you will want to take care of them as you would a car or some other important possession
you have. In addition, unless one is very spiritually advanced, beyond identifying with the
body and mind, illnesses can detract from spiritual progress because they keep the thoughts
bound to the physical body. To understand this, just reflect on when you have a headache
or stomachache. Where are your thoughts drawn? Usually they are more focused on the
part of the body which ails you. Therefore, promoting a healthy lifestyle through proper
nutrition and exercise are also very important disciplines in the quest to attain Yoga, union
with your Higher Self.
Following the path which leads to the wisdom of the Self eradicates mental and physical
afflictions and the miseries of life. All of the maladies of human life arise due to ones
ignorance of ones true nature. When you discover that your deepest Self is one with
Amun, who is the Self of all things, then there is no need or desire for any of the things
119
which motivate ordinary human life. There is no need or desire for wealth, fame, name,
power, etc., neither is there a need, desire or fear of the lack of any of these.29
Ignorant human beings see life as a struggle in which they must strive to compete in a
race to achieve certain goals or to acquire certain objects to secure happiness. When you
discover that in reality, God is the underlying essence of all objects, and that God is indeed
the true mover, the true watcher, the true director and the true and only support of your
life, you can relax your endless desires and move into harmony with the Divine Will.
Human struggle is a deviation from Divine Will, from Maat. However, when you begin to
place trust in your true, divine Self, all evils are as if rendered null and void. How can there
be evil within God if ALL is God? How can there be good either? All things move
according to their own ideal. The wind blows, the waters of the ocean flow with the tides,
the planets and stars move according to their own plan as prescribed by the mysterious
divine source. The same occurs in human life. The circumstances you come across, the
personalities you meet, the thoughts and desires in your mind and so on, are all provided
for your spiritual movement. It is you who assign certain value to a certain situation over
another and call one evil and another good. It is you who decide if a personality you meet
is agreeable or not. It is you who decide if a plot of land is beautiful or not. These objects
exist only by divine grace. They have no consciousness of their appeal to you, or their
rejection by you, and they do not care. You say I own this land," or this is my house and
so on, but the land or house have no knowledge of this! If you were to inquire as to who
owned the land a hundred years ago or who will own it a hundred years from now,
how will this knowledge enhance your life at this very moment? If something is not true in
the beginning, middle and end, then it is not true at all. Therefore, since you did not own
land in the beginning and will not own it when you die, the entire situation is un-true,
much like a dream. The answer is that ownership is an illusory concept which deludes
people into a false sense of pride, vanity, greed and egoism. These negative human qualities
are the chains of the soul which keep it tied to human suffering and cloud the intellect
from discovering the truth, that there is a greater existence beyond the day to day world of
ordinary human experience.
The idea being imparted here is that you must give up your egoistic ideas of your little
individual self and thereby wake up to your true Self. You must give up the little things you
are holding onto in order to gain the entire universe. Giving up should not be understood
as a relinquishing of possessions necessarily. Many possessions only serve to complicate our
lives but, certain objects and possessions are needed in life. However, it should be
understood as giving up or relinquishing the attachment and worry over possessions.
Therefore, it is more of a psychological attitude than a physical act. In order to do this, you
must understand deeply within your heart that your true identity is not John, Robert,
Cathy, Mary or whatever your name may be. Your true identity is the transcendental,
29
Note: For more on physical health and purification see the books Initiation Into Egyptian Yoga: The Secrets of Shedi and
Meditation: The Ancient Egyptian Path to Enlightenment.
120
eternal, universal Self who is the sole watcher and witness to all things. It is this witnessing
consciousness which is there awaiting your discovery if you stop the ignorant thoughts,
beliefs, desires and illusions of the mind which agitate your consciousness and distract your
awareness of your true identity. If you can accomplish this, you will become a Knower of
the Self," an enlightened human being. In fact, this is the true definition of a human being.
Any other state of existence is in reality worse than an animal existence because while
animals do not have awareness of their Divinity, they also do not have the capacity to
experience the intense forms of human pain and suffering caused by worries and anxieties
of the past, desires for the future and regrets of what might have been, but was not.
Through philosophical insight from the wisdom teachings you must rise above this
pitiful condition to the status of Divinity by giving up the petty human desires and
ignorant notions which compel you to seek happiness in the world of time and space
which is never abiding and always perishable. 30
15. He is the physician who heals the eye without medicaments; He opens the eyes; He
drives away inflammation.
f
The Eye of Heru (Horus) refers to the eye of spiritual intuition or inner spiritual
realization of the truth of ones true nature within ones heart. In much the same way that
inflammation around a physical eye obstructs vision, the fattening of the ego obstructs the
vision of the intuitional eye. In this context, "fattening" of the ego may be defined as
follows:
By thinking of the objects of the world and by entertaining desires for the pleasures
of the senses, the mind becomes increasingly involved in the world process. This is
called fattening of the mind. By considering the body as the Self, and by developing
attachment towards one's spouse and children, and towards the objects of the world,
the mind becomes fattened.
-Yoga Vasistha 6:50
When you aquifer true insight into the nature of the Self, Amun, it means that you
have glimpsed into eternity, your own eternity, your own divinity. This is true knowledge,
born of your own experience of the Divine. When this occurs, it is like the moment you
understand something which had baffled you for a long time. Imagine that you are given a
box and asked to determine what is inside, but it is closed and you don't know how to
open it. Its contents are described to you but still you cannot guess at what it is because you
30
Note: For more on the Ancient Egyptian teachings in reference to diet, health, exercise and nutrition see the books
Meditation: The Ancient Egyptian Path to Enlightenment and The Egyptian Yoga Exercise Workout Book.
121
do not know enough about it. You are told that you will be given a great reward if you
discover its contents, so you try very hard. Despite all of your efforts, you fail because you
have not exercised the proper movement which will give you the knowledge which you
need. However, if you are told that you need to move towards it, hold it in a certain way in
order to open it, you are then in a position to discover what you need. Having done this
and having opened the box and discovered its contents, there is irreversible knowledge
which you have acquired. Now you know its contents by your own experience. Your life
from now on incorporates this knowledge. There is no going back to the time when you
did not know. This movement from ignorance to knowledge is what happens when true
intuitional knowledge dawns in the human heart. It cures the mind of the complexes as if
by magic, just as looking into the box and discovering its contents cured the malady of
ignorance about the contents. Discovering the Self within your heart will dispel the malady
of your ignorance about the contents of the universe. Having discovered the Self within
your heart there will be nothing left to discover. All that is to be known will be known.
16. He delivers whom he pleases, even from the Duat (Astral world).
17. He saves a man or woman from what is His lot at the dictates of their heart.
f
The utterances above are directly referring to Meskhenet or karma. They also relate to
hekau #40. The teachings of karma are mostly associated with Eastern religions. However,
the study of African religions and the Ancient Egyptian religious system reveals that the
teachings of karma were understood and practiced in Ancient Africa much earlier than
anywhere else in history. Meskhenet is an Ancient Egyptian goddess aspect of Maat. Maat
is a goddess aspect of Aset (Aset). Also, Meskhenet is associated with two other goddesses,
Shai and Rennenet who represent fortune and destiny as well as Djehuti, who represents
reason and rationality, the intuitive intellect. Along with her associates, the goddesses Shai,
Rennenet and Meskhenet, Maat encompass the teachings of Karma and Reincarnation or
the destiny of every individual based on past actions, thoughts and feelings.
Meskhenet
(Karmic direction of an individual)
Shai and Rennenet
(Fortune and Destiny)
Djehuti
(Reason - Rationality - Understanding)
Maat
122
Reincarnation
Uhem ankh
(Ethical standards of an individual)

Aset
(The support of Creation)
The diagram above illustrates the process of meskhenet. Creation itself is the field in
which an individual is able to exist, carry out various activities and to learn, through
various experiences, how to live either in prosperity or adversity. The results of ones
actions are the teachers. A negative result should teach that a particular ac is not correct
and henceforth a person can correct future actions and so on.
MAATI
Maat
Maat is the principle of order, righteousness and truth. She is the standard by which all
should be measured. Djehuti is a counterpart of Maat. He represents the wisdom which
comes from correct reasoning, rationality based on truth, the knowledge of the inner self.
Shai and Rennenet are the hands of Djehuti. In the Ancient Egyptian Book of Coming Forth
By Day Djehuti is the neter who records the results of the balance scales where the heart of
the individual (the individuals acts, thoughts, speech and deeds while alive) are judged.
With his hands (Shai and Rennenet) he records the results of the balance and then
Meskhenet carries out the task of sending the soul of that individual into their new .
Thus, karma should be thought of as the total effect of a person's actions and conduct
during the successive phases of his/her existence. But how does this effect operate? How do
the past actions affect the present and the future? Your experiences from the present life or
from previous lifetimes cause unconscious impressions which stay with the soul even after
death. These unconscious impressions are what constitute the emerging thoughts, desires,
and aspirations of every individual. These impressions are not exactly like memories,
however, they work like memories. For example, if you had a fear in a previous lifetime or
the childhood of your present lifetime you may not remember the event that caused the
123
fear, but you will remember the strange feeling you have when you come into contact
with certain objects or certain people. These feelings are caused by the unconscious
impressions which are coming up to the surface of the conscious mind. It is this
conglomerate of unconscious impressions which are judged in the Hall of Maat and
determine where the soul will go to next in its spiritual journey towards evolution or
devolution, also known as the cycle of birth and death or reincarnation as well as the
experiences of heaven or hell. The following segment from the Ancient Egyptian
"Instruction to Mer-ka-R" explains this point.
"You know that they are not merciful the day when they judge the
miserable one..... Do not count on the passage of the years; they consider
a lifetime as but an hour. After death man remains in existence and his
acts accumulate beside him. Life in the other world is eternal, but he who
arrives without sin before the Judge of the Dead, he will be there as a
neter and he will walk freely as do the masters of eternity."
The reference above to his acts accumulate beside him alludes to the unconscious
impressions which are formed as a result of ones actions while still alive. These
impressions can be either positive or negative. Positive impressions are developed through
positive actions by living a life of righteousness and virtue (Maat). This implies living
according to the precepts of mystical wisdom or being a follower of Heru (Horus) (Shemsu
Hor) and Aset. These actions draw one closer to harmony and peace, thus paving the way
to discover the Self within. The negative impressions are developed through sinful
(egoistic) actions. They are related to mental agitation, disharmony and restlessness. This
implies acts based on anger, fear, desire, greed, depression, gloom, etc. These actions draw
one into the outer world of human desires. They distract the mind and do not allow the
intellect (Saa) to function. Thus, existence at this level is closer to an animal, being based
on animal instincts and desires of the body, rather than to a spiritually mature human
being, being based on reason, selflessness, compassion, etc.
&=
(Purification of the heart)
How then is it possible to eradicate negative karmic impressions and to develop positive
ones? The answer lies in your understanding of the wisdom teachings and your practice of
them. When you study the teachings and live according to them, your mind undergoes a
transformation at all levels. This transformation is the purification of heart so often
spoken about throughout the Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By Day. It signifies an
eradication of negative impressions, which renders the mind pure and subtle. When the
mind is rendered subtle, then spiritual realization is possible. This discipline of purifying
124
the heart by living according to the teachings is known as the Yoga of Action or Maat,
Karma Yoga in the Indian Yoga system.
The philosophy of Maat is a profound teaching which encompasses the fabric of
creation as well as a highly effective system of spiritual discipline. In creation stories,
Neberdjer (God) is said to have established creation upon Maat. Consequently it follows
that Maat is the orderly flow of energy which maintains the universe. Further, Maat is the
regularity which governs the massive planetary and solar systems as well as the growth of a
blade of grass and a human cell. This natural process represents the flow of creation
wherein there is constant movement and a balancing of opposites (up-down, hot-cold, herethere, you-me, etc.).
Most people act out of the different forces which are coursing through them at the time.
These may be hunger, lust, fear, hatred, anger, elation, etc. They have no control over these
because they have not understood that their true essence is in reality separate from their
thoughts and emotions. They have identified with their thoughts and therefore are led to
the consequences of those thoughts and the deeds they engender. You, as an aspirant,
having developed a higher level of spiritual sensitivity, are now aware that you have a
choice in the thoughts you think and the actions you perform. You can choose whether to
act in ways that are in harmony with Maat or those that are disharmonious. You have now
studied the words of wisdom and must now look beyond the level of ritual worship of the
Divine to the realm of practice and experience of the Divine.
In ordinary human life, those who have not achieved the state of Enlightenment (the
masses in society at large) perceive nature as a conglomeration of forces which are
unpredictable and in need of control. However, as spiritual sensitivity matures, the aspirant
realizes that what once appeared to be chaotic is in reality the Divine Plan of the Supreme
Being in the process of unfoldment. When this state of consciousness is attained, the
aspirant realizes that there is an underlying order in nature which can only be perceived
with spiritual eyes.
The various injunctions of Maat are for the purpose of keeping order in society among
ordinary people, people without psychological maturity and or spiritual sensitivity,
meaning that they lack an awareness of spiritual principles and moral - ethical
development. Also, they provide insight into the order of creation and a pathway or
spiritual discipline, which when followed, will lead the aspirant to come into harmony with
the cosmic order. When the individual attunes his or her own sense of order and balance
with the cosmic order, a spontaneous unity occurs between the individual and the cosmos,
and the principles of Maat, rather than a blind set of rules which we must strive to follow,
becomes a part of one's inner character and proceeds from one in a spontaneous manner.
This means that through the deeper understanding of cosmic order and by the practice
of living in harmony with that order, the individual will lead him or herself to mental and
125
spiritual peace and harmony. It is this peace and harmony which allows the lake of the
mind to become a clear mirror in which the individual soul is able to realize its oneness
with the Universal Soul.
Maat signifies that which is straight. Two of the symbols of Maat are the ostrich feather
() and the pedestal () upon which God stands. The Supreme Being, in the form of the
God Ptah, is often depicted standing on the pedestal.
p
Maat is the daughter of Ra, the High God, thus in a hymn to Ra we find:
The land of Manu (the West) receives thee with satisfaction, and the goddess Maat
embraces thee both at morn and at eve... the god Djehuti and the goddess Maat have
written down thy daily course for thee every day...
Another Hymn in the Papyrus of Qenna provides deeper insight into Maat. Qenna says:
I have come to thee, O Lord of the gods, Temu-Heru-khuti, whom Maat directeth...
Amen-Ra rests upon Maat... Ra lives by Maat... Asar carries along the earth in His
train by Maat...
Maat is the daughter of Ra, and she was with him on his celestial barque when he first
emerged from the primeval waters along with his company of Gods and Goddesses . She is
also known as the eye of Ra, lady of heaven, queen of the earth, mistress of the Netherworld and the
lady of the Gods and Goddesses . Maat also has a dual form or MAATI. In her capacity of
God, Maat is Shes Maat which means ceaseless-ness and regularity of the course of the sun (i.e.
the universe). In the form of Maati, she represents the South and the North which
symbolize Upper and Lower Egypt as well as the Higher and lower self. Maat is the
personification of justice and righteousness upon which God has created the universe and
Maat is also the essence of God and creation. Therefore, it is Maat who judges the soul
when it arrives in the judgment hall of Maat. Sometimes Maat herself becomes the scales
upon which the heart of the initiate is judged. Maat judges the heart (unconscious mind)
of the initiate in an attempt to determine to what extent the heart has lived in accordance
with Maat or truth, correctness, reality, genuineness, uprightness, righteousness, justice,
steadfastness and the unalterable nature of creation.
In this sense, Maat is at once equivalent to the Chinese concept of the Tao or The
Way of nature. This Way of nature, from the Tao-te-Ching, the main text of Taoism,
126
represents the harmony of human and divine (universal) consciousness. Also, Maat may be
likened with the Indian idea of Dharma or the ethical values of life and the teachings
related to Karma Yoga, the yogic spiritual discipline which emphasizes selfless service and
the attitude that actions are being performed by God who is working through you instead
of your personal ego-self. God is working through you to serve humanity, which is also
essentially God.
"There are two roads traveled by humankind, those who seek to live Maat,
and those who seek to satisfy their animal passions."
It is important here to gain a deeper understanding of what is meant by action. In
primeval times, before creation, the primordial ocean existed in complete peace and rest.
When that ocean was agitated with the first thought of God, the first act was performed.
Through the subsequent acts of mind or efforts of divine thought, creation unfolded in the
form of the various Gods and Goddesses who form the "Companies." They represent the
qualities of nature (hot-cold, wet-dry, etc.) in the form of pairs of opposites. When the first
primeval thought emerged from the Primeval Ocean of pure potentiality, immediately
there was something other than the single primordial essence. Now there is a being who is
looking and perceiving the rest of the primordial essence. This is the origin of duality in
the world of time and space and the triad of human consciousness. Instead of there being
one entity, there appears to be two. The perception instrument, the mind and senses, is the
third factor which comprises the triad. Therefore, while you consider yourself to be an
individual you are in reality one element in a triad which all together comprise the content
of your human experiences. There is a perceiver (the real you), that which is being
perceived (the object) and the act of perception itself (through the mind and senses).
With this first primordial act, God set into motion events which operate according to
regular and ceaseless motion or action. This is the foundation upon which the universe is
created and it emerges from the mind of God. Therefore, if one is able to think and act
according to the way in which God thinks and acts, then there will be oneness with God.
Human beings are like sparks of divine consciousness, and as such, are endowed with free
will to act in any given way. This free will, when dictated by the egoism of the individual
mind, causes individual human beings to feel separate from God. This delusion-Riba of the
mind leads it to develop ideas related to its own feelings and desires. These egoistic feelings
and desires lead to the performance of egoistic acts in an effort to satisfy those perceived
needs and desires. This pursuit of fulfillment of desires in the relative world of the mind
and senses leads the soul to experience pain, sorrow and frustration because these can
never be 100% satisfied. Frustration leads to more actions in search of fulfillment.
The fleeting feelings which most people have associated with happiness and passion are
only ephemeral glimpses of the true happiness and peace which can be experienced if the
127
source of true fulfillment within you was to be discovered. Maat shows a way out of the
pain and sorrow of human existence and leads you to discover Asar within you, the source
of eternal bliss and supreme peace. If you choose to act according to your own will (ego),
then you will be in contradiction with Maat. This means that you are contradicting your
own conscience, creating negative impressions which will become lodged in the heart
(unconscious mind) and will cause continuous mental agitation while you are alive and
hellish experiences for yourself after death. The negative impressions rise up at given times
in the form of uncontrolled desires, cravings, unrest, and the other forms of self-torment
with which human life abounds.
It is important to understand that when the soul is attuned to a physical body, mind
and senses, the experiences occur through these. Thus the experiences of pleasure and pain
are regulated by how much the body, mind and senses can take. If there is too much pain
the body faints. When there is too much pleasure the mind and senses become weakened
and swoons into unconsciousness or sleep. If there is too much pleasure, there develops
elation and the soul is carried off with the illusion of pleasure which creates a longing and
craving for more and more in an endless search for fulfillment.
However, after death there is no safety valve as was explained earlier. Under these
conditions the soul will have the possibility of experiencing boundless amounts of pleasure
or pain according to its karmic basis. This is what is called heaven and hell, respectively.
Therefore, if you have lived a balanced life (Maat), then you will not have the possibility of
experiencing heaven or hell. Rather, you will retain presence of mind and will not fall into
the delusion of ignorance. Therefore, the rewards of developing a balanced mind during
life continues after death. This mental equanimity allows you to see the difference between
the truth and the illusions of the mind and senses, in life as well as in death.
Thus, if you choose to act in accordance with Maat, you will be in a position to
transcend the egoistic illusions of the mind and thereby become free from the vicious cycle
of actions which keep the mind tied to its illusory feelings and desires and thereby, the soul
in bondage to the world of time and space due to its identification with the mind. When the
practice of Maat is perfected, the mind becomes calm. When this occurs, the ocean of
consciousness which was buffeted by the stormy winds becomes calm. This calmness allows
the soul to cease its identification with the thoughts of the mind and to behold its true
nature as a separate entity from the mind, senses, feelings and thoughts of the ego-self.
Actions are the basis upon which the Cosmic Plan of creation unfolds. In human life, it
is the present action which leads to the results that follow at some point in the future, in
this life or in another lifetime. Therefore, if you are in a prosperous situation today or an
adverse one, it is the actions you performed in the past which have led you to your current
situation. Thus, both situations, good or bad, should be endured with a sense of personal
responsibility and equanimity of mind (Maat). From a transcendental point of view, the
128
Soul looks at all situations equally. This is because the Soul knows itself to be immortal,
eternal and untouched by the events of human existence which it has witnessed for
countless lifetimes. It is the ego, which is transient, that looks on lifes situations as
pressing and real, and therefore either tries to hold onto situations which it considers to be
"good" or to get away from or eradicate situations which it considers to be "bad." All
situations, whether they are considered to be good or bad by the ego, will eventually pass
on, so you should try to view them as clouds which inevitably pass on, no matter how
terrible or how wonderful they may seem to be. When life is lived in this manner, the
mind develops a stream of peace which rises above elation and depression, prosperity and
adversity. By looking at situations with equal vision and doing your best regardless of the
circumstances, you are able to discover an unalterable balance within yourself. This is
Maat, the underlying order and truth behind the apparent chaos and disorder in the
phenomenal world. In doing this, you are able to attune your mind to the cosmic mind of
the innermost Self which exists at that transcendental level of peace all the time.
This means that if you are, deep down, indeed the Universal Self, one with God, and if
you have come to your current situation in life of bondage to the world of time and space
due to your own state of mental ignorance, then it follows that if you undertake the
practice of certain disciplines of knowledge (studying the teachings), and daily practice
(following the teachings - meditation, selfless service), those same actions will lead you to
liberation from the state of bondage. Ignorance of your true Self is the root cause of your
bondage to the karmic cycle of life-death-reincarnation-life-death-reincarnation, etc.
Actions must be performed by everyone. Even breathing is an action. Therefore,
nobody can escape actions. No one can say: "I will go far away from civilization and escape
all actions and then my actions will not lead me to a state of ignorance about my true Self."
This form of thinking is a fallacy because, as just discussed, breathing, eating, drinking,
sleeping, sitting, and walking are actions. The process of liberation requires more than just
removing yourself from the field of physical actions. You could go to a quiet cave, temple
or church and you would still be plagued by the unruly thoughts of the mind which cause
distraction from the Self. Thoughts are subtle forms of actions. Therefore, an action
performed in thought can be equally significant and cause as much karmic entanglement as
an action performed with the body. An action first originates in the mental field (Astral
Plane) of consciousness which is stirred by desires rising from the unconscious mind. This
agitation prompts the mind towards thoughts and actions in an attempt to fulfill the
desires of the unconscious, but those actions and thoughts create more desires and more
future agitation. This is the state of bondage which is experienced by most people and it
continues for lifetimes without end. This cycle continues until there is a discovery that
desires cannot be fulfilled in this manner. Therefore, the root of desire, ignorance, must be
eradicated in order to end the desires of the mind and achieve true peace and balance.
129
You need to develop subtlety of intellect and profound insight into the nature of the
universe and of your innermost Self. The best way to achieve this goal is to practice a
blending of wisdom and action in your personal spiritual discipline in order to harmonize
your mental and physical qualities.
In this process, you must understand that the ancient Sages-Rekhat have given guidelines
for which thoughts and actions are in line with the precepts of Maat and which actions and
thoughts are not. The 42 precepts of Maat constitute the focus of the Egyptian Book of
Coming Forth By Day, however, throughout the book, many other injunctions are given.
Their purpose is to cleanse the heart of the aspirant.
"The wise person who acts with Maat is free of falsehood and disorder."
The practice of Maat signifies wisdom in action. This is to say that the teachings are to be
practiced in ordinary day to day situations, and when the deeper implications of this
practice are understood, one will be led to purity in action and thought.
In order to become one with the Divine, you must become the Divine in thought and
deed. This means that you must spiritualize your actions and your thoughts at all times and
under all conditions. Actions which present themselves to you in the normal course of the
day as well as those actions which you have planned for the future should be evaluated by
your growing intellectual discriminative quality (Anubis and Saa), and then performed to
your best capacity in a selfless manner.
When steadfastness, , Djed, is established the mind, that is, when the mind is firmly
rooted in spiritual aspiration, the mind which had been accustomed to being externalized,
becomes internalized. It is the externalized state of mind which causes bondage to the
world of time and space. This externalized state of mind arises because out of ignorance
people believe the external world to be an abiding reality. When the mind becomes
internalized the innermost desires of the soul are realized in a way that concentration upon
external objects cannot allow. This is the most important teaching of the reflective stage of
spiritual discipline. When this idea is perfected (when ones awareness becomes rooted in
the source of mind) every moment of the day becomes a meditative state which leads to the
purification of the mind and the sublimation of negative energies (egoism, selfishness,
anger, hate, greed, vanity, lust, etc.).
Living in harmony with Maat is the art of true spiritual life which must be developed. It
leads one to detach from the world even while continuing to live in it and thereby, to
discover the hidden inner spiritual dimensions of the unconscious mind and what lies
beyond. The doer is always bound to a form of experience which is determined by and
130
bound to the world of time and space, because only in time and space can there manifest
the memories of the past and the expectations for the future. The non-doer eventually
discovers a transcendental experience of expanding consciousness in the present moment.
The philosophy of Maat may seem foreign to you at first, but if you reflect upon it you
will discover that it holds great truth as well as great potential to assist you in discovering
abiding peace and harmony in your life. When you begin to practice and discover how
wonderful it is to be in control of your mind instead of being prey to the positive or
negative emotions and desires, you will discover an incomparable feeling which goes
beyond the ordinary concept of happiness. As with other human endeavors, in order to
gain success, you need to study the philosophy intensively with great concentration and
then practice it in your day to day life. Do I need to change my situation or just my
attitude, the way I deal with it? Even if the situation needs to be changed, you may not be
able to physically do so right away for financial reasons. You may need to do some long
term planning to be able to change locations, jobs, etc. However, you can change your
mental outlook (attitude) towards the situation at this very moment. Realize the positive
aspect of the situation, because no situation, no matter how terrible it may appear to be, is
without some attributes. In addition, while you continue to put forth effort to better your
situation, you can make the current situation into a positive one by seeing it as a divinely
ordained situation which has been created in order to allow you to practice developing
spiritual qualities such as endurance, patience, compassion, forgiveness, detachment and
fortitude. Some people seek to leave the world of human experience by going to some
secluded area in order to practice austerities and penances in an effort to purify themselves
and gain spiritual merit, but with insight you can discover this opportunity anywhere you
may be. Remaining in the world while practicing the spiritual disciplines is in many ways a
more intensive spiritual program, requiring greater fortitude and inner strength in order to
meet the greater challenges of modern society. Under these conditions the fruits of
spiritual practice (patience, detachment, compassion, expansion in consciousness) will be
more established in the personality of this individual than in a person who is separated
from the world of human experience. Follow the teachings and discover the inner
resources you have to discover true happiness and to overcome the obstacles of life. The
challenge of spiritual life is not how to separate yourself from the world in order to
discover peace. This is an immature view. The real challenge is how to meet and defeat the
challenges, temptations and vices which the world presents to everyone. If you are in
business, then your challenge is how to use your resources to do business ethically to
provide products and services which will improve society and allow more people to find
inner peace and harmony. If you are a doctor your duty is to meet the challenges of science
and at the same time discovering the mysteries of life while renouncing greed and pride,
recognizing that it is the Divine energy to flow through you (in the form of intellect and
action) and that it is the true healer of your patients. If you are a garbage person your
challenge is to understand and allow others to understand (through your dignity and
righteous service) that every job is an integral part of society and no job which allows
131
civilization to move forward is beneath another. How long can a city operate without
garbage disposal?. Your challenge is to develop more ways to work efficiently and to
promote a healthy environment through recycling and community consciousness with the
inner attitude that nature is Gods temple. Within every job that is righteous and truly
needed by society there is a path to spiritual awakening if the correct understanding is
observed.
Meskhenet refers to the actions which one has performed during this and previous
lifetimes, as well as the destiny that one is creating for oneself based on those actions. Your
actions are like extensions of yourself. If you perform positive actions those actions will
produce positive effects, feelings and vibrations which will in turn lead to experiences of
bliss and peace. If you perform negative actions those actions will lead to negative
situations in life and after death they will lead to hellish experiences. Positive actions lead
to purity of heart and spiritual realization. Therefore, the idea is to create a positive
situation in life through virtuous acts, feelings, speech and thoughts.
Many people feel that once they begin to practice spirituality based on this teaching that
they should be spared the past negatives due to the positive in the present. Meskhenet does
not work that way. For instance, if you hurt someone ten years ago because you were a
negative person then and they held a grudge against you, you cannot expect that if you
were to meet that person now that they would no longer hold anger towards you because
you turned to spirituality two years ago. Similarly, if you committed a crime and ran away
you cannot expect that the authorities will stop looking for you simply because you felt
guilty and regretted what you did. The repercussions will follow actions. This is why it is so
important to act correctly in the present so as to reap the fruits of peace and harmony in
the future. Therefore, you will have to develop a sense of endurance and determination to
persistence as you continue your spiritual practice even as you experience the negative
results of past actions.
However, in time even these negative repercussions of the past become swept up in the
course of time as you strive to act righteously now and in the future. The most important
thing at present is to eradicate the negativity within you which causes the negative feelings,
thoughts, words and deeds which lead you to hurt others, and commit various sins against
your own conscience. This is what will free you from inner unrest and outward experiences
of negativity and adversity.
Vigilance-Snehas at all times as to one's thoughts and actions and remaining selfless are
the main ingredients for "purifying the heart." The aspirant must watch out for every thought
that goes into or comes out of the mind because negative impressions create mental blocks
in understanding which hinder spiritual movement. This point is so important that there
are no less than two verses dedicated to it in the Gospel of Thomas, an Ancient Egyptian
Christian text. By taking up the cross and crucifying the egoistic tendencies of one's
132
behaviors day by day, the thieves of anger, hate, greed, selfishness, etc., are not able to enter
the house (unconscious mind) and to cloud the vision of the Soul (oneness).
From the Gospel of Thomas:
25. If the master of the house knows that the thief is coming, he will watch
before he comes and will not allow him to force an entry into his royal
house to carry off its furniture. You then be on the watch against the
world. Gird your loins with great energy, so that the brigands (bandits) do
not find any way of reaching you; for they find any place you fail to
watch.
107. Jesus says: "Blessed is the man who knows where the robbers are
going to enter, so that he watches, he gathers his belongings and girds his
loins before they enter.
The Self, the innermost essence of every human being, "saves" the individual when they
turn to the Self as the only reality. This turning towards the Self instead of indulging in the
egoism of the mind destroys the possibility of any danger in the realm of time and space or
in the Astral Planes. This is what Jesus referred to when he spoke about guarding against
robbers. The robbers are egoism and ignorance, i.e. anger, hate, lust, etc. For one who is
watchful, there can be no surprise. For one who is not aware, there is always surprise and
unexpected tragedy. By giving importance and primacy to these thieves instead of to the
Self, these thieves become the reality of the mind and through identification with the
mind, the soul is drawn to experience the fate of karmic entanglements of time and space
existence. For they who turn to the Self, even if there were mountainous negative karmic
impressions in the mind (heart), self-effort will mitigate those karmas in the same way that
soap cleanses impurities. You are the creator of your destiny. Since God is your intrinsic
reality, there is no one to look to for redemption other than yourself. You caused your own
existence in this time and place and it is you who are responsible for the conditions of your
incarnation and the situations in life which you find yourself. Also, since your innermost
reality beyond the ego is the Divine Self, you have infinite resources to achieve any goal,
transform yourself, and change your entire life. Therefore, through the science of Yoga,
you can develop the understanding of the mind which will enable you to effect miraculous
changes within yourself. This is the magic of yogic wisdom.
If you are interested in the path of righteous action and the Selfless-Service path of Yoga
the books The Wisdom of Maati and Egyptian Proverbs will be your emphasis in the study and
practice of the teachings. Also the book Healing the Criminal Heart: Introduction to Maat
Philosophy, Yoga and Spiritual Redemption Through the Path of Virtue is good for anyone who
would like to gain insight into the nature of sin and how the practice of Maat Philosophy
can lead anyone to a complete transformation, forgiveness and spiritual realization
regardless of their past.
133
18. To him belong both eyes and ears, on every path of them whom he loves.
f
The Self is everywhere at all times because the Self is all that exists. When egoism is
prevalent, the eyes and ears seem to belong to individual human beings, animals, etc.
When the aspirant consciously comes into awareness of the Self, then His or her eyes, ears
and entire being are said to belong to the Self. They become instruments of the Self. In
reality, it is the Self who listens, feels, sees, etc., however, through the delusion of egoism
born from ignorance of your true deeper nature, you have developed a fictitious character
and have become entangled with others who you consider to be part of your family,
country, world, etc. in a complex set of relations.
A similar statement to this one appears in the Indian Upanishads. It echoes the same
teaching presented here.
The world existed first as seed a, which as it grew and developed took
on names and forms: As a razor in its case, or as fire in wood, so dwells
the Self, the Lord of the universe in all forms, even to the tips of the
fingers. The ignorant do not know him, for behind the names and forms he
remains hidden. When one breathes, one knows him as breath; when one
speaks, one knows him as speech; when one sees, one knows him as the
eye; when one hears, one knows him as the ear; when one thinks, one
knows him as the mind...
The opening line from the
Brihadaranyaka Upanishad
Indeed the Upanishad reiterates the point made in the Hymn of Amun using the same
appellations to describe the Self which were used in Ancient Egypt. God is described as
Hidden." God is the true and only entity and the subject who lives through all living
and non-living things. However, human beings, through ignorance, come to believe that
they are the ones seeing, hearing and so on. They come to believe themselves to be
individuals separate from objects in a world of time and space which is separate from its
Creator. In reality, there is no Creator because God or the Self is all. If you paint a tattoo
on your skin, your appearance may change, but it is still you. In the same way the objects of
the world are nothing but expressions of God according to the combinations of elements
which are in themselves composed of God. Thus, human identity is an illusory
development based on ignorance. It is a development which is subject to time and space
and is therefore subject to birth and death. If you were to discover the Hidden divine
essence within you, you would discover that which transcends your temporal personality
and thus would consciously become aware of your immortality and oneness with all that
exists.
134
19. He hears the petitions of they that appeal to him.

20. To them that call Amun, he comes instantly.
f
Since the Self is the innermost reality of all human beings, there is no effort made on
the path of spirituality that goes unnoticed. Any prayer, any thought of remembrance of
God, any positive thought of love-Merr and unity brings the mind toward conscious
awareness of the Self. Self-effort is the key to drawing the grace of the Self. Since all souls
are essentially the Self and therefore, all powerful, each human being has the power to
draw infinite energy and create any reality according to his/her will. So through the control
of the mind (giving importance and primacy to the Self over the transitory pleasures of the
world), the Self is instantaneously present upon its remembrance. The deeper the
remembrance of the Self, the deeper presence the experience of the Self will be.
The myriad of thoughts and feelings in the mind cloud the perception of No prayer
goes unheard.
the Self who is always there as your innermost reality. When praying to God
there is often a feeling, especially at the beginning of studies in spirituality, that
God is somewhere and needs to be found. Also, there is a feeling that the Divine is in
some far off realm which is almost unattainable. These are great obstacles in the spiritual
process because they are ideas based on ignorance and the mind cannot grow spiritually
when shrouded in ignorance. From an advanced perspective, God is everywhere and most
assuredly in the heart of every individual. However, the outgoing mind and senses direct
the attention of the soul away from the inner reality. But when the soul regains control of
the mind and senses, through spiritual practices, then it discovers the Self within, like
looking in a mirror and seeing the image reflected back. Thus the individual human soul
(Ba) is the image of the Universal Soul (God-The Self). Therefore, no prayer goes unheard,
and no thought goes unnoticed. Prayers are answered according to the needs of each
individual, taking into account their karmic background and present course of action.
Thus, the present direction or course you set out on will be supported by the innermost
Self in a most mysterious way and according to the wisdom of the cosmic mind.
21. He lengthens life, He cuts it short.
22. To them whom He loves, He gives more than hath been decreed for them.
f
Left up to the fate of the ego, the soul experiences the fleeting, insecure and stressful
karma of the mind and its complexes, illusions, imaginations, fears and failings. By
securing the love of the Self (applying self-effort and sublimation of the ego), negative
karma which would have occurred otherwise is transformed into spiritual discipline which
leads to prosperity and enlightenment.
135
From another perspective, it is the innermost Self of every individual who decides their
life span. Many people are baffled by the fact that a person can be alive one day and gone
the next or that an innocent child was born into a family where they were abused and
killed, etc. All of these occurrences would seem senseless and chaotic if looked at from the
perspective of the ordinary spiritually immature philosophy of the masses. However, the
laws of karma or cause and effect prescribes that each individual is always experiencing the
fruits of past actions. Therefore, wherever an individual finds himself or herself it is due to
their past karmic background, their thoughts, actions, desires and beliefs of the past. Thus,
as a spiritual aspirant you should look on the suffering of others with compassion but with
the understanding that it is the fulfillment of a karmic plan for their eventual
enlightenment. With this vision you should develop detachment and dispassion for others
as well as your own karmas which are fructifying in your life. As you begin to dispel the
ignorance which compels and drives you into negative actions you begin to eradicate the
negative karma (impressions lodged in the unconscious based on ignorance) which would
have otherwise led you to experience negative situations in this life and future incarnations
as well.
23. When Amun casts a spell on the water, and His name is on the waters, if this name of
His be uttered, the crocodile loses power. The winds are driven back, the hurricane is
repulsed.
f
Spells are utterances, hekau, mantra, words which when uttered with meaning and
feeling have the power to change consciousness, perception and state of mind. When the
Divine name is uttered, the entire being is filled with unshakable power through
identification with the true Self which is omnipotent and immortal rather than with the
ego which is transient, and therefore, illusory, and subject to birth, death and the fears of
human existence. Will I succeed or will I fail? Will I have enough to eat or will I starve?
Will he or she accept me or not? All these are concerns of the ego. These thoughts are the
demons of the mind, the crocodiles that lurk in the waters, ready to attack the
unsuspecting ego of a human being. The mouth is connected to the unconscious. When
words are uttered with conscious awareness, they can have a profound effect on the
unconscious levels of the mind. Even under the stress of the winds of thoughts in the mind
which turn into hurricanes of mental distress, anguish, misery and grief-Mesqeh, uttering
the words of power-Hekau, can have the effect of calming the mind and the distress and
anguish can be dissipated or prevented all together. The Self is ever fulfilled, content, and
satisfied, therefore, the question of rejection or acceptance, failure or success, life or death,
etc., are irrelevant.
136
24. At the remembrance of Amun, the wrath of the angry man dies down. He speaks the
gentle word at the moment of strife.
f
It will become apparent to anyone who practices introspection, self-examination and selfawareness, that ego sentiments such as anger, hate, lust, greed, etc. cannot exist at the same
time in the mind when conscious awareness is present. When egoism exists in the mind,
thoughts about the Self cannot enter and likewise when total immersion into the
experience (Sa) of the divine presence occurs, egoism (evil, Set) and ignorance ( Saa)
cannot exist. In a manner of speaking, Jesus implied the same thing with the statement in
Matthew 6:24: No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or
else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and money. Through
continued practice of ego sublimation techniques, the patterns of egoism whereby the
thoughts of anger, hate, desire, etc. which used to immediately enter the mind and be
accepted are now consciously examined and rejected in favor of remembrance of the
Divine Self.
Also, when you remember your true nature, you immediately become aware that the
true essence of the person you are angry at is the same Self. This remembrance allows you
to replace the anger with compassion and understanding. You will remember that those
who have angered you have performed whatever actions they did out of their own
ignorance and further, you will realize that your anger is due to your own lingering
ignorance. You must strive to be like the sun who shines on all, good or evil, without
discrimination or regret, abiding in its own glory and ever detached.
"The higher the sun rises, the less shadow does he cast; even so the greater
is the goodness, the less does it covet praise; yet cannot avoid its rewards
in honors."
"The Sun is the preserver and the nurse of every group. And just as the
Intelligible Cosmos, holding the Sensible in its embrace, fills it full,
distending it with forms of every kind and every shape - so, too the Sun
distendeth all in Cosmos, affording births to all, and strengthen them."
Thus, anger dies down, and even though you are in the midst of strife and conflict, you
will utter words of peace and understanding which will bring harmony and stability to
yourself and others. This practice of reminding yourself of your true identity allows the
illusory ego identification you have built up over many lifetimes to dissolve. When this
level of mystical practice takes hold in your unconscious, you will notice a profound
transformation in the way you see the world and all those around you.
137
25. He is a pleasant breeze to him that appeal to him.
f
When you discover the joy of spiritual practice, you will discover the relieving feeling
which occurs upon remembering your divine essence just as a cool breeze is always a
welcome refreshment during a hot day. In an instant, at any time, the mind can recall the
reality which is forgotten when the automatic Ego-consciousness takes over and bask in the
blissful rays of the Self. There is no place on earth which can provide this kind of breeze."
Even the most beautiful scene of nature you could possibly imagine could not compare to
the peace and bliss that arises from movement towards the Divine.
26. He delivers the helpless one.
f
This utterance is strongly related to the previous one. The ego-personality is utterly
helpless in the vast realm of the physical world. It cannot control time, the weather or
other people. The Self delivers the soul from the identification with the ego and its plight,
through enlightenment. In reality, even the most powerful person on earth is indeed weak,
feeble and helpless if there is no spiritual knowledge. All things in the phenomenal world
are fleeting and illusory. Therefore, any security people think they have in this world is
only a fanciful notion of the mind based on ignorance. In fact, while people in trouble feel
that they can call on others for help, it is in reality the Self, in the form of family members,
police, armies, etc., who answers the call for help. God is working through all activities in
the world. Good as well as evil operate in the world according to the divine plan for the
karmic evolution of humanity. So deliverance from negative circumstances is based on the
level of ones spiritual attainment and not on the situations which arise. This means that
those who discover the Self have discovered the source of inner peace and happiness which
transcends all past karmic impurities in the mind and all worldly situations which may
arise. The only true strength comes from the attainment of spiritual insight and experience.
When this occurs, the problems and challenges of human life become like minute particles
of dust which can be blown away easily by the breeze of enlightened soul.
138
27. He is the wise God whose plans are beneficent.
f
Creation is set up in such a way that participation in time and space is designed to give
the soul experiences as well as lessons which will lead it to enlightenment. The path of
every soul is based on its state of consciousness and past experiences. Both of these
constitute what is known as Karma. It is your mental state which draws the present
situations and objects to yourself. Therefore, every soul produces circumstances which are
designed to create certain events, incidents, and occurrences which will produce challenges
in life. By successfully meeting the challenges which are presented to you in life, you will be
led to spiritual realization. This is the mysterious and compassionate plan set up by the Self
which is the essence of your innermost being. A simple example of a challenge in life is
stealing. If you are caught, you will be punished. The challenge is, can you resist the
temptation to repeat the crime once you are free, or will you once again fall prey to your
ignorant desire to acquire the object at all cost? If you meet the challenge, you will not
suffer further punishment and eventually, through your understanding that stealing is an
expression of your ignorance (you are stealing from God and ultimately from yourself),
transcend even the desire to steal and thus experience the peace that comes from having a
clear conscience. If you practice yoga, you will experience an even greater expansion of
consciousness and bliss, which cannot be experienced by acquiring any object in the world.
28. He is more helpful than millions to the man who hath set Him in His heart.
f
All complexes of the human being are a result of identification with the body and mind,
the belief that one is a finite and limited individual. These complexes (anger, hatred, lust,
jealousy, greed, delusions, fanciful notions, etc.) burn in the mind as a never ending
bonfire of unfulfilled desires, leading one along a path towards what one believes will bring
happiness, but in reality, they lead to pain and suffering in human life. In a mind beset by
ignorance, money and other worldly objects only serve to fan the flames of the fire of pain
and sorrow. Only the knowledge of ones true nature as the all-encompassing Self can
extinguish the flames of pain, grief, upsetness, unrest and sorrow in life by eradicating
ignorance in the mind which is the source of all desire and the will to perform negative
actions, ignorance of the Self.
There is no way to describe in words, the depth and majesty of the freedom which can
be experienced when the Divine Self is set (the sole object of interest) in the heart (psyche).
It is not difficult to see that material riches cannot produce abiding happiness. If there is
no money there is worry about getting it. If there is wealth, then there is worry about
holding onto it. In either case, there is worry about worldly concerns and this worry
139
agitates the waters of the mind. It is this agitation that creates more intensification of the
illusions and fears of the mind. Physical, mental and emotional peace are the blessings
given to those who set the Divine in their hearts. When you die," all of your accumulated
wealth stays behind. If you believe yourself to be the body and fear death, even if you had
millions of dollars, it could not bring peace to your heart when you die, the only thing you
take with you is your psyche, the unconscious impressions of desires, feelings, concepts and
inclinations from this and previous lifetimes. If it is filled with greed, anger, hatred and
egoistic desires you will be lead to after-death experiences which reflect this state of
consciousness and you will not be able to discover peace.
29. One warrior (who fights) under His name is better than hundreds of thousands.
30. Indeed He is the beneficent strong one.
f
The thoughts in ones mind can be seen as warriors. If your thoughts are dispersed and
distracted among worldly objects and desires ones will power will be diluted and weak. If
however, through intuitional awareness of your divine nature, you can withdraw your
thoughts from the delusions and entanglements of the world in the form of objects,
people, relationships and other involvements. You would develop immense will power and
a mind that would become the one warrior who fights better than hundreds of thousands. This is
the battle which every human being fights, knowingly or not.
Every human being is a warrior. The true war is between the Higher Self and the lower.
When the Self is called upon (through spiritual discipline and self-effort), the omnipotence
of the Higher Self becomes awakened. The power of the Self is the strongest ally in the
battle of life. Therefore, any accomplishment, be it spiritual or worldly, has a greater
chance of success when done in the name of the Self rather than for the ego.
31. He is perfect and seizes His moment; He is irresistible.
f
Enlightenment occurs in degrees and it is the Divine that chooses the moment to
illumine those who are on the path. The experience of glimpsing the Divine (mystical
experiences) leaves an indelible and irresistible impression on the mind. It is far beyond
any worldly experience of the senses. After these experiences, the mind will never be the
same. These experiences enable the mind to turn away from the experiences of the world
and to focus on the transcendental Self.
Imagine for a moment that you are asleep and that you are having a dream. Suddenly,
you wake up within your dream and realize I am dreaming." You see all of the things that
140
are going on and have an internal awareness that it is all a dream." You KNOW that
you transcend the dream, that it cannot affect you in any way, and that you will continue
to exist even after the dream is over. Now, imagine that you are awake and all of a sudden
you realize that you are not the body, nor are any of the memories you have experienced in
your life really yours. They are experiences which have happened to the body but not to
you. See yourself as one with the universe and know yourself to be immortal and eternal.
Also, look around and see all objects in nature, all animals, all people as having the same
reality as the one you have discovered. This is only to begin to give you an idea of the glory
of Enlightenment. The flashes of awareness grow through increasing self-discovery and
culminate in a perennial awareness of Nuk Pu Neter, I Am God." Therefore, seek the
Divine in earnestness and with continuous self-effort through the practices of yoga (health
of mind and body, study of teachings, reflection on the teachings, meditation, control of
the senses and emotions, etc.) and discover your divine nature in this lifetime.
This hekau is similar to one which occurs in the Katha Upanishad of India:
The Self is attained by the one whom it chooses. This Self reveals its own form.
(II.23)
These teachings refer to the understanding that the Self manifests to those who seek
him/her through the practices of mystical spirituality. This is true because the desire to
practice the various yogic techniques is itself an expression of Divine Grace operating
through your good meskhenet of this life and from past lifetimes. Therefore, those whom
the Self chooses are those who practice mystical spirituality and to whom the Self will
reveal him/herself to in the course of time.
One of the most important teachings about meskhenet is that activities in the world of
human experience and the activities of a spiritual initiate do not contradict each other.
This means that a spiritually inclined person does not have to feel burdened by the world
nor should he or she feel that they cannot progress spiritually unless they get away from
the sinful world. The important factor here is to base your actions on the principles of
Maat. When you perform actions with a sense of divine duty your actions become purified
and in so doing you are also purifying your thoughts and speech and turning towards the
Divine even as you live in society. Along with this when you perform actions based on
righteousness, self-control, non-violence and harmony you are benefiting humanity in ways
you cannot even begin to appreciate. This is the sagely form of lifestyle which a spiritual
aspirant must pursue in order to grow spiritually while living in modern times.
141
32. All the gods are three, Amun, Ra and Ptah, and there are none other like unto them.
f
This utterance commences the most important teaching of the hymn which will be
elaborated in the next four utterances. Here you begin to discover The Secrets of Shedi. Shedi
means: Spiritual discipline or program, to go deeply into the mysteries, to study the mystery teachings
and literature profoundly, to penetrate the mysteries. Recall the teaching:
BKbK2K
I became from God one gods three.
The Shedi which will be revealed here refers to the nature of the Trinity itself and the
nature and origin of the neteru who compose Creation. This utterance points to the fact
that all of the various Gods and Goddesses that are described in the varied religious
scriptures are in reality manifestations of the same Trinity principle, which is of course, a
manifestation of the One and Absolute Supreme Being. There is no other being besides
the Supreme Divinity. Also, since everything is a manifestation of the Self, all things,
including Gods and Goddesses (neteru), planets, animals, stars, etc., are manifestations of
the Trinity. This teaching emulates the one which is given in Memphite Theology (based
on the God Ptah) as well as Anunian Theology (based on the God Ra) and closely follows
another utterance from the Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By Day, Chap. 83 Lines 1-3:
I came into being from unformed matter, I came into existence as Khepera, I grew in the
form of plants, I am hidden in the Tortoise. I am the essence of every god. I am
yesterday...
33. He whose name is hidden is Amun, Ra belongeth to him as His face, and the body is
Ptah.
34. Their cities are established on earth forever, Waset, Anu, Hetkaptah.
f
Amun, the Self, is the "hidden" essence of all things. The Sun (Ra) is the radiant and
dynamic outward appearance of the hidden made manifest and also the light of cosmic
consciousness, the cosmic mind or that through which consciousness projects. In this
aspect, Ptah represents the physical world, the solidification or coagulation of the
projection of consciousness (Amun) made manifest. These manifestations are reproduced
symbolically on earth in the cities of KMT (Egypt) and Waset (Weset) or Newt (Greek Thebes). Waset was named Thebes by the Greeks, who knew it also as Diospolis (heavenly
city). Thebes is the city identified in the Old Testament of the Christian Bible as No (city),
No-Amon (city of Amon), Anu (city of Ra) and Hetkaptah (city of Ptah).
142
35. When a message is sent in heaven, it is heard in Anu, and is repeated in Hetkaptah to
the Beautiful Face. It is done into writing in the letters of Djehuti, and dispatched to
the city of Amun with their things. The matters are answered in Waset (Thebes, the
city of Amun).
f
Hekau-utterances 32-35, as well as 13, are of paramount importance to the
understanding of the human mind and its relation to the soul or the witnessing consciousness,
the senses and the phenomenal universe (physical world). Accordingly there are many levels of
spiritual teaching which can be derived from these verses. Metaphorically, these hekau
speak about Amun and the cities of
Ancient Egypt as they relate to the
Ancient Egyptian Trinity of Amun-RaPtah, however, these are symbols
which represent keys to the
understanding
of
the
human
consciousness and of creation.
When a thought arises in the mind
it is only a surface manifestation of a
very involved process of cognition.
The mind is composed of the
unconscious,
subconscious
and
conscious. These three aspects relate
to awareness. Then there is also a
process of reasoning and this is called
the intellect. Thus, in mystical terms
when a thought arises it is heard in
the subconscious (Anu) and then it is
repeated in the conscious mind (Ptah).
Then it is approved by the intellect
(Djehuti, an aspect of Ra) and finally
it is sanctioned by the Higher Self
(Amun). There is a very profound
teaching being expressed in the last
line of this utterance. The statement,
The matters are answered in Waset
(Thebes)," refers to the idea that the
Soul, Amun, is the ultimate and
supreme director of that which occurs
Top left: The God Set

(Seth).
Top right: The Mythic
Set animal.
Bottom left: Waset, the
Goddess of Thebes
(Waset).
Bottom right: The Was
scepter.
143
in creation just as the Soul of an enlightened person governs the thoughts of the intellect
(Ra) as well as actions of the mind and body (Ptah). This symbolism is inherent in the
Was or Uas scepter. The Was scepter, , is a symbol of power and dominion
which many of the Ancient Egyptian gods, goddesses and Pharaohs may be seen holding. It
is composed of a straight shaft with the head of a mythical animal associated with the god
Set (Seth), who represents egoism, evil and ignorance as well as raw power and brute
strength.
Set is the neter who symbolizes the egoistic tendencies of a human being. Set is the
aspect of the human mind with impulses of selfishness, greed, mischievousness, lust,
boastfulness, arrogance, vanity, anger, indulgence in sense pleasures, undisciplined,
impulsiveness, rudeness, etc. The definition of the name Set includes extroverted, emitting
nature, pride and insolence. According to Plutarch, Set is the name of one who, full of ignorance
and error, tears in pieces and conceals that holy doctrine which the goddess (Aset) collects, compiles,
and delivers to those who aspire after the most perfect participation in divine nature. Egoism
produces ignorance and error which block wisdom and experience of the Divine.
The task of sublimating the ego is embodied in the Egyptian story of the battle between
Heru (Horus) and Set, which is a part of the Ausarian Resurrection Mystery (see the book
The Ausarian Resurrection: The Ancient Egyptian Bible). In the myth, Set, who represents
egoism in a human being, acting out of greed and jealousy, killed his brother Ausar (Asar)
who represents the human soul, and then tore his body to pieces. Due to this act, Heru
(Horus), the son of Ausar who represents spiritual aspiration and righteous action (Maat),
engages in a struggle against Set to redeem his father. He must redeem the Eye, the center
of his power, which Set has stolen. Set as the lower self (ego) is in continuous conflict with
Heru (Horus), who also represents the rebirth of the soul or Higher Self as an incarnation
of his father (Ausar). After a long conflict, Heru (Horus) succeeds in controlling Set by
reconstructing the damaged Eye and controlling Set's sexual energy. When this occurs,
Heru (Horus) becomes the ithyphallic Amsu-Min or Heru (Horus) in the aspect of
overthrower of the enemies of his father.
144
Above from left to right: Isis, Osiris, Nephthys, Horus and Set.
Below from left to right: Anubis, Ra, Tehuti, Hathor and Sebek.
After the struggle, Set ends up in the service of the Soul. This is symbolized by the
depiction of Set assisting the voyage of the sacred barque of Ra as it traverses the heavens
and is attacked by fiends (chaos, negative thoughts and feelings, unrighteousness) who were
previously Sets accomplices. Set's energy is transformed from raw sexuality to spiritual
ecstasy and placed at the service of the Soul. Set becomes a champion who fights against
the forces of evil (anger, hate, greed, etc.), which in the past, he himself represented. There
are several pictures showing that Heru (Horus) and Set are aspects of the same being, both
represent the conflicting aspects of the human mind. When the lower self (Set) is mastered
and placed in the service of the Higher Self (Heru (Horus)), then spiritual realization is
assured. The same idea is conveyed in the Sphinx. It represents the embodiment of the
initiatic ideal, the infinite energy and Life Force of nature, symbolized by the animal body,
commanded by the intuitive intellect, symbolized by the human head.
Another deity which symbolizes the idea of the sublimated animal energies in man is
the neter Sebek (Sbk, Sobk) . Sebek is a crocodile god who, like Set, symbolizes the forces
of nature. In the uncontrolled state, Sebek is a dangerous beast who kills all who cross his
path. In this aspect, he is an associate of Set as the one who fetters humans. In the tamed
(sublimated) state, Sebek is a formidable ally to Asar in repulsing the forces of evil. In the
145
Pyramid Texts, Sebek assists in the overthrow of Set, and like Anubis, he assists the initiate
along the spiritual path and restore the spiritual Eye (intuitional vision of the Divine) to the
deceased (initiate). Sebek represents spiritual energy which when sublimated, allows an
initiate to succeed in the trials and tribulations of life. Thus, Sebek can be seen carrying the
mummy of Asar and at other times guarding his tomb (see picture above).
The Was represents the energy which engenders life. When this energy is controlled by
the ignorant ego, evil and negative activity, restlessness, agitation and unrest are the result.
When the same energy is sublimated and controlled by the purified intellect, divine work
can be accomplished in a most effective and exalted manner. Thus, any being who holds
the Was is in control of the source and power of the soul. For the spiritually advanced
personality this means having dominion over ones desires and passions and being free
from delusion and ignorance. In a historical, political or exoteric sense, this implies being
the Pharaoh who resides in Waset. However, the esoteric symbolism implies that the
possessor of the Was is in communion with the Supreme Ruler of Waset, who is none
other than Amun, the Divine Self. Thus, the Was scepter was the emblem of Waset as well
as the head ornament of the goddess of the city itself, who was also known as Waset.
This hekau also relates to the nature of time and space. As we discussed earlier in
commentary seven, time and space are not real. They are in reality projections of the mind
in and through the Trinity which is a metaphor to explain the triad of consciousness as
previously discussed. However, it must be clearly understood that the entire creation, that
is, every element of the triad of seer (Amun), seen (Ptah) and sight-mind (Ra), are in reality
projections or emanations of the transcendental Self (Neberdjer). This projection is at all
times existing in and supported by the Self; it has no independent reality or existence. Just
as the projection of a dream world in the human mind is supported by the individual, the
projection of the universe is supported by the cosmic mind (God). Thus, the world
expresses as a triad (The Self or Spirit-Mind-Creation) which is a product of the underlying
principle of duality (The Self and Creation-multiplicity of objects).
The Principle of Duality
The Self
Creation
The Trinity of Creation

The Self
Mind
Physical
Universe
146
Divine consciousness, which is Divine Will, originates in the transcendental realms

(Higher Self-heaven-Amun), symbolized by Thebes. It is transmitted through the bright
intellect (the light of consciousness- the sun) symbolized by Anu, and then it is transmitted
through the faculty of mental thought, symbolized by Djehuti, to the mind, senses and
body (Ptah). Any questions or conflicts are to be resolved-Menab in the heart of hearts, the
soul, symbolized by Thebes where Amun, the Hidden essence, resides
and not in the mind which is governed by the senses, desires and
ignorance.
Firm of heart,
resolute- Men- ab.
(See glossary)
Thus, the Spirit, God, manifests in three forms of consciousness. This

is true of human consciousness or the individual human being as well as
the cosmos or Cosmic Self. In other words, the same spirit that underlies the human being
is the same spirit which underlies the entire universe. Every human being has three
subjects or identifications. While awake you identify with the waking, day to day, subject or
the person who you think you are including the memories of your present lifetime. While
having a dream you identify with the sleep subject or the personality who is having the
experiences in your dream. While in the dreamless Sleep State you identify with the
absence of all subjects and there is existence but not of awareness, you are blanketed by
dullness- Wmet htp ab. Nevertheless, there is existence in this state because when you wake
up you remember that you experienced deep rest but no specific memory as in a dream.
Ptah
(Waking and Physical Subject, conscious mind and sense organs)
Ra
(Intellect and Dream Subject, subtle senses)
Amun
(witnessing and sleep subject)
Pa-Neter-Neberdjer
(Pure Consciousness - The Absolute Self)
The same spirit expresses as the waking subject, the dream subject and the sleep subject.
Therefore, the spirit, when involved with subjectivity, manifests as the different levels of
awareness or consciousness. However, when not involved with subjectivity the spirit is free
from all associations with personality or ego (waking, dream and sleep). So, from another
perspective, the same spirit in you, the pure Self (Pa-Neter-Neberdjer), devoid of all
subjectivity, expresses as the witnessing and sleep consciousness (Amun), the dream
consciousness (Ra), the waking and physical consciousness (Ptah).
147
This teaching also relates to the kind of experience which a human being has depending
on the manner in which consciousness is expressing. In this respect there are three modes
of experience, the Waking State, the Dream State and the Sleep State. In each of these the
spirit identifies itself with a different subject. The waking subject experiences gross physical
objects with the conscious mind and the sense organs (hearing, sight, smell, touch, and
taste). The dream subject experiences the subtle mental world of thoughts, ideas,
imagination, etc. with the mind and subtle senses. The senses and the sense organs are
distinct operations. This is why there can be experiences in a dream while there is no
outward sign in the physical body when a person sleeps. The subtle senses are used in a
dream instead of the gross physical sense organs. In actuality the sense organs are an
emanation of the senses and the senses are emanations of the mind and the
mind is an emanation of consciousness. Thus, the mind, the physical objects
of Creation as well as the senses which are used to perceive those objects and
the subject who is said to experience them are all emanations from the one,
Lucid, to be
bright to seepure and undifferentiated consciousness, God.
Beq.
(see glossary)
This wisdom leads to the understanding that the multiplicity of Creation,

the triad of consciousness, is in reality one all-encompassing existence, nondual and in fact devoid of subjectivity and differentiation. The witnessing subject
(dreamless Sleep State) experiences the subtlest form of awareness in the form of intuition
and insight which transcends the mind and intellect. These states have positive and
negative aspects. In your own life you are most familiar with the waking subject and the
gratification that comes from contacting physical objects you desire. This is the negative
aspect of the waking subject. The positive aspect is when you experience the waking world
but without attachment and desire. When you experience the joy of understanding a
problem or some subject you had difficulty with this is the experience at the level of the
intellect. This is the positive aspect of the dream subject. The negative aspect of the dream
subject is when the mind is caught in the illusion of thinking that its present situation is an
abiding and pressing reality. In a dream, as in waking life, the situations which occur take
hold of a person and seem compelling and real. However, upon waking up from the dream
the dream situation was found to be unreal and similarly when the waking subject goes to
sleep the waking situation is found to be unreal. Therefore, if there is delusion, that is, if
you believe the situation you are caught up in ignorance and delusion; this is the negative
aspect. If you are rationalizing that your situations are illusory and that you are not caught
up in any of those situations then your intellect is lucid Beq. This is the positive aspect.
When you experience a feeling of joy for no reason, that you cannot describe or rationalize,
this is at the level of the witnessing self, which is beyond the intellect. When you achieve
the awareness of infinite peace (Hetep), infinite joy, infinite awareness, etc., through
spiritual practice, this level of awareness is transcendental of all three relative states of
consciousness.
148
An enlightened Sage experiences the transcendental level as well as the relative levels.
However, the Sage is never caught up in the delusion caused by ignorance because the Sage
has discovered and is constantly aware of his or her true identity. Just as an ordinary person
sees himself as a human being with a definite history of birth, family and other relations a
Sage sees that he or she is a spirit and that the entire universe is their family. Sages do not
hold onto fanciful notions or expectations because they know that the world of human
experience is full of uncertainty and limitation. They have already discovered what is
abiding, limitless, eternal, immortal, pure and true within their own heart and thus have
no desire or need for any worldly activity, object or personality. Thus, a Sage operates in
the world without attachments or hindrances of any kind. So there is the experience of
freedom and a sense that nothing is impossible. This is the kind of mind which a spiritual
aspirant needs to develop. When a spiritual aspirant is struggling to maintain these ideals
he or she is considered to be in the striving stage of spiritual practice. When a spiritual
aspirant reaches the level where this form of consciousness is spontaneous and without
effort they are said to be enlightened Sages. The Sage is always in control of the egopersonality and uses it to serve humanity in various ways. The three levels of relative
consciousness (waking, dream, sleep) constitute the ego-personality of a human being. In
this sense the cosmic ego is composed of Amun-Ra-Ptah and the real Self is Pa-Neter or
Neberdjer, the Absolute Self.
Body and Sense Organs
Conscious Mind and Senses
Intellect
Subconscious
Unconscious - ego
Soul
149
That which is relative is transient and illusory.

This is why outwardly the world is constantly
changing its form. However, the underlying
essence never changes. It is eternal and unlimited.
So that which is relative, limited and transient
arises or emanates from that which is absolute,
unlimited and eternal. Therefore, the task of
spiritual practice is to discover the innermost
essence which underlies consciousness as well as all
Creation, to go beyond the relativity of the ego to
discover the eternity of the Innermost Self.
This utterance relates to the understanding of
the correct relationship between the soul,
Above: A two dimensional depiction of
mind, body and senses. The mind has
Creation as symbolized by the Trinity of
many levels. These levels express in
Amun-Ra-Ptah and the Transcendental Self.
different ways according to the state of
mind and the realm of existence which is
In this manner it is understood that creation
being discussed. A human being is not
is an emanation from the Divine and
just a physical entity. A human being
further, that the emanation is itself the
exists on the physical, astral and causal as
Divine. There is no separation between God
and Creation.
well as the transcendental planes of
existence at all times. The question is, is
that person aware of their deeper existence or not? If not, that person is considered to be a
state of ignorance. If so, then that person is considered to be in the state of spiritual
enlightenment, liberation, resurrection, etc. According to this teaching Neberdjer
represents the transcendental level or Innermost Self in a human being, Amun represents
the causal-unconscious level, Ra represents the intellect, senses and subconscious mind,
Ptah represents the conscious mind, sense organs and physical body.
When we speak of ignorance and delusion we are referring to the impressions of
individuality, duality, and the negative emotions and qualities (anger, hatred, greed, etc.)
and all ideas that are in contradiction with the truth of mystical reality which are lodged in
the unconscious mind. These impressions arise as thoughts and feelings in the intellect and
subconscious and conscious mind and are manifested as desires, longings, concepts and
finally as actions in the physical world. It is the impressions of negativity and ignorance in
the unconscious that causes the notion egoism to arise as a self concept in the mind: I am
a mortal individual instead of I am one with God. Therefore, these erroneous notions
need to be corrected or cleansed through enlightenment. This process is what is referred to
as purifying the heart. The causal plane of existence is named as such because the notions
150
lodged in it are the cause of either the bondage or freedom of the soul as well as the
cause of a persons thoughts, actions and desires which impel him or her to seek
experiences through many lifetimes through the process of reincarnation.
The human being is in reality a reflection of the Divine Trinity. Amun is the soul of an
individual. Ra is the aspect which reflects as the mind in a human being and Ptah is the
aspect which manifests as the physical body of a person.
Neberdjer
Innermost
Self
Amun
Soul
Ra
Mind
Ptah
Body
The correct relationship between the soul, intellect, mind and body is as follows. The
sense organs and body (Hetkaptah) must be under the control of the mind (Anu), the
mind must be under the control of the intellect or reason (Djehuti), the intellect or reason
must be under the control of the Soul (Thebes). If this movement of the mind is
accomplished, the ignorance which leads to delusion and bondage to the world of time and
space, the development of the illusory ego-personality, and the forgetfulness of your true
nature will not occur. The soul should be the supreme ruler and sole monarch of all
actions which are performed in the life of a human being.
Those people who are beset with ignorance of their true nature are led by their ignorant
notions and cannot control their desires, feelings, attachments and cravings. Thus they run
here and there in search of money, human relationships and the pleasures of the senses,
because this is their understanding of what can bring them happiness and fulfillment. They
dont stop to think about the fact that the desires in the mind arise endlessly and can never
be fulfilled through worldly means and so they are caught, trapped in the miseries of
human existence, which they have led themselves to experience. These may be in the form
of loss of relatives, loss of possessions, inability to fulfill desires, lack of health, and
ultimately, the supreme loss which occurs at the time of death wherein all objects and
loved ones must be left behind.
151
A very similar illustration of this same wisdom teaching is given in the Katha Upanishad
from India and was also later used in the great Bhagavad Gita scripture. The illustration is
given of a chariot rider, a chariot driver, the reins used by the driver and the horses which
pull the chariot around.
Know that the Self is the rider, and the body the chariot; that the intellect is the
charioteer, and the mind, the reins.
The senses, say the wise, are the horses; the roads they travel are the mazes of
desire. The wise call the Self the enjoyer when he is united with the body, the
senses, and the mind.
When a man lacks discrimination and is mind is uncontrolled, his senses are
unmanageable, like the restive horses of a charioteer. But when a man has
discrimination and his mind is controlled, his senses, like the well-broken horses
of a charioteer, lightly obey the rein.
He who lacks discrimination, whose mind is unsteady and whose heart is
impure, never reaches the goal, but is born again and again. But he who has,
discrimination, whose mind is steady and whose heart is pure, reaches the goal,
and having reached it is born no more.
The man who has a sound understanding for charioteer, a controlled mind for
reins, he it is that reaches the end of the journey, the supreme abode of Vishnu
(God-Brahman-The Self), the all pervading.
Katha Upanishad
In much the same way as hekau-utterance 35 from the Hymns of Amun has done, the
segment from the Katha Upanishad stresses the need to have the proper chain of
command wherein one trains ones senses, intellect and mind to obey the dictates of the
Soul and thus achieve self-knowledge or enlightenment.
The mind is a higher reality than the waking world. Consider that without the mind
there can be no experience and the healthiest bodies as well as the most enjoyable objects a
person can desire are of no use. Therefore, mind is a higher reality. This is why mental
experiences are more intense than experiences in the waking world. However, the
witnessing consciousness is higher than the mind because the mind emanates from it.
Through spiritual practices and meditation it is possible to discover the witnessing Self and
then to transcend the mind. Therefore, the Self is highest of all and at this level there is
absence of desire, pain ignorance, etc. This is because enlightenment to the true Self has
eradicated all ignorance. Without ignorance there cannot be delusion or desire, but only
fulfillment-Si, contentment-Meht and peace-Hetep. Without desire and delusion there
152
cannot be frustration, anger, hatred greed, etc. Thus an enlightened Sage lives internally on
a transcendental plane while his or her body continues to exist in the Physical Plane.
In essence the dreamless Sleep State is a negative experience because while there is nonduality there is also absence of lucidity. The difference between the enlightened Sage state
and dreamless sleep is that when your are in the dreamless Sleep State, you are not aware
of the non-duality and the vast expansion of consciousness. While there is no mentation,
there is also no wisdom. But when the transcendental experience of Enlightenment occurs,
there is an experience and conscious awareness of the oneness of existence. The illusion of
the mind, the dream of the world, dissolves back into the primordial ocean of infinite
being from which creation arose. This is the conscious perception of a liberated Sage
endowed with enlightenment. The enlightened Sage perceives himself/herself as that
primordial God who arose out of the primeval waters with the original thought, and the
entire creation as that same Primeval Ocean. He/she understands that though the
primordial ocean appears to have changed into the multiplicity of the various objects of
creation, it never did truly undergo an irreversible transformation. What is seen as the
world," to the un-enlightened mind, is viewed as the movement of Ra as he traverses
through the ocean of consciousness as well as the manifestation of the Hidden essence,
Amun," which underlies all existence.
36. His heart is understanding, His lips are Taste, His Kau are all the things that are in
His mouth.
37. He enters, the two caverns are beneath His feet. The Nile appears from the hollow
beneath His sandals. His soul is Shu, His heart is Tefnut. He is Heru (Horus) of the
two horizons in the upper heaven.
f
The heart of the Self is all knowing and compassionate. The Kau (images, reflections creation) of the divine are in His consciousness. The Self is the source of the life giving
Nile river, the breath of life (Shu - male spirit) and the fertile moistness (Tefnut-female
creation) are its essence.
38. His right eye is day. His left eye is night. He is the leader of faces on every path. His
body is Nu. The dweller in it is the Nile, producing everything that is, nourishing all
that is.
39. He breaths breath into all nostrils.
f
The day and night are prime examples of the principle of the pairs of opposites. They
also refer to the Sun and Moon, which are the cosmic symbols, used throughout the world
153
to convey the idea of totality and all-encompassingness of the Supreme Divinity. In this
aspect, the sun represents the Spirit, God, the Cosmic Mind, who is the originator and
sustainer of creation. The moon symbolizes the lower mind which is a reflection of the
light of consciousness. Thus, in saying that Amun contains both day and night, is to say
that the non-dual Self is the source of the pairs of opposites.
The Self is the true identity of all beings in every walk of life. The body of the Self is the
waters of consciousness, Nu, and everything is a manifestation of consciousness. It is the
same Self who enlivens the Self in the form of creation (breaths breath into all nostrils),
just as water is wet and moistens everything it touches. The Self is creation and gives life to
everything in it.
40. The luck and destiny of every man and woman are with Him.
f
Many people believe that karma is equal to fate or destiny, however, this interpretation
could not be further from the original understanding of the ancient Sages. The etymology
of the word, karma, comes from the Sanskrit karman, deed or action. In Yoga
philosophy, karma also refers to ones actions and these same actions lead to certain
experiences and consequences. In Ancient Egyptian philosophy the word meskhenet comes
from the goddess who goes by the same name. She presides over the birth circumstances
and life experiences of every individual. She is the one who carries out the decree which
has been ordained by Djehuti after the judgment of the heart in the hall of Maat. It is
Djehuti who records the deeds (actions) or karmas of every individual and then decrees the
Shai and Rennenet which are fitting for that particular individual. Then with the help of
Shai and Rennenet, Meskhenet causes the individual to experience the proper
circumstances based on their previous deeds.
The teachings drawn from the symbolism of Shai, Rennenet, Meskhenet and Djehuti which
were introduced earlier in the commentary to hekaus 15-16, bring our attention to the
intellect. Your fate is determined by your actions, feelings, desires and thoughts and these
are determined by your understanding. Those who have cultivated an intuitive intellect
which understands the nature of creation and the oneness of all things in the one Hidden
God (has experience of virtue, has controlled the senses, and has upheld Maat), will
achieve Saa-Amenti-Ra, the intelligence or knowledge of the Amenti of Ra, the hidden
world (God). Sa or Sa, iPK," is wisdom deified, wisdom which has
progressed to the level of experience, to know something not only intellectually but by
experience. Therefore, wisdom, knowledge and learning are Sa-t, iP," and a
wise person or Sage Sau, or Sau31. Sa, iPd, is also a form of Djehuti. The
31
Incidentally, the Sanskrit word, Sat, in Indian Yoga-Vedanta philosophy means that which is real and true.
154
sound of the word Sa-t is also used to signify moral weakness or evil Pw when
used with the symbols () "in back of" and "small" (w) as in reduced intellectual
development. Therefore, evil is associated with moral and mental weakness or constriction
of the mind and that which is divine is associated with intuitional realization of truth.
Nature herself offers one path to spiritual realization. The path of nature, learning
through mistakes, suffering, and the process of trial and error, is arduous, requiring many
reincarnations. Therefore, the path of nature is to be avoided because it requires repeated
embodiments wherein one learns the lessons of life by experiencing pain and suffering
along with the pleasures. Yoga disciplines do not rely on fate, or reincarnation, but on the
science which is directed towards psycho-spiritual transformation. Advancement in Yoga is
therefore dependent on the desire of the individual to put forth his/her effort in the
direction towards self-improvement under the proper guidance. In this way, the negative
karma (mental state) of the past which has created the present conditions can be changed,
leading one to prosperity and spiritual emancipation. Further, even without knowing it,
the actions, thoughts and aspirations of all people occur within creation and the Self is
creation. Therefore, any fortune and destiny lies with the Self. There is no other fate since
all else is an illusion.
41. His wife is the Earth; He united with her.
42. His seed is the wheat plant; His effluxes are the grain.
From this point of view, the Self is seen as the male aspect and creation is the female. The
Self is the spirit that imbues creation with life (Ka-mut-f - Bull of its Mother). This is the
reason why all divinities, the neteru, are presented as pairs of male and female beings. This
verse points to a dualistic point of view and as we have seen, the duality of Creation
originates in the singularity of the Primeval Ocean and the essence of that ocean is the
Supreme Being. Therefore, from a higher perspective, it is the Self which is the cause and
effect of all things, the seed as well as the land which is cultivated and the fruits which
come forth thereof.
43. Thou art Temu, who did create beings endowed with reason; Thou make the color of
the skin of one race to be different from that of another, but, however many may be
the varieties of mankind, it is Thou that make them all to live.
f
This line is important because it establishes a relationship between Amun and Tem. We
are not talking about different deities, but about one and the same. Memphite Theology
also makes this same point. Amun, Tem and Ptah are different names for the same
principle. This passage once again proclaims that all names and forms, and all human
beings, regardless of their skin coloration, are in reality expressions of the divine force
155
which causes them to live. This verse is referring to Amun in the aspect of Khnum, the
Potter, who is a deity who fashions the forms of an individual's body. Therefore, this
statement acknowledges the divine essence of all human beings. Thus, although it appears
that there are different races or ethnicities of human beings, the source and underlying
essence of all human beings is one and the same: The Supreme Self.
44. Thou art the lord of intelligence, and knowledge is that which proceed from Thy
mouth.
f
God is the Supreme Preceptor, the source of all knowledge and the force behind the
intelligence (Saa) which is capable of comprehending it. This same knowledge is what
proceeds from the Supreme Being in the form of Hekau. The Eye of Heru (Horus) also
embodies the same idea of the divine essence moving into creation and enlivening it. It is
knowledge, through the medium of sound, which penetrates the ocean of pure
undifferentiated consciousness and causes it to assume different names and forms.
However, this modification into forms is only a temporary development in cosmic terms
and is not a permanent transformation.
This idea of the sound which engenders creation is known as Heka in the Ancient
Egyptian tradition, the Word of the Christian faith, AUM in Vedanta Philosophy and Logos
in Greek-Gnostic philosophy.
In Hermetic philosophy, Logos means reason or intellect. In a larger sense or context,
Logos is the rational principle that orders the universe, also known as Maat in Egypt. The
Stoic philosophers thought of this principle as the soul of the world. There have been
many debates in theology about the meaning of the Greek word Logos as used in the
Gospel of John. The writers of the Bible translated the term as Word in John 1:1: "In the
beginning was the Word and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. Word can be
taken to mean God or wisdom. However, these principles were first established in the
Ancient Egyptian theology of Amun-Ra-Ptah. This Word itself is God, the source of all
wisdom and creation; all are indeed one and the same. The use of the term "Word" in this
context, along with the following verses from the Bible, reveals a concordance and kinship
to the Amunian theology, denoting its origin in Ancient Egyptian mystical and
metaphysical philosophy. The object of mystical philosophy is to assist the initiate in
unlocking the divine energy (word) of his/her consciousness which has incarnated itself
and has become associated with gross matter. The unlocking process of enlightenment
leads to the souls regaining its subtle form once again.
John 1
1 In the beginning was the Word and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.
156
2 The same was in the beginning with God.

3 All things were made by him; and without him was not any thing made that was made.
4 In him was life; and the life was the light of men.
5. And the light Shines in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not.
Lines 4 and 5 above is essentially the same as the line in line 1 of the Hymns of Amun
which states: He is self-created and as He fashioned Himself none knows His forms. Compare
John 3 to verses 45, 47 and 48 of the Hymns of Amun.
Certain sounds are recurrent in nature and this reflects in human languages. One
example of this is the sound ma. This sound ma is the same in the Sanskrit, Spanish
English, as well as Ancient Egyptian. Astoundingly, it caries the same general meaning,
mother. The important factor about sound, from a mystical point of view, is that when it is
tied to a mystical understanding, the meditation upon that sound can lead to deeper and
deeper levels of self discovery leading to enlightenment. This is because sound emanates
from the subtle levels of consciousness. This is why a mindless person will utter things he
or she did not want to say. The faculty of speech is linked to the unconscious levels of the
mind and this level is closest to the innermost Self. Therefore, if a sound along with a
mystical meditative principle are used in the form of a chant or prayer it can be as a vehicle
to divine realization. This is the basis of what are known as words of power or hekau. In this
respect the verses of the Hymns of Amun are hekau or Words of Power. Along with the
individual verses we have also discussed hekau related to the Divine Trinity. Thus, AmunRa-Ptah as well as the individual Divine Names: Pa-Neter, Neberdjer, Om, Amun, Ra, Ptah,
Asar, Nu, Aset and Mehurt can be effective words of power if used in conjunction with the
spiritual understanding as presented herein.
45. Thou make every work to proceed, Thou work in the sky and Thou make to come into being the
beauties of the daylight; the gods rejoice in Thy beauties, and their hearts live when they see Thee.
f
The Self (God) is the mover behind all movements, all beauty, and even the gods
(advanced beings) are in awe at the sight of the Supreme Self, so much so that they
themselves find true life in the Self.
The deeper implication here is that the Self is the ultimate cause of everything that
happens in creation. As discussed earlier, there are three realms of existence: Heaven, Duat
and the Physical world. However, the Ancient Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By Day states
that there is a realm within the Duat where the cedar tree existeth not, where the acacia tree does
not put forth shoots, and where the ground neither produces grass nor herbs."
157
bPC
MAUI
to think, to ponder, to fix attention, concentration
This is the transcendental realm which is beyond time and space, the mind and its
thoughts and concepts, and physicality. It is a realm wherein there is no thought and no
duality. This is the Supreme Abode of the Self and it is the source of all Creation, which
itself appears as duality and multiplicity. With this understanding we can gain greater
insight into the mind and its movements. Think of the mind and all existence as an ocean.
When there is no vibration in the mind, consciousness is pure, without form. This is what
the teaching above is referring to as the realm where the cedar tree existeth not, where the
acacia tree does not put forth shoots, and where the ground neither produces grass nor
herbs. When consciousness is in the state of movement, vibration (Neshsh-agitation), then
it takes on the various forms of nature. When you think your mind is actually taking on a
form. When there is no thought there is no awareness of forms, time and space or duality.
This is the objective of the practice of meditation and spiritual discipline, to discover the
realm of consciousness which is beyond the level of ordinary human awareness. Ordinary
human awareness, beset with delusion, ignorance, and distraction, becomes caught in the
waves of emotion, elation and depression, etc. In the transcendental realm however, it
there is an incomparable experience of bliss and peace which cannot be described; it can
only be experienced in order to be understood.
The ability to control the mind is possible to the extent that there is awareness of ones
separation from and control over the ego. The ego itself is like a vibration, a ripple in the
vastness of your consciousness. Therefore, by gaining insight into your true identity as the
Self you can gain control over every aspect of your personality (mind, body and sense
organs). The essential teachings of the Ancient Egyptian Kybalion in reference to the mind
are presented below.
"To change your mood or mental state, change your vibration."
"Mastery of self consists not in abnormal dreams, visions and fantastic imaginings or
living, but in using the higher forces against the lower thus escaping the pains of the lower
by vibrating on the higher."
"Mind, as matter, may be transmuted from state to state, degree to degree, condition to
condition, pole to pole, and vibration to vibration. Transmutation is a mental art."
"To destroy an undesirable rate of mental vibration, concentrate on the opposite vibration
to the one to be suppressed."
"The wise ones serve the higher planes and rule the lower. In this way one operates the
laws instead being a slave to them."
158
"Those who may come to understand the law of vibrations will hold the scepter of power in
their hand."
"Nothing rests, everything moves; everything vibrates."
"Gender is in everything; everything has its masculine and feminine principles; gender
manifests on all planes."
"Everything is dual; everything has poles; everything has its pair of opposites; like and
unlike are the same; opposites are identical in nature, but different in degree; extremes
meet; all truths are but half- truths; all paradoxes may be reconciled."
"Everything flows out and in; everything has its tides; all things rise and fall; the
pendulum-swing manifests in everything; the measure of the swing to the right is the
measure to the left; rhythm compensates."
"Every cause has its effect; every effect has its cause; everything happens according to law;
chance is a name for law unrecognized; there are many planes of causation, but nothing
escapes the law."
In the Kybalion, the universe is explained as a vibration. Also the mind and the mental
substance from which thoughts are made are also composed of vibrations. In the realm
described above, where Asar abides, there is no vibration; nothing happens from the
point of view of a human being because this realm does not exist as a factor of mentation.
Think about it. Everything you know or have experienced in your life has been a factor of
your thinking process. In fact, without this thinking process the mind cannot function; it
will stand still. When the mind operates it vibrates and this vibration stirs up the ocean of
consciousness. This stirring or vibratory process is what people perceive as life experiences,
sense perceptions, the awareness of the passage of time, the awareness of space between
objects and their thoughts. Upon closer reflection you should realize that throughout all of
your experiences, being born, growing to adulthood and middle age throughout the entire
aging process, you have been the same all the time. It has always been the same you but
the experiences have been different. The experiences of your waking life are not really
different from those of your dreams. They are all just vibrations in the mental pool of
water which is a fraction of the vast ocean of consciousness.
Thus, all experiences occur either in the Duat (Astral Plane composed of the subtle
mind and senses) or in the Physical Plane (the conscious mind, sense organs and body),
which are creations of the mind of God (The Self) in which the mind and senses of the
individual human being interact. Once again, this interaction process in which you see
yourself as an individual having experiences in time and space is composed of the Triad. In
the Triad there is an object, a subject and interaction between the two. As a soul you are a
special reflection of the light of Supreme Consciousness which emanates from the Self
(Asar). This is why you have consciousness and awareness of being alive. However, due to
159
your ignorance you are wandering in the vast realm of the mind which can only operate in
the Duat or in the physical world. You have forgotten your Higher Self which is needed in
order to perceive that which transcends the vibrations of the mind and senses.
Also, human emotions and desires such as falling in love or desiring to possess an object
in order to experience pleasure all occur in the mind and are in reality projections in the
mind based on the persons understanding of reality, just as an entire world is created in a
dream out of ones consciousness. Those people and objects which you desired are
composed of mental substance and your body and thoughts are also composed of the same
substance. Everything is composed of atoms, and atoms are composed of energy, and
energy is composed of the Self. In reality, that which you desire is a reflection of God in
the mental pool of consciousness (your mind), but through the deluded state of mind, you
have come to believe that personalities and physical objects in the world are abiding
realities. Just as the dream world appears to be real and tangible during the dream, the
physical world also appears to be real and tangible, and yet they are composed of the same
stuff. In reality the only truth behind all things in creation is the Self, and it is this Self
which supports all of the vibrations in all planes of existence. Thus, if you desire an object
or a person to make you feel good, you are in reality desiring to experience the bliss of
the Self, but you are doing so in a most indirect manner. Instead of going after the Self you
are trying to grasp the reflection of the Self. This would be like seeking to experience the
warmth of the sun by jumping into a lake where the sun is reflecting instead of just sitting
in the sun.
Therefore, the mystics and Sages who have discovered the Self have enjoined the
practices of dispassion and detachment. These disciplines involve living life but not
holding on to it as a source of abiding happiness. They are dynamic qualities, which when
developed, allow you to experience life while not being bound to it or affected by it. Since
both good situations and bad situations in life are both illusory, then it follows that
positive developments in life should not become the cause of elation while at the same
time negative developments should not be viewed as a motive for depression and sorrow.
All situations, good or bad, are determined by the concept of the person who is
experiencing them. They are therefore dependent on the attitude or frame of mind of that
person. For those who have discovered the reality beyond the illusoriness of the mind and
time and space, there is neither good nor bad, happy or sad, only the knowledge of peace
and immortality. From the standpoint of those who are unenlightened all events which
occur in life seem real, but from the standpoint of one who has discovered the absolute
reality, all of this is illusory as a passing cloud or a dream. Thus, any experience which
depends on the mind and senses occurs either in the Astral or Physical Planes and
therefore, these planes are also illusory and unreal.
160
The diagram above depicts how the phenomenal universe emanates from the Self in the
following manner. The Self, which is the subtlest essence, projects itself into time and space.
Then the consciousness itself vibrates, like waves in an ocean, at varied rates. These vibrations
constitute thoughts. The more congealed consciousness becomes with form, the more concrete,
solid and tangible it becomes. These constitute physicality. A human being is a blend of subtle
and gross essence. However both the subtle and gross are essentially emanations from the same
Divine Self, who is the subtlest essence.
When the mind and senses are transcended through the process of meditation it is
possible to discover that special realm wherein there is no vibration, no time, no space.
There is no existence or non-existence and no being or non-being. It is the realm that is
beyond all concepts of the mind and it is the realm from which time and space emanates.
This beautiful and supremely poetic verse also points to another important mystical
teaching. How is it possible to see God? We have been told elsewhere that no mortal
person has seen or can ever see God.
Therefore, it would seem that the verse is
contradicting other Ancient Egyptian teachings. The following are Ancient Egyptian
teachings on the nature of God.
161
Aset says: "I Aset, am all that has been, all that is, or shall be; and no mortal man
has ever unveiled me."
"God is the father of beings.
God is the eternal One... and infinite and endures forever.
God is hidden and no man knows God's form.
No man has been able to seek out God's likeness.
God is hidden to gods and men... God's name remains hidden... It is a mystery to
his children, men, women and gods. God's names are innumerable, manifold and
no one knows their number... though God can be seen in form and observation
of God can be made at God's appearance, God cannot be understood... God
cannot be seen with mortal eyes... God is invisible and inscrutable to gods as well
as men."
Portions from the Egyptian Book of Coming forth by Day and the papyrus of Nesi-Khensu
The following passage is taken from a passage where princess Nesi-Khensu glorifies
Amen-Ra.
"August Soul which came into being in primeval time, the great god living
in truth, the first Nine Gods who gave birth to the other two Nine
Gods, the being in whom every god existeth, One One, 22K,
the creator of the kings who appeared when the earth took form in the
beginning, whose birth is hidden, whose forms are manifold, whose
germination cannot be known."
162
The process of reflection on the teachings referring to the Trinity and the Triad of
human consciousness reveals a method by which God can be discovered and viewed.
However, this viewing is no ordinary sight. It is an experience which is at once astounding
and transformative. In essence, the sight of God is an experience which transforms an
ordinary human being into a divine vessel, a neter.
How is it possible to achieve this divine sight? As we have discussed throughout this
text, spiritual transformation requires a change in ones lifestyle, the way in which life is
understood and lived. Then it is necessary to reflect upon the teachings of mystical
spirituality. Along with the disciplines discussed so far meditation is the next most
important spiritual exercise. Meditation is the discipline which allows direct access to
divine awareness, in essence, to see God directly, without forms or modifications.
We have seen how God manifests as Creation through the medium of the Trinity
which in turn refers to a triad of consciousness. In order to understand how to make use of
this mystical understanding we will need to discover more about the nature of the mind
and its inner workings. The depths of human consciousness can best be understood
through the study of waking, dream and the dreamless Sleep States of consciousness in
conjunction with the wisdom of the fourth or transcendental state. Most people are
familiar with the three primary states mentioned above but not with the fourth or
transcendental state, otherwise they would be enlightened already and would not require
any philosophy or spiritual instruction. Each of the ordinary states of consciousness has a
counterpart which can be discovered through correct understanding and spiritual practice.
163
Actually, the ordinary states (waking, dream and dreamless sleep) are negative states. The
basis of their very existence is rooted in ignorance. They are opposite to true awakening
and real illumination of the inner reality. However, if the positive states were discovered
and explored, that exploration would lead to an expansion in consciousness which would
lead to spiritual enlightenment. In order to discover the positive states of consciousness we
will make use of the Trinity (triad) model and the wisdom of the three ordinary states. The
mystical wisdom we will explore in the following section based on the Hymns of Amun
and the Trinity of Amun-Ra-Ptah is of a very highly advanced order.
Upon reflection on the triad of consciousness it becomes clearer and clearer that the
ordinary states are relative and transient. Sometimes people have breakthroughs wherein
they discern higher forms of intuition and understanding. However, these come as flashes
and soon fade. Oftentimes people shrug it off as a coincidence or in fear of
going insane or the idea that an evil spirit is messing around with their
head, they try to deny the occurrence altogether.
Lucid, to be
bright to seeBeq
Agitated,
disturbedNeshsh.
Dense Dull of
heart- Wmet
htp ab.
(see glossary)
In reality, the three states are merely reflections of the positive states.
Thus, the dreamless Sleep State has its counterpart in the Lucid Causal
Consciousness state wherein there are is awareness but no thoughts or
desires. The Dream State has its counterpart in the Waking (Lucid) Astral
Consciousness state. The ordinary Waking State has its opposite or positive
in the Transcendental Self or enlightened state.
The personality of every human being is somewhat different from every
other. However the Sages of Yoga have identified four basic factors which are
common to all human personalities. These factors are: Emotion, Reason,
Action and Will. Also, the human personality expresses in three basic
formats. These are Dullness, Agitation and Lucidity (Harmony and Purity). This
means that in order for a human being to properly evolve, all aspects of the
personality must develop in an integral fashion. Therefore, four major forms
of Yoga disciplines have evolved and each is specifically designed to promote
164
a positive movement in one of the areas of personality. The Yoga of Devotional Love
enhances and harnesses the emotional aspect in a human personality and directs it towards
the Higher Self. The Yoga of Wisdom enhances and harnesses the reasoning aspect in a
human personality and directs it towards the Higher Self. The Yoga of Action enhances
and harnesses the movement and behavior aspect in a human personality and directs it
towards the Higher Self. The Yoga of Meditation enhances and harnesses the willing aspect
in a human personality and directs it towards the Higher Self. The willing aspect of human
personality may be defined as that which involves resolution, determination, resolve,
choice and volition.
The process of spiritual life means turning away from the negative aspects of
consciousness and turning towards the positive or lucid aspects which lead to
enlightenment. The Waking State is the most concrete state and as such, it acts to anchor
the soul to a physical form (human body) over an extended period of time, and through it
the soul encounters various experiences which will provide pleasure and pain. It is not
possible to practice the spiritual disciplines of yoga and mystical religion in the Dream
State or the Sleep State. Thus, the waking - physical state is the field in which the Emotion,
Reason, Action and Will of a human being can be played out in an extended format of time
and space, unlike the dream plane in which an entire world can come into existence and
vanish in a flash. So the task of spiritual disciplines is to engage in practices (virtues) which
will promote a movement towards lucidity (wisdom-enlightenment) and move away from
the activities, thoughts and feelings which promote agitation, distraction, discontent and
ultimately lead to the state of Dullness and ignorance of the intellect. This process entails
controlling anger, hatred, greed, etc., and promoting effacement of the ego through
righteous actions, simplicity, truthfulness, patience and other virtues.
Once a spiritual aspirant has worked on promoting Lucidity in the Waking State by
controlling the agitating factors which lead to the state of Agitation such as distraction,
desire, longing, anger, hatred, greed, lust, etc., it is possible, with a mind that is calm, lucid
and strong willed, to practice formal meditation on the innermost Self. When this level of
spiritual practice is reached such a person is considered to be advanced on the spiritual
path. Their powers of concentration, fortitude and inner peace they have gained through
intellectual knowledge has allowed them to develop real faith in which they can
understand the goal of spirituality and exert the necessary self-effort needed to realize the
objective. Already they are far elevated from the masses of people who live to satisfy their
desires for the limited enjoyments which the world seems to bring. Their constantly
agitated state of mind precludes reflectiveness and inner peace, without which it is not
possible to discover the inner meaning of spirituality. Their understanding is shallow,
intellectual, theoretical and their will power is weak, so they do not desire for spiritual
emancipation. As a result they are caught up in the activities, desires and longings of
modern society. This process of self-control and inner development which leads to divine
165
realization is described in Chapter 77 of the Ancient Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By Day.
Some excerpts are included below.
I have risen, I have gathered myself together like a beautiful golden hawk, with the
head of the Benu, and Ra hath entered in [to hear my speech]. I have taken my
seat among the great gods, [the children of] Nut. I have settled myself, the Sekhethetepet (the Field of Offerings) is before me. I eat therein, I become a Spirit-soul
therein, I am supplied with food in abundance therein, as much as I desire. The
Grain-god (Nepra) hath given unto me food for my throat, and I am master over
myself and over the attributes of my head.
In Chapter 78 the litany of purity and righteous action continues:
I have bound up and I have gathered together your Powers. I have directed the
Powers of the ways, the wardens of the horizon, and of the Hemat House of
heaven. I have established their fortresses for Asar. I have prepared the ways for
him. I have performed the things which [he] hath commanded. I come forth to
Djedu.
For those who have developed self-control and who have intellectually understood that
the world does not hold abiding peace and happiness for them, formal meditation is the
next important step on the spiritual path. Through the practice of meditation it is possible
to transcend the Waking State of consciousness and to discover the Waking (Lucid) Astral
Consciousness state. This state appears like the dream world but, unlike a dream, you are
completely awake or Lucid. Essentially, the Astral Plane is a higher reality than the
physical. Within the Astral Plane it is possible to experience that you are separate from
your physical body, and that the physical world and your body are only projections on the
screen of Cosmic (astral) Consciousness in much the way as a movie is only a projection on
a blank screen. From here it is possible to actually experience what is meant by detachment
since you can actually see that you are not the psycho-physical personality you thought you
were. This is why the Sages exhort the practice detachment and dispassion in your day to
day waking existence.
From the Astral Plane it is possible to discover the Causal Plane. However this requires
a high degree of purity. This is why the teachings urge the practice of controlling the
thoughts, longings and desires to the point of indifference, equanimity and balance. These
qualities will allow you to develop sufficient serenity in the mind to experience the ocean
of quietude that is the mass of consciousness which you are essentially, like an ocean after
the winds have died down and the waves cease to rise. Here there is awareness without
thoughts and desires, existence without form or objectification... an expanding stretch of
existence without end. Therefore, having experienced yourself as a personality in the
Waking State in the physical world and as an astral personality in the astral world and as a
166
subject in the causal world, you can gain intuitive wisdom of the fact that you are none of
these relative states. The practice of these reflections and meditations leads to the discovery
of absolute existence which transcends all states. This is the absolute reality which you are.
In it there is no awareness of the world, your personality or any relativity or duality. There
is only you, as the source of all. This is referred to in Ancient Egyptian Mystical teaching as
the inner shrine, the abode of God, and having entered in to the innermost room, after
successfully meeting the challenges of demons in the form of your own negative emotions,
desires and concepts, you can exclaim with joy that you have arrived and that you have
seen what is inside the mysterious abode of the innermost Self.
This process is described in Chapters 77 and 78 of the Ancient Egyptian Book of Coming
Forth By Day. Some exerts are included below.
I come daily into the House of the twin Lion-gods. I come forth therefrom into
the House of Aset. I look upon the holy things which are hidden. I see the being
who is therein (Asar-The Self).
The practice of meditation is two-fold. Just as a bird needs two wings in order to fly, a
spiritual aspirant needs to practice two forms of meditation. This first entails a constant
reflection of the truth provided by the wisdom teachings. The second involves the practice
of formal meditation exercises. This involves the practice of concentration. Concentration
on any object will lead to the focusing of the mental rays of consciousness instead of their
scattering into the relative states (waking, Dream and dreamless sleep). This will allow
consciousness to focus and thereby allow the mind to peer into the depths of higher
consciousness (Astral and Causal Planes). Having begun the process of expanding in
consciousness, the practitioner can then experience, first hand, the depths of his/her own
true Self. When a spiritual aspirant enters into these practices with the correct guidance
and understanding, the Self, which is consciousness itself, acts as the guide and in so
doing, an initiate discovers the he or she is that very same Self, the transcendental being
from which all of the planes arise and into which they all subside. Within this experience
there is indescribable peace and joy, true fulfillment of all desires and the knowledge of the
Absolute, knowing which there is nothing else to be known. The inner Self moves towards
those who exert self effort towards spiritual realization. This is why Jesus said: Ask, and it
shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and the door shall be opened to you... (Matthew
7:7) Your spiritual practices are the asking and the result of asking is inner discovery and
unity with God. This teaching is what is referred to as Divine Grace. The Self, God, moves
towards those who move towards the Self and also the Self denies those who deny the Self.
Denial occurs in many ways. A person denies the Higher Self by acting out of egoism when
they know better. This process of denial and ignorance is like reading the wisdom teachings
and not going beyond the superficial level of their teachings. If you know how to
understand mythology, the teachings come to you unhampered. This is an example of the
mutual movement; the spiritual aspirant (reader) and the Self (meaning) move towards
167
each other. If a person does not apply concentration and study, they can read even the
most an miss the entire moral of the story and thus negate their higher power of
understanding. So the wisdom which could have led them to divine inspiration is denied
to them. The experience of inner fulfillment is more profound than the outer forms of
happiness. This is because as you move within, you are moving closer to what is true and
abiding. It is this greater enjoyment which will allow you to leave behind the lesser
pleasures, vices and negativity that hold onto you and degrade your ability to discover true
peace and contentment.
nPP"
uaa
Meditation
Meditation can be practiced by many methods. Some people prefer to concentrate on a
religious icon or a Divine form while others choose to allow their mind to flow with an
unbroken succession of thoughts directed towards the Absolute. Whichever form you
choose observe the following general guidelines.
If you reflect upon your own situation you must realize that you have three
personalities, the waking personality, the dream personality and the dreamless-sleep
personality. Philosophically you can now understand that each of these personalities are
relative and therefore illusory, otherwise you would remain the same personality as you go
into the different states of mind (waking, dream and dreamless-sleep) and you would take
with you the same clothing, the same problems, the same memories, the same possessions,
etc. Since this does not occur, one must conclude that they are all variable, depending on
the concepts, fancies and desires of the mind of the individual. This points to the wisdom
that you do not belong to any of the relative states. You are in reality like a traveler who is
going to different train stops at the same familiar locations every day. However, you are
traveling without any luggage, ticket or control over your destination through worlds that
are not abiding. They are only real in a relative sense when you are caught up in them.
Understanding this you should now be able to maintain a certain level of detachment and
dispassion toward your life just as you become detached from your dream when you wake
up, even though it seemed quite real while you were dreaming. The pride, vanity and
egoism related to the body, how good or bad it looks, how attractive it is to others, how
famous you are, how wealthy your are, etc., must now begin to seem amusing, if nor
ridiculous. Also, the pressing desires of life, the problems with relationships and the
general struggles of life should now be coming into a perspective based on a larger picture
wherein they are all viewed as only a small part of who you are essentially. Your
attachments and desires are what is holding you tight and fast to the limited waking reality.
168
Therefore, as you loosen the ties of passion and attachment, you will grow in expansion of
consciousness.
In order to practice the disciplines of detachment and dispassion there must be a higher
understanding of these virtues beyond the ordinary sense given by society. In mystical
terms, the practice of detachment and dispassion do not signify a morbid sense of
loneliness or lack of caring. Rather, they imply a higher understanding as to what is truly
worth caring for in this world and to what one should become attached. Detachment and
dispassion do not imply seclusion from the world, separation from loved ones or an
attitude of cold indifference. In other words, this practice does not mean a literal giving up
of possessions, friends and family. It does mean that you should not hold onto the relative,
transient appearances of the world because even your own body, your life, memories and
possessions do not belong to the real you. You must now look at your physical existence, its
circumstances and relations from an objective manner, and this point of view will allow
you to care for others better because you will not harbor egoistic desires, preferences for
certain people over others, expectations or prejudices that might hamper your ability to feel
universal love for all. You will be able to draw on higher sources of spiritual energy which
will allow you to serve humanity in more ways than you can imagine. Is there a better way
to serve and care for others? True love and caring is unconditional. It can only be felt when
there is an understanding of the universality of life. Yoga and mystical religion lead to that
understanding, and in so doing, the world is made a better place for all.
So if the states are illusory and relative what is abiding and real in all of this? To find
the answer, reflect upon what element is present in all levels of experience. There is only
one element which is common to all the states of consciousness. That element is
Consciousness itself. Consciousness is present at all levels of your experience (in all of the
relative states - waking, dream and dreamless sleep), otherwise there would be no
experience at all. However, if consciousness is beset with ignorance, agitation and/or
dullness it will not experience itself as a detached traveler, eternal and unlimited, it will fall
into the delusion of seeing itself as limited, finite and mortal. This is the predicament of
people who are ignorant of the higher spiritual realities. Therefore, in order to dispel the
ignorance of the mind the spiritual disciplines as well as the practice of meditation are
enjoined by the spiritual scriptures and Sages from all over the world.
A meditator who is successful in discovering the Astral Plane of Consciousness finds
that the physical body, the Waking State and the phenomenal world of time and space are
projections of the Astral Plane, and from that vantage point the physical world and the
physical body are merged into a mass of subtle elements. In other words, your personality
or waking subject is discovered to be not the real you. A meditator who is successful in
discovering the Causal Plane realizes that the astral personality, who was looking at the
physical world, is also a projection. A meditator who is successful in discovering the
transcendental realms of consciousness beyond the Physical, Astral and Causal Planes,
169
realizes that he or she is one with the Divine Self, from which all of the planes emanate.
This discovery is the end of the road, the Self of all selves, the Supreme Being, the source
of all peace and abiding happiness, the eternal, unlimited expansion in consciousness and
the reality behind all projections or phenomena of nature. The result of this practice is the
intuitional experience and understanding that the physical world, which seems so solid and
concrete, is in reality composed of a subtle essence; there is no physicality in Creation.
Sometimes a person can become intensely deluded because of the strong belief in the
waking or dream world. The more attached you are to the idea of physicality and the more
you rely on the sense organs of the body and cling to the grosser aspects of the human
experience (desire, anger, hatred, greed, vanity, pride, lust, expectations, passion, etc.), the
more concrete, solid and inescapable the world seems to become. Also, the more intense
the delusion of the mind becomes, the more insane a person becomes. This delusion can
become so severe as to render a person incapable of holding onto the day to day realities of
ordinary human life. They become psychotic and sometimes so insane as to enter into a
deep state of dullness, as in the dreamless Sleep State. The mind itself is therefore the
instrument which enslaves the soul as it were, but when it is enlightened through the
mystical teachings, it becomes the instrument which frees the soul, the liberator, the savior,
the messiah. The liberating forces which free the mind are the lucidity, righteousness and
purity of heart which allows intuitional vision to dawn in the mind. This understanding
brings us back to the teaching in reference to the Primeval Ocean which began this
discussion. Creation is not an ocean that existed in the beginning and from which God
emerged to create the first solid object. There are no solid objects in Creation. Modern
physics has already proven this point. Creation is and always has been the same ocean of
consciousness which is sustained at all times by the consciousness of God. Though
expressing in different degrees of subtlety, all forms are composed of the same essence. The
other important realization is that this consciousness is the same one which is sustaining
your existence and which is the very essence of your own being. This is why the Ancient
Egyptian Initiates would chant: Nuk pu Amun (I am Amun), Nuk pu Asar (I am Asar), Nuk pu
Ra (I am Ra), Nuk pu Ptah (I am Ptah), Nuk pu Aset (I am Aset), Nuk Pu Nuk. ("I Am That I
Am."), Ntef nuk nuk Ntef. ("He is I and I am He."), etc.
Success in meditation comes in degrees over time. It is important to maintain an
integral schedule of spiritual practices including study of the teachings, chanting, exercise,
righteous work, etc. along with the regular practice of meditation in order to obtain
effective results.
170
Above: The relative states of consciousness and the path of meditation. An

initiate from Ancient Egypt is shown sitting in the yoga lotus
posture. Superimposed on him are the seven rings symbolizing the
seven centers of psycho-spiritual energy consciousness known as
Arat in Ancient Egypt or Kundalini in Indian Yoga mystical
171
philosophy. Through the process of meditation, a meditator lifts

him/her self up beyond ordinary consciousness and discovers the
transcendental realms and finally the Absolute Self.
Tips for Formal Meditation Practice
Begin by meditating for 5 minutes each day, gradually building up the time. The key is
consistency in time and place. Nature inspires us to establish a set routine to perform our
activities; the sun rises in the east and sets in the west every day; the moon's cycle is every
28 days and the seasons change approximately at the same times of the year, every year. It
is better to practice for 5 minutes each day than 20 minutes one day and 0 minutes the
next. Do a formal sit down meditation whenever the feeling comes to you but try to do it at
least once a day, preferably between 4-6 am or 6-8 pm. Do not eat for at least 2 hours
before meditation. It is even more preferable to not eat 12 hours before. For example: eat
nothing (except only water or tea) after 6 p.m. until after meditation at 6 a.m. the following
morning. Do not meditate within 24 hours of having sexual intercourse. Meditate alone in
a quiet area, in a dimly lit room (candle light is adequate). Do some light exercise (example:
Chi Kung or Yoga exercise) before meditating, then say Hekau (affirmations, prayers,
mantras, etc.) for a few minutes to set up positive vibrations in the mind. Burning your
favorite incense is a good way to set the mood. Keep a ritualistic procedure about the
meditation time. Do things in a slow, deliberate manner, concentrating on every motion
and every thought you perform.
When ready, try to focus the mind on one object, symbol or idea such as the heart or
Hetep (Supreme Peace). If the mind strays, bring it back gently. Patience, self-love and selfforgiveness are the keys here. Gradually, the mind will not drift towards thoughts or objects
of the world. It will move towards subtler levels of consciousness until it reaches the source
of the thoughts and there commune with that source, the Self. This is the desired positive
movement of the practice of meditation because it is from the Self that all inspiration,
creativity and altruistic feelings of love come. The Self is the source of peace and love and is
who you really are.
46. Thy beauties take possession of and carry away all hearts, and love for Thee make all
arms to relax; Thy beautiful form make the hands to tremble, and all hearts melt at
the sight of Thee.
f
This verse is related to verses 24 and 31 above wherein the Self, when turned to, is the
source of all fulfillment, all peace and all contentment. When a spiritual aspirant attains
even a small glimpse of the Divine (God) it is a transformative experience. The mind which
has been previously interested in worldly things is now captivated by the wonders of the
172
Divine Self. This verse is pointing to a specific form of spiritual practice called the Yoga of
Devotional Love. It consists of understanding and directing the feelings and emotions
towards the Divine Self who abides in all Creation. When you love something, you put
that object first, even before your own desires. Through this process of sublimating your
own desires and directing the mind towards the Divine, the ego begins to diminish, and
this process allows the mind to soar high among the sublime feelings and thoughts.
Devotion leads to wisdom and like two wings of a bird, the spiritual aspirant is led from
faith to knowledge and then to experience the Divine.
It is important to understand that devotional yoga involves more than simply mindlessly
or fanatically praising God and praying or singing devotional songs with emotional force.
An integrated process of Devotional Yoga involves an understanding of the metaphysical
teachings of wisdom and a blending of all of the other Yogic systems. This integrated
process which involves wisdom or intuitional understanding of the metaphysical realities
behind Creation serves to close any gaps in the mind of the aspirant as to the existence of
the Divine. The main disciplines in the practice of the Yoga of Devotional Love has been
outlined below.
The melting hearts, being referred to in verse 46 above, is in fact the dissolution of the
individual mind (egoism) when it dissolves into the ocean of pure consciousness upon
attuning to the cosmic ocean of consciousness (Amun). When this movement in devotion
reaches its height there is a
realization that the ego does not
Spiritual Realization
exist, and the I which was
(Merging with the Divine - experiencing the Self)
previously used to refer to the egoDevotional Meditation
personality is in reality the Self.
(I am one with God.)
Thus a spiritual aspirant on the
devotional path transcends the
Worship
individual ego and discovers the
(Seeing God in everything; practicing spiritual
Higher Self within.
disciplines - prayer, meditation, selfless service, etc.)
Out of ignorance of the deeper
Learning
Self, most people (the masses)
(Learning about the Divine through
become caught up in the dualistic
myths and mystical philosophy.)
thoughts of their mind. They have
not discovered the transcendental
peace, being caught up in the waves
of positive and negative emotions and the desires for acquiring something that they
perceive will bring happiness. They live life in a state of delusion; there is a constant belief
that the world will somehow bring them happiness, despite the relentless disappointments
and frustrations. It is like gambling. There is a constant expectation that one will win, even
173
though the odds are stacked against it. Even if there is a win, it is not really a win because
the winnings will be used to strengthen the belief in the game and will set up the winner
for an even bigger loss later on. Spiritual life does not mean that there is no fun or
experience of pleasure due to objects of the world. It means that there is no dependence on
the world for happiness, instead there is indifference. If pleasure is experienced a Sage
accepts it. If pleasure is not experienced a Sage also accepts this. At no time does the
absence or presence of pleasure due to worldly objects or situations affect the deeper
experience of peace and joy which comes from the inner Self. Therefore, the experiences of
pleasure and pain remain in the enlightened state, but they are transcended with the everpresent knowledge of the innermost Self within. It is like standing on the shore and
looking at the ocean. Even though the different waves are there, the ocean cannot be
missed. Likewise, a Sage looks at the pain and sorrow of life as waves, but never looses sight
of the Self which surges like an ocean in every corner of Creation. Thus, the awareness in
the mind of the abiding presence of Divine wisdom overpowers all disturbances from the
outside world even as those movements, changes, sounds, situations, the passage of time,
emotions, waking, dream, dreamless sleep, etc. may continue after the divine awareness has
dawned in the mind. For the enlightened Sage such disturbances are seen as transient
wave-like forms which will pass. So there is no mourning over, attachment to, or leaning
upon the past, present or future for anything that is fleeting, uncertain and unstable. Of
course, a Sage harbors no desire or longing for anything and so experiences constant peace,
contentment and bliss internally, even while carrying out the various duties of life or
performing the most dynamic work in the service of humanity. The ability to sidestep the
pitfalls of human existence in the forms of anger, hatred, greed, pain, sorrow, egoistic
desires, etc., allows a Sage to conserve energy and attune the mind to the heavenly realms
where it is possible to gain intuitive communion with the Higher Self (God) and, in so
doing, bring the marvels of spiritual wisdom to humanity. This is the art of living which
Sages live by and which he or she teaches to spiritual aspirants for the purpose of leading
them to spiritual realization and to promote peace and harmony in the world.
In the unenlightened state there is constant unrest in the mind and you feel yourself to
be in the center of that unrest. You flow along with the feelings and believe yourself to be
happy when there are favorable conditions or sad when there are unfavorable conditions
(meaning that you cannot get what you want). In reality, your Soul, your innermost Self, is
beyond the opposites of the world which are experienced on the Physical and Astral Planes,
but since it has associated itself with the astral body (mind and senses) and the physical
body, it has become identified with them and has forgotten its true identity, like a person
who has contracted amnesia. This identification with the body has caused you to believe
that you are a human personality and thus, are subject to the karmic fate of your physical
personality. If the body suffers, you believe I am suffering." If the body experiences
pleasure, you believe I am feeling pleasure." With these thoughts of body identification
in your mind, you are constantly in a search of conditions which will provide the greatest
pleasures and the least sufferings. This is the illusion of duality. You are never at rest or
174
truly at peace because, consciously or unconsciously, you are always preoccupied with what
you can do to promote pleasurable conditions and circumstances. This mental unrest does
not end at the time of death. The unconscious impressions impel the soul to have afterdeath experiences in the Astral Plane (Duat) and thus, it is even then unable to discover
abiding peace and happiness. After spending some time in the Duat, it then takes on a new
physical body, once again in search of happy conditions. This is known as the cycle of birth
and death or reincarnation.
The search for happiness is not incompatible with spiritual practice. In fact, the true
definition of the state of enlightenment is abiding peace and happiness (bliss). The
problem is that human ignorance leads people to search for happiness through objects and
conditions that are fleeting and therefore, incapable of providing peace or happiness.
Abiding peace cannot be found through activities in the realm of duality (Astral and
Physical Planes). In fact, any activity you perform and any achievement you attain, no
matter how grand, will someday perish in the vastness of time. Something that brings
happiness today becomes boring tomorrow. Even the greatest conquerors of the world,
such as Alexander the Great and Julius Caesar, have been forgotten and their conquests
lost and dispersed, even though at their height they were considered almost as gods. No
matter how vast your worldly accomplishments may be, they will always be perishable and
incapable providing you with lasting peace. From a higher point of view, all
accomplishments in the world of time and space are like accomplishments in a dream.
After all of the activity in a dream, in the end nothing has really occurred. No matter how
real it might have appeared to be, upon waking up the dream world vanishes and all of the
attainments and activities of the dream also vanish. In essence, the dream world that you
experience while asleep and the phenomenal world you experience when awake are not
real. Reality is defined as that which is the same in the beginning, middle and end. Reality is
unchanging, abiding and self-existent. Is there any dream world which has these qualities?
Is there anything in the universe that does not go through the change from birth, to
maturity, and then to death? Therefore, what the senses experience in the time between the
birth and death of something is an illusion. It is not a real perception. It is a manifestation
of the infinite variety which consciousness is capable of projecting in the mind. Thus, at no
time can the dream be considered to be real, not in the beginning, middle or in the end.
It is only a relative reality without real substance although it is sustained by The Reality,"
the Self. A Sage looks on the phenomenal world as a dream or mirage and does not fall
into the illusion of believing that the world is real and that what happens in the world is
important to his/her peace and happiness.
People dupe themselves into believing that they are happy because they have been able
to purchase some expensive item or have achieved some name and fame, but this
happiness is not real. It is full of stress. In addition, if the object is lost the happiness that
was derived from it dissolves like a cube of ice placed in warm water. Therefore, in reality,
175
this type of happiness must be considered to be a form of pain disguised as pleasure and
happiness.
Due to ignorance, the human mind is carried away with the beauties of How a Sage
experiences
creation because these excite the senses and the delusion of the mind gives rise the world.
to the promise that the world of time and space holds abiding happiness. Thus,
the mind constantly swings between happiness and displeasure, like a wave in the ocean
rises and recedes. However, a Sage, having discovered the steadfast point within, looks on
the various forms of multiplicity in the world and the various conditions of prosperity and
adversity as passing waves in the ocean. In a real sense a Sage never loses sight of the fact
that the ocean is there no matter how many waves may stir up or how many storms may
arise. A person with ordinary understanding becomes fascinated with the sizes, forms and
appearances of waves, forgetting that it is all ocean. Having discovered that stable point
which is supremely fulfilled and unchanging, a Sage looks on human experiences with a
detached eye and is thus, never caught up in the waves of emotion which most people
experience and cannot control. A Sage is ever aware of the Absolute Reality which
transcends duality and therefore, experiences peace in any and every condition, while at
the same time being aware of the relative world of time and space. A Sage does not fear
death, having discovered his/her own immortality. A Sage is one with the universe, having
discovered the innermost source of the cosmos within him/herself. Even while engaged in
various works which uplift humanity such as teaching, writing books, healing, and
encouraging others to develop virtuous qualities which lead to self-knowledge, the Sage
looks upon all of these activities with the same type of detachment that an actor looks
upon performances on the stage of a theater. The Sage identifies him/herself with the
Self and not with the body. Therefore, any activities of the body are like activities in a
dream world. Just as activities seem to have a purpose while in the dream but once you
wake up there is no purpose, the Sage has woken up to the reality which transcends
ordinary human experience in the phenomenal world of time and space, while
unenlightened human beings continue to believe the world and their bodies to be real
and abiding.
How can these teachings be of use in the practical world? Obviously, knowing that the
universe is energy and that your body is also energy does not change their appearance or
allow you do walk though walls or fly in the air, so of what use is it? While most people are
so caught up in the day to day realities of life which seem so real and pressing, a
practitioner of yoga (yogi) deals with life from the standpoint of the wisdom teachings.
Instead of trying to acquire worldly objects and becoming more involved with the world in
an effort to feel happy, a yogi seeks to fulfill his/her desire to experience happiness by
working to discover that boundless source of happiness within. A practitioner of yoga
should seek to satisfy the practical needs of life while maintaining a balanced state of mind
during both prosperous conditions as well as during negative ones. A yogi should not
indulge in the pleasures of the world or seek to experience pain either. A yogi should seek
176
balance and promote peace and harmony for the purpose of attaining enlightenment. A
yogi should constantly reflect on the wisdom that this world, as well as the thoughts in the
mind and the experiences during a dream, are nothing but vibrations in consciousness
which come into existence and disappear as clouds in the sky or waves in the ocean.
Therefore, there should be no need to hold onto the notions of the mind or the desires of
the body. A yogi should practice keeping a close watch on the thoughts of the mind and
the feelings of the body so as to always remain separate from them and not to get caught up
in them. When this discipline is practiced, along with meditation and other yoga
disciplines, there is a gradual awakening process which occurs wherein the light of
intellectual reasoning grows and blossoms into intuitional realization of the transcendental
truth. This is the process of becoming a Sage.
An enlightened Sage cannot suffer or feel elated over any development in the Physical
or Astral Planes since a Sage has discovered and experienced that these two planes are both
emanations from the Self which is the absolute and transcendental reality. Knowing this
and having experience of this, a Sage cannot fall prey to the worries and anxieties over
which most people suffer as they live their lives. Having experienced this higher reality, a
Sage has become liberated from all ignorance just as opening a door and looking into a
room frees you from ignorance about the contents of the room.
True happiness comes when there is detachment from objects and worldly How a Sage
relationships, be they considered pleasurable or as sources of pain, and when views
ignorance in
there is steadfastness in the inner Self. When these qualities have been others.
developed, peace and joy can be experienced at all times, such as in a Sage.
True happiness and peace is experienced when the mind is not affected by the
waves of desire, pleasure or pain. Therefore, a Sage is said to be beyond the world, peaceful,
independent and radiant. Peaceful, abiding in the Self always, independent, knowing
him/herself to be an actor in the theater of creation and radiant, radiating the peace, love
and joy that is experienced from being united (Yoga) with the source of all (God). Thus, a
Sage is as humble as a blade of grass because he or she knows that human existence is fleeting
and fragile. A Sage views the pride, arrogance and egoism of unenlightened personalities as
manifestations of the state of ignorance of those persons, and thus is filled with boundless
compassion and forgiveness for others, and a deep rooted desire to alleviate their pain and
suffering, by showing them the way to self-discovery which is the supreme eradicator of all
miseries. The Sage is not attached to anything in the world and does not need anything
from the world to experience peace and happiness, therefore, a Sage is free from the world
and any pain or sorrow which the world could inflict. Thus, a Sage is beyond all karmic
entanglements, even while living in modern society. Many people consider themselves to
be free individuals, yet they do not pursue their goals or act out of their true feelings
because they are afraid of what others may say or feel about them. They are afraid of
embarrassment, rejection or being otherwise hurt by others. This is because they have an
egoistic need for acceptance and this need dominates their lives and determines their
177
limitations, feelings, and thoughts. They live life in fear and do not realize their full
potential or discover their deeper Self.
Also, the Sage is free from the desires which impel the soul to the varied experiences
after death and lead to reincarnation, so the Sage is also free from the cycle of birth and
death. A Sage can relieve misery because he or she is the embodiment of the experience
which nullifies or neutralizes the pains and sorrows of human existence, enlightenment.
The pains and sorrows of human existence exist only because you believe your self to be
the ego-personality. You believe that the circumstances and situations of life are real and
abiding due to your ignorance of your Higher Self. A Sage can show the way to discover the
absolute reality which transcends ordinary human existence.
Being detached does not necessarily mean that there is spiritual enlightenment.
Detachment without spiritual insight leads to greater ignorance and pain for the individual
as well as society. Detachment is practiced as a discipline for retraining the mind to let go
of its illusions and to attach to that which is real and abiding. Therefore, detachment does
not mean to separate from loved ones or possessions. It does mean detaching from the
desire to possess objects in a search for happiness and detaching from the illusion of loved
ones as sources of happiness and as abiding realities.
There is no object which can bring you abiding peace just as there is no person or loved
one who can bring you abiding peace and joy. In the end, all human personalities are just
like yourself, souls wandering in ignorance who will someday leave the body (die) and move
on in their spiritual journey. So why be attached to them? Why believe that they are
sources of happiness? Why grieve when they die? Why act as if they existed but now will
not exist any more? Why should you become elated when a person is born or depressed
when they die? In the correct understanding of human relationships,
there are no family members. In reality you are not the body, therefore
Dream- Resu you have no parents or siblings. In reality it is the body that has these
relationships, and these occur as passing events of a dream-Resu. Why
(see glossary)
should you become elated when you acquire an object of desire and feel
upset and angry when that object is out of your reach? Why should you
struggle over material possessions when these are all manifestations of the Self which is also
within you? These same material objects are perishable and cannot bring abiding peace and
happiness anyway. The supreme, innermost reality of all living beings and of all objects in
creation transcends the temporal physical manifestation. Therefore, when anything comes
into manifestation and goes out of manifestation, the deeper reality is unaffected.
With this wisdom, you should live in a detached manner, accepting all human beings as
your kin since they are all manifestations of the Divine Self. You should strive to better
your conditions and promote truth, justice and peace while keeping in mind that your
innermost Self is not in any way affected by the outcome of your actions or the conditions
178
you may find yourself in, be they adverse or prosperous. You should always strive to
succeed in all of your endeavors while not depending on the outcome of your works as a
source of happiness or satisfaction. If you depend on your activities as a source of
happiness, you are bound to be disappointed because even the most monumental successes
and riches do not guarantee happiness. In fact, if you are a person who has not learned to
control the mind and senses, the wealth you gain will serve to allow you to get into more
karmic entanglements, develop more attachments, and experience more disappointments
and frustrations than a less well off personality. Further, whatever material wealth is gained
can always be lost. However, the treasure of inner peace and contentment cannot be taken
away if you learn the art of controlling your mind and directing it towards that which is
true and real (Maat-God). Be happy in the present moment and give thanks for the
opportunity to work for God and leave the outcome and results in the hands of God. In
this manner, you will not be affected by the success or failure of the your efforts, but will
always find fulfillment in the divine work-Ari em hetep itself, the service to humanity. Live
your life with the feeling that you are one with the universe and that all living (people,
animals, insects, etc.) and non-living (planets, galaxies, rocks, etc.) beings are your family.
This wisdom is the basis by which you can develop universal love towards humanity and
the entire universe. Anyone who acts with detachment born of self-knowledge will be
dynamic, qualitative and inspiring. A Sage engenders these very qualities in others by their
mere presence. Thus, the presence of a Sage is sought after by all who understand the
teachings of mystical spirituality.
47. Amen...Thou Being above who make the earth according to Thine own designs.
48. ...at whose utterance the gods come into being, and food is created, ... and all things
are come into being; the traverser of eternity, the old man who make himself young
(again) through myriads of pairs of eyes and numberless pairs of ears...
f
These verses are complementary to a different Egyptian hymn to God (in the form of Pa
Neter) which states: God's names are innumerable, manifold and no one knows their number. It
signifies that human beings, their names, bodies and their senses, are indeed expressions of
the Divine. The eyes and ears of human beings are in reality the eyes and ears of the
Divine. Further, this signifies that all of the innumerable personalities (people) that exist,
existed and will exist are in reality different expressions of the Divine Self according to
Divine Will. Though the Self is understood as ancient and primeval, this line shows that
the Divine is ever-present and appearing before your eyes in ever more dazzling and
imaginative forms. God, the Self, is not remote in antiquity, but is accessible in the eternal
present moment.
179
At an elementary level when a person is first introduced to spirituality, especially

religious spirituality, he or she is told to worship in a specific location, a church or temple.
He or she is told to feel reverent when in the temple and to control the negative aspects of
the personality because God is watching in that sacred place. With the deeper mystical
understanding presented here it must be clear to you now that this entire universe is a
temple and God is watching from every direction. The Ancient Egyptian temple was
constructed in such a way that every aspect of it is a symbolic representation of Creation
and as a reflection of Creation, it is a reflection of the Divine Trinity. Therefore, the
Ancient Egyptian temple structure itself displays the wisdom of the Trinity for all who
understand the mystic symbolism.
180
A Typical Complete Ancient Egyptian Temple Complex-Queen
Western Waset (Thebes), Egypt-Africa.

Below: Temple at Amun at Karnak, Egypt-Africa
181
Hatshepsut Temple of Amun
The Temple facade entrance showing two

Pylons and the single opening. In an
inscription at Edfu the pylons are referred
to as Isis and Nephthys, the two goddesses
of Osiris who raise him up to attain
resurrection and immortality (picture
below, left). The single opening symbolizes
non-duality
and
singularity
of
consciousness. Thus, on entering into the
Temple, there is a symbolic ritualmeditation leading toward a spiritual
movement out of the world (duality - ISIS
AND NEPHTHYS) and into the shrine
wherein the underlying oneness of the
universe is to be explored and discovered.
Thus, the temple is a place wherein the
duality and multiplicity of human existence
can be transcended. Therefore, the
architecture of the temple, in and of itself,
is a meditation on spiritual enlightenment
and nonduality.
In the earliest Dynastic period,
commonly known as the Archaic Period, the
House of God or hwt ntr was composed of
three parts. These were: the sanctuary (holy
of holies), the Hypostyle hall (structure
resting on pillars) and the courtyard. The
sanctuary held the Divine image and was
the scene of the innermost rituals for
Covered area
Peristyle court
Colonnade of
Amun
Open court
Above: a diagram of the

Temple of Amun-Ra at
Karnak, Egypt, showing
the Pylons (A), the Court
(B), the Hypostyle Hall
(C), the Chapel of Amun
(Holy of Holies - D), the
Chapel of Mut (E), the
Chapel of Chons (F).
182
Above: a diagram of the great

Temple of Amun in Luxor,
Egypt.
discovering the essence of the Divine. The sanctuary was not open to outside light. The
further away from the sanctuary the other rooms were, the wider and taller they were. Also,
they were more open to outside light. The pylons at the entrances were known as Aset and
Nebthet, who raise the Sun-God who shines on the horizon.
The Temple is a symbol of the universe. The bottom part represents the earth. From the
earth sprout three plants: the papyrus, the lotus and the palm. These were depicted in the
form of columns. The ceiling was vaulted (an arched structure, usually of masonry, forming
a ceiling or roof) and painted or carved with forms of heaven, depicting stars and divine
representations. Thus, the temple was a microcosm of the universe in the same
way as the human being is a microcosm of the universe. In the temple, initiates
Temple
and spiritual preceptors gathered for the purpose of intense initiatic studies and
of Amun
spiritual practice as well as to provide a focus for the education and management
at Luxor
of society.
Thus, the construction of the ancient Egyptian Temple follows the format of
creation, reflecting the Trinity and Triad aspect of the phenomenal universe, and the
triune aspects of human consciousness through the three segments of the temple structure
and the three sprouting columns. Out of the Duality (earth-heaven) come the three aspects
of consciousness, subject-object-interaction. This same duality (Aset-Nebthet) acts as an
183
enlightening factor which resurrects the initiate (i.e. the Sun, the Divine essence within the
human being).
The typical Ancient Egyptian Temple was aligned on an east-west axis. In this manner
the sun would symbolically rise and set between the pylon as they do the mountains in the
horizon.. The two pylons at the entrance represent the two mountains in between which
the sun travels (see hieroglyphic symbol below) in order to reach Manu, the west or abode
of the blessed. Luxor Temple and Denderah Temple, however, have a north-south axis.
184
Left: The Typical Ancient Egyptian Temple was

constructed with an east-west axis which allows
the sun to rise, pass over and set in the center of
the building, symbolizing the journey of Amun-Ra.
The movement of time and the cycles of
creation are symbolized by the movement of Ra. In
his boat of day and boat of evening, Ra sustains
creation. Creation itself came to be when Ra
emerged out of the Primeval Ocean and if Ra does
not move, time itself stops and the universe
collapses into its constituent elements. In other
words, the universe reverts back to its original
state as the Primeval Ocean.
The symbolism of the Journey of the Barque of
Amun-Ra is crucial to the understanding of the
process of enlightenment. When Ra journeys
through the Astral Plane he illumines it and there
is a rope which hangs from the boat for all
righteous soul to grab on to. When a human being
enters the Astral plane their astral consciousness
has the choice of astral enjoyments if they have
acted righteously while alive in the physical plane,
or to mount onto the barque and abide with Ra for
all eternity. This process can occur at the time of
death or through the practice of meditation. It
requires wisdom of the Divine in order to
recognize the illumination, the Self and
purification (righteousness and peace) which will
allow the wisdom to develop.
Allow yourself to be reflective, reverent, reserved, chaste, soft-spoken and cultivate the
other virtues with the idea that you are always surrounded and permeated by Divinity, not
just in the temple surroundings, but wherever you are. At first it may be difficult to keep
this practice or even to believe that this is true. However, after a short time of living by the
185
teachings, that is, listening to- Meh mestchert, reflecting upon-Maui meditating upon-Uaa
and practicing them-Maat day to day and meditating daily, you will surely be convinced of
this teaching by your own experience.
Another important element in this utterance refers to the relationship between the Self
and Creation, but more specifically, between the Self and the individual human soul. It
refers to God as: the old man who makes himself young (again) through myriads of pairs of eyes and
numberless pairs of ears. This metaphorical hekau signifies that though existing since
primeval times from a human perspective, God is ever renewing him/herself and becoming
young, over and over again, because God is, in effect, all living beings which are born, grow
and die. God is in the blade of grass that grows. God is in the grass when it dies and decays
and God is also in the earth which assimilates the decaying matter, only to sprout up again
in the form of a new blade of grass. In the same way, God is present in the human heart
and causes growth, old age and death in the physical body and therefore, all the eyes, ears,
mouths, etc., of all creatures are in reality Gods, these being numberless and countless.
God is in your relatives as well as in those whom you do not recognize as your relatives.
God underlies every single atom in creation and this is the underlying unity behind the
apparent differences in creation. However, nowhere is God more present than in the
innermost reaches of your own heart.
Amun was represented first without form as the Hidden Force creating and
supporting all things. The absence of a form underscores the teaching that the
transcendental, hidden reality behind the universe, where everything is known to have a
name and form, cannot be defined in terms of names and forms which are in and of
themselves, mental concepts. That which transcends the phenomenal universe and exists
beyond time, space and the range of the human senses and mental interpretations is
transcendental of all mental concepts and modes of ordinary human
understanding or intellectualism. Whenever the mind tries to understand
something,
it must have a point of reference from which to begin. These
Dream vision- Resut
reference points are mental concepts." To understand the idea of up it must
(see glossary)
have a concept of down." To understand the idea of here it must have a
mental concept of there." To understand the idea of you it must have a
mental concept of me," and so on. All of these concepts are based on the idea of
individuality. Individuality means that you see yourself as an individual in a universe full of
other individuals and physical objects which are all separate and distinct. This mental
concept of individuality arises when the soul forgets its connection to the universe, to the
underlying unity in God, and sees itself as a separate entity with a unique personality,
history, etc. However, all of the concepts of the human mind are illusory because they are
based on limited information. The mind cannot comprehend the entire universe in a
sweeping glance or enfold the universe with a single thought. Anything that is thought in
the mind or perceived within the range of the senses is limited to the realm of time and
space, and a small portion of it at best. The human mind and senses are like waves on the
186
top of the ocean. They create an awareness of a wonder filled world of multiplicity, but
they do not give insight into the depths which lie below. Therefore, the human mind and
senses cannot be relied upon to determine the truth about nature and human existence.
The task of the spiritual aspirant is to grow out of the limitations of the mind and body
and to discover the Cosmic Vision-Resut, which lies within. Therefore, an aspirant/initiate
should seek to become a Sage by acting, feeling, speaking and thinking like a Sage. This
does not mean copying a Sages activities blindly, but seeking to develop those same
qualities through true insight. When this is accomplished, there is a new perception of the
universe and this represents the death of the human being and the birth of the Spirit, the
Higher Self within. Until this most glorious and auspicious experience is achieved, you can
only be said to have intellectual knowledge. Not until you actually experience that which
transcends the mind and body can it be said that you have true knowledge about anything.
All of the practices of mystical spirituality are leading to this most important experience of
the transcendental, absolute reality (God). This is known as communion with the Divine.
It is this experience that constitutes becoming truly enlightened and it is only through
this experience that one can transcend the fear of death and the ignorance of human
existence which leads to entanglements, pain, suffering and reincarnation. This is because,
once the transcendental - absolute has actually been experienced, there is no more holding
onto the relations or possessions of the mind and body, because you have discovered your
true identity as transcending the mind and body. Until this experience is achieved,
knowledge remains at the intellectual level and this level will not eradicate the mental
complexes which cause egoism and bondage to the world of time and space.
You may travel to all of the holy sights, recite all of the prayers and perform all of the
rituals and good deeds suggested in the scriptures, but not until you actually experience the
transcendental and discover your true identity beyond your mind and body will you have a
profound and permanent transformation in your life. This is why there are many people
who profess to be religious or spiritual but when confronted with challenging
situations or temptations in life, they are not able to cope or resist them. They cannot
control their emotions and fall prey to the desires, fears and prejudices with which they
have grown up. They have not discovered the kind of transcendental vision within
themselves which allows a true Sage or Saint who has experienced the transcendental to
have true peace in any situation or under any form of pressure or temptation. They have
not experienced the form of vision which eradicates all illusions, ignorance and negativity
which cause weakness and delusion. This is the kind of vision which allows a Sage
or Saint to devote their lives to the upliftment of humanity and even sacrifice
their lives in the cause of righteousness and love if necessary. They can do this
because they know from experience, and not just from intellectual Glorious
rationalization, that they are not just the body, but that they are part of a greater body which
entity, and are one with the universe itself. In Egyptian Mythology, this exists in
experience is referred to as the Opening of the Mouth or Becoming One with heaven- Sahu.
(see glossary)
187
The God (Asar, Ra, Amun, or Aset, etc.)," The resurrection or becoming a living soul
(Sahu). In mystical Christianity it is called the Divine Marriage." In Indian philosophy it is
called Moksha or Liberation. In Buddhism it is known as Nirvana or the attainment
of Buddha Consciousness." It is a discovery of the eternal essence within you which
transcends the temporal, mortal part of you. It can only be attained by profound
meditation on the source of your being, through deep philosophical understanding and
through control of the mind and senses which allows you to go beyond the awareness of
your mind and body. This is the purpose of mystical philosophy and yoga meditation
techniques. They allow you to first understand intellectually the mystical nature of your
true being. This allows you to calm the mind and cleanse it from the complexes and
erroneous notions which lead to negative experiences in life. Then the practice of
meditation allows you to actually experience that transcendental nature within yourself
until you become established in this nature. This attainment is called Enlightenment.
When the various disciplines of yoga and mystical spirituality are practiced, the depths
of the unconscious mind are discovered, and just as the water below the surface in the
ocean is without any distinctive form, the deeper essence of the ocean of the mind is also
without distinction. Here no forms exist. There are no large bodies of water or small
bodies. There are no distinctive wave formations or shapes. There is only one essence, one
mass, which underlies and supports the waves which are above and allows them to develop
into various different forms, shapes and sizes. From the point of view of the ocean, the
waves are not looked upon as separate individuals but as a wondrous display or expression
of the infinite possibilities that exist. Likewise, the infinite possibilities that manifest in the
form of human personalities and situations in life arise from within the depths of the
human heart, the ocean of the Higher Self within. When the waves of multiplicity and the
illusion of duality are cleansed from the mind, it is like a calm lake when there is no wind
to stir up the waters and create waves. The mind can then accurately reflect that which is its
underlying essence, the Higher Self, instead of being caught up in the external objects,
desires and illusions. Though a seemingly impossible task, the human mind can be calmed
by controlling the thoughts, feelings and desires through the disciplines of mystical
spirituality.
A science of mental cleansing must be practiced which will clear the erroneous concepts
of the mind and render it pure and subtle. As we have seen, through the various
philosophical arguments, the principle, which underlies the universe, is singularity and not
duality. Duality arises when the limited mind and sense are used and when there is
ignorance of the deeper essence of existence, therefore, the process of spiritual evolution
means developing the higher intellectual abilities of the mind and finally transcending the
mind itself, thereby discovering the transcendental, formless and eternal essence of
creation from which the forms arise.
188
The most important symbol of Amun is the ram. This symbol is so important because it
communicates a direct relationship between the Self (God) and the human soul. This
relationship goes beyond a family relationship or any other kind of relationship that can be
conceived by the human mind. It is a most profound and sacred teaching in which all of
the previous teachings culminate. The profound understanding of this teaching is the
objective of all mystery philosophies and mystical practices.
g
Amun was depicted as a sacred ram (h), then in later times, as a ram-headed human,
as shown above, and finally in a fully anthropomorphic form. In most forms, however,
Amun wears the characteristic headpiece, the Sundisk, symbolizing Ra, and two tall plumes
(symbolizing the dual goddesses who preside over the Life Force energy of creation: Aset
and Nebthet (Aset and Nebthet), Uadjit and Nekhebet (serpent and vulture). Thus, Amun
also encompasses the qualities of Ra, Heru (Horus) and Ptah, hence the title Amun-RaPtah, Three in one."
The ram, (), is also a symbol of the human soul (Ba), therefore, the true identity of
every human soul is not the individual ego-personality, but Amun or the Universal Ba. In
this manner, you are led to understand that the individual soul is in reality a manifestation
of the Universal Soul, the High God Amun, who is the soul of everything and is
symbolized as a ram-headed man. In its highest aspect, the individual soul cleanses itself
from its association with the mortal body-consciousness and achieves identification with
the Universal Ba - Amun.
THE TRINITY OF HINDUISM32
As mentioned in the forward to this volume, in ancient times Northeast Africa was
culturally and spiritually related to India thorough Egypt and Ethiopia (Nubia). This
explains the large amount of mythological and linguistic correlations which we uncovered
in the volume Egyptian Yoga: The Philosophy of Enlightenment and in the video presentation
Indus - Kamit - Kush: Yoga in Ancient Egypt and India. Like Neberdjer: Amun-Ra-Ptah of
Ancient Egypt, the Hindu tradition encompasses an understanding of a Trinity, which
emanates from the absolute or Brahman. Hinduism also encompasses a teaching, which
relates to the femaleness of the original essence from which the Trinity arose in order to
form creation.
32
See the book African Origins of Civilization, Religion and Yoga Spirituality by Muata Ashby
189
(A): Parashakty - The Trimurti Mother.

In the early Hindu-Brahmanic period of Indian theology, Goddess Parashakty was revered
as the original source from which the Trinity arises. In this aspect of Parashakty, she is
equal to the Ancient Egyptian goddess Mehurt.
Figure B is an early depiction of Brahma, the first element of the Trinity. Brahma is the
Creator of the universe.
Figure B-2 is a modern
depiction of Brahma, sitting
on the Lotus, which rises from
the Primeval Ocean.
Figure C is a depiction of
Vishnu, who represents the
sustaining aspect of creation.
Sustenance
has
two
implications here. At every
moment God sustains the
existence of the physical
universe just as waves are
sustained by the ocean below.
Also, when chaos in the form of
evil
and
unrighteousness
threatens to take over the
world, God incarnates in order
to combat the forces of
darkness. For this reason
Vishnu had ten important
Avatars (Divine Incarnations),
of who were Rama and Krishna.
In this respect, Asar, Aset, Heru
(Horus) and Djehuti of Ancient
Egypt are also Avatars of the
Divine Self.
two
Figure D is Shiva. Shiva

represents the destructive aspect
of creation, the time of
dissolution which will give way to
a new creation from Brahma.
190
Also, Shiva represents the destruction of ignorance in a spiritual aspirant as represented by

the opening of the Third Eye of Shiva, which is at the same time a symbolic reference to
the opening of the spiritual eye of the aspirant or initiate of yoga. When the spiritual eye of
an aspirant opens, the world as it was known before enlightenment is destroyed, giving way
to Divine Consciousness.
The
remarkable
correspondences between the
Ancient Egyptian iconography
related to the Trinity and the
process of Creation will
become evident when the
Trinity symbols of India
and Ancient Egypt are
compared side by side.
A- The three principal forms of

Ra. From left to right: Khepri
the Creator, Ra (Amun-Ra) the
noon day sun (sustainer of
Creation and Temu the setting
sun, the cessation and
consummation of a cycle of
creation.
B- An Ancient Egyptian depiction of Horus-Nefertem God of Creation

sitting on the primeval lotus which rises out of the primeval ocean. .
C- A modern rendition of the God Brahma sitting on the primeval lotus of
Creation which arises out of the navel of Vishnu.
In mythological terms the Ancient Egyptian creator god Khepri-Nefertem
corresponds to the Hindu Brahma. The Ancient Egyptian Temu
corresponds to the Hindu Shiva.
191
D- Osiris is the essence of the

primeval ocean and he rests on
Sebek, who in this aspect
represents the Life Force of the
primeval ocean. From Osiris
rises Horus, the new Sun
(Creation). In this aspect Horus
corresponds to the Hindu
Brahma and Osiris Corresponds
to the Hindu Vishnu. (B and D
are Horus in the same aspect.)
Above: The Ancient Egyptian Supreme Being in the form of the evening sun (Tem), encircled by the
serpent of Many Faces (infinity and multiplicity). The Serpent symbolizes the power or Life Force
through which Creation is engendered. The Serpent, Mehen lives in the primeval ocean out of which
Creation arises. Note the symbol, N. It is an Ancient Egyptian determinative used to signify limb,
flesh, parts of the body. There are three symbols at the feet of Ra and next to these are the heads of the
serpent. In mystical terms the meaning is that from the singular essence arise the three aspects, the Trinity,
and from these arise the multiplicity of Creation. Thus, Creation is the very flesh or body of God. From his
head is emerging Khepri, the Creator of the universe, who performs the actual act of creation. It is
important to understand that the creation act is not something that happened once long
ago. Khepri is said to create the new day every day. Thus, the implication is that creation
is a continuous process, which sustains the universe at every moment just as you
sustain your dream world at every moment during a dream..
Above: The Indian god Vishnu sleeps on the thousand-headed (infinity

and multiplicity) serpent who lives in the milky primeval waters of
Creation. From his navel arises Brahma, the Creator, in fourheaded aspect, who causes the physical world to take
The Teaching of NonDuality in Ancient Egypt

and India
After the millions of years of differentiated creation, the chaos that existed before
creation will return; only the primeval god33 and Asar will remain steadfast-no
longer separated in space and time.
Ancient Egyptian Coffin Texts
Many scholars of Buddhist, Samkhya and Vedantic philosophies have come to believe that
India first developed the concept of non-duality. The passage above concisely expresses the
powerful teaching that all creation is perishable and that even the gods and goddesses will
ultimately dissolve into the primordial state of potential consciousness. Therefore, it behooves
a human being to move towards the Divine since that is the only stable truth that exists as an
abiding reality. This is known as the Absolute, from which all has emanated and into which all
will dissolve. Tm (Tem, Tum, Atum, Atum-Ra) is the Absolute, from which Creation arises
33
Referring to the Supreme Being in the form of Atum-Ra
192
and into which Creation will dissolve. A righteous person has the choice to go to the Djed and
abide in Asar, to merge with him, or they can await the time when Ra traverses through the
Duat, the eternal journey described earlier, illuminating it as He passes in his Boat. If they
choose Ra, they will be picked up and be loaded unto the boat where they will merge with Ra
and experience peace, bliss and happiness for all time. The Book of Amduat discusses the Duat
with the followers of Ra in mind, while the Prt m Hru and the Book of Gates discusses the Duat
with the followers of Asar in mind. If they choose to stay in the Duat, they will lead a life in the
astral plane similar to that on earth for a certain period of time but with very important
differences. These differences are outlined in Chapter 8 of the Ancient Egyptian Book of
Coming Forth By Day. The same transcendental and non-dualist philosophy evident in the
passage above from the Coffin Texts can be found in the Indian Upanishads34.
Before creation came into existence, Brahman (the Absolute) existed as the Unmanifest.
From the Unmanifest was created the manifest. From himself he brought forth himself.
Hence he is known as the Self-Existent.
Taittiriya Upanishad
The Ancient Egyptian concept of Nun is powerfully expressed in the following passage from
the Coffin Texts.
I am Nu, The Only One, without equal and I came into being at the time of my
flood...I originated in the primeval void. I brought my body into existence through my
own potency. I made myself and formed myself in accordance with my own desire. That
which emanated from me was under my control.
Once again, the initiate is to discover that the Divine Self is the substratum of manifest
creation and that {his/her} deeper essence and the deeper essence of all humanity is that same
Self-existent Divinity which brought the entire creation into being by the power of her own will
and desire. Nun is an aspect of Tem. In this aspect, it is to be understood as a formless
potential matter which can convert itself into any form and any element (earth, water, fire,
metal, etc.). This process may be likened to how temperature affects water. For example, very
cold water becomes ice, and ice can have any shape. When very hot, the water evaporates and
becomes so subtle (vapor) as to be unmanifest. At room temperature, he same water is visible
but formless. All matter is like the water. All matter is composed of the same essence which
takes on the form of various objects, just as clay can take many forms. However, the forms are
not abiding but temporary. God has assumed the forms of Creation just as an actor assumes a
part in a play. When the play is over, the actors mask is stripped away and the true essence of
the actors identity is revealed, just as ice melts to reveal water. The Divine Self is the
substratum of all that is manifest. The same philosophy, and using almost the same exact
language, is evident in the Indian Upanishads.
...In the beginning there was Existence aloneOne only, without a second. He, the One,
thought to himself: Let me be many, let me grow forth. Thus, out of himself he projected
34
Mystical spirituality texts of India.
193
the universe; and having projected the universe out of himself the universe he entered
into every being.
Chandogya Upanishad
Ultimately though, in reality there is only one abode for the soul, and that is, the Divine
Self, which transcends even Tem, that being from which rises Ra, Asar and all Creation. This is
confirmed in all versions of the Prt m Hru and is perhaps most succinctly expressed in the
Coffin Texts, where it is explained that there is an even more subtle essence beyond Atum that is
unknown by men, and nameless. The initiate, reading the following passages, is to make the
following realizations.
I am the Double Lion (i.e. eternal), older than Atum.
I am Ra, who is exalted forever, I am Atum, more of a spirit (i.e. subtler) than the other spirits.
I am the Lord of Eternity.
I am the Only One, who journeys over the Primeval Void.
I am the One whose name is not known by human beings.
194
195
Figure 4: (right) Another example of the Kemetic Caduceus, with Atum-Ra
This means that essentially, Asar and Ra are actually one being. This is most clearly
demonstrated by the depiction of Asar, in a Divine Boat (Neshmet). This is one reason why
the moon was chosen as a symbol of Asar. It is said that Ra has the Moon and Sun as his
eyes, and either works as a passageway to the deeper transcendental Self, just as the eyes of
a human being act as a window into the inner Self. This idea of the oneness of the
Supreme Being is stated again directly in the image above which reads: This35 is Asar resting
in Ra, Ra resting in Asar. (See above) The two great goddesses Nebethet and Aset attend on
Atum Ra as he stands on the pedestal of Maat. Once again, the image of the Trinity is
given with one male aspect and two females aspects, symbolizing non-duality (one God, one
Spirit) and duality (two goddesses), respectively. The concept of two paths is evident in the
very decision to present the culmination of the spiritual journey in the form of two
chapters wherein the spiritual aspirant can join Ra or Asar. This presentation points to the
highly advanced philosophical view that the Ancient Egyptian Sages were putting forth,
that the gods and goddesses (Neteru) are merely images for worship, and are not to be seen
as ultimate or absolute realities in and of themselves. They are to be understood as
windows into the transcendent, avenues by which the energies of the mind and body may
be channeled towards a higher, spiritual goal in life. Not until Vedanta philosophy emerges
in India, is there another form of mysticism like it in the world.
THE TRINITY OF CHRISTIANITY

Having fascinated scholars ever since their discovery in 1945, the 52 Gnostic texts
found at Nag Hammadi, Egypt,36 which date back to the time of the biblical Jesus have
redefined the manner in which the social climate during the time of Jesus is being viewed.
Up to the time of their discovery, it was known that many sects of Christian groups existed
alongside each other until one of them (Roman Catholic) came to prominence and sought
to establish itself as the only correct form of Christianity. These groups were considered to
be outcasts and heretics by the Roman Catholic groups. It was also known that the early
councils of the Roman Catholic Bishops had altered, edited and even omitted from the
Bible, many existing scriptures of the time whose proponents had also claimed to be
inspired directly by Jesus. By the time the Roman Catholic Church had compiled and
canonized the scriptures, which would make up the present day Christian Bible, these
works had undergone many revisions and changes. However, descendants of the Ancient
Egyptians, known as the Copts, incorporated much of Ancient Egyptian Theology into the
Coptic Christian Church. Likewise the religious system known as Gnosticism, which
developed at around the same time, also incorporated many principles from Ancient
Egyptian Religion. The decline of Ancient Egyptian society (1,000 B.C.E. to 300 A.C.E.)
due to wars, internal corruption, and the normal cyclical decline of civilizations created a
35
The Creator, Atum-Ra

For more on the Nag Hammadi scriptures and the practice of Christianity in Ancient Egypt see the book Christian
Yoga: The Mystical Journey from Jesus to Christ and the video presentation Introduction to Christian Yoga by Dr.
Muata Ashby
36
196
spiritual vacuum which elicited a reworking of the Osirian salvation story. This reworking
emerged in the form of new religions of the Near East which included Christianity, the
Eleusian Mysteries and others. The Eucharist ritual was a long-standing ceremony, which
Christianity adopted from Egyptian religion. Prior to the dawn of Christianity the mystery
of the Eucharist had transferred to all parts of the Roman empire (North Africa, the Near
East, Greece and Rome) as it adopted the mysteries of Aset and Asar. The Eucharist ritual
came to be practiced in the cults of Pythagoreans, Dionysus, Essenes, Mithras, and Attis
prior to its adoption into the Christian Myth.
The Coptic Christians are the decedents of the Ancient Egyptian culture. The Coptic
language and symbolism which was recorded
during the early Christian era such as the
painted coffins and winged pictures of
the deceased as a free soul (called Ba in
Ancient Egypt) along with the use of
the Ancient Egyptian Ankh () as a
forerunner to the Christian crosses
(KI) and certain modern traditions
in the Coptic church clearly show
the incorporation of the teachings
from the Egyptian mysteries into
Christian Theology. By the time
when the Trinity teaching was
formally incorporated into Christian
doctrine the church leaders were in
Rome had developed a separate
form of Christianity known as
Catholicism and within this
doctrine set out to eradicate not
only other Christian sects but all
other forms of religion or mystical
spirituality.
Thus,
theological
understanding was less important
than the establishment of the
Roman Catholic Church. So a
dogmatic,
patriarchal
and
segregative leadership emerged
which sought to put aside older
spiritual traditions in favor of the Above: Three Christian symbols of the Trinity.
newer
Christian doctrines. In this Below: P icture of the Christian Trinity containing The Holy Ghost
confusion, many teachings and (dove at top), God the Father (center) and Jesus the Son
rituals were assimilated from (foreground) by Albrecht Durer (1511).
197
various religions. This was done in an effort to force other groups to acquiesce to the new
religion. However, even though many of the teachings and rituals from other religions were
assimilated, the leaders of the Catholic Church lost the mystical meaning behind them.
This later became the source of much strife within the church as well as between European
countries that followed different leaders within the church. The strife led to the separation
of Christendom into three major divisions, the Western church in Rome, the Eastern
church in Constantinople (Byzantine Empire) and the Coptic church in Egypt as well as
the development of Protestantism and the creation of hundreds of Christian sects which
opposed and broke away from Rome.
The doctrine of the Christian Trinity was stated in early Christian creeds to counter
beliefs such as Gnosticism which followed the idea that each individual is a manifestation,
and indeed one with God. The term trinitas first appears in the 2nd century A.C.E and was
used by Tertulian, a Latin theologian. The concept was developed through the course of
the debates, which sought to determine the nature of Christ (CHRISTOLOGY). it was not
until the 4th century that the Orthodox Roman Christian Fathers finally formulated the
doctrine. The doctrine taught that there was co-equally between the persons (God (Father)Son-Holy Ghost) of the Godhead. St. Augustine's influential work in the 4th-century "De
Trinitate" or On the Trinity, (400-16) compared the three-in-oneness concept of God with
corresponding features in the human mind. He suggested that the Holy Spirit could be
understood as a mutual love between Son and Father. Along with all this we must
remember that the Egyptian Mysteries of Asar and Aset were popular throughout the
Roman empire and it was not until the fifth century of the Christian era that their temples
were closed by Christian zealots. Thus, in an effort to assimilate the followers of Shetaut
Neter (Egyptian Mysteries) the Roman Catholic officials incorporated certain Ancient
Egyptian religious traditions. The Eucharist, the resurrection, the cross and the Trinity
were the most prominent of these.
Orthodox Christianity stated that God made man through the power of the Holy Spirit.
In a sense this idea corresponds with ancient mystical philosophy because the Supreme
Divinity did create the phenomenal world including human beings through a vehicle of
three-fold nature. This is a teaching that was already expressed previously in the Ancient
Egyptian Trinity. However, on a more subtle level, this is only the elementary
understanding of the philosophy behind the Trinity. The church fathers could not explain
the nature of this Trinity and their insistence on each character of the Trinity as being
"equal". So they fell back on the notion of blind faith, saying that there is a mystery behind
the Trinity and that believing in it was the duty of a true Christian. This seemingly
complicated Triune notion of divinity along with church corruption and persecutions of
other nations and religions opened the door to alternative religions such as Islam and the
later Protestant movements.
198
The Christian Gnostics, and later the Sufis, on the other hand claimed that the
phenomenal world is nothing but the Kingdom of Heaven itself and further, that the
essence of every human being, the innermost self, is one with God. They emphatically
stated that the individual must acquire the knowledge, which helps him or her to discover
this essential truth which is masked by the ignorance of the mind. At the heart of this
ignorance is the notion of the human ego. In order to discover one's innate oneness with
the Supreme Being one must discard one's individuality and be absorbed (in
consciousness) into the Divine in a mystical sense.
The church fathers staunchly opposed this view, stating that there would be a bodily
resurrection and that each individual person (ego) would join God in heaven if they lived
righteously. What is really meant here is that each individual would somehow come back
to life (bodily) at the end of time and go to live in a spiritual world where they would be
able to see Jesus and God on a throne and live happily ever after along side them. The
mystical understanding of the Gnostics, Ancient Egyptians, Buddhists, Taoists and
Vedantins was and is that the world and indeed the entire universe including human
beings is one with that Supreme Being and that to truly come to know that Being is to
become "like onto it." Traces of the mystical path may still be found in the present day
orthodox Christian Bible. Three of the most important mystical passages come from the
Gospels of John and Luke. They are rarely discussed in reference to their profound
mystical meaning for each individual.
Essentially, the Christian Trinity of The Father, Son and Holy Ghost are associated by
most people with a mysterious and unseen God who sits in heaven on a throne from which
he judges and punishes people. The second aspect of this Trinity is associated with Jesus,
who is his son, who was born due to the mysterious impregnation of a mortal woman,
Mary. The third aspect of the Trinity is a mysterious, unseen spirit force, which enlivens
Creation. During the early years of the Christian church there was much debate and
confusion over the idea of a Trinity. Some of the early sects of Christian followers held
unto the notion of a Trinity because it had already been part of their tradition. However,
the inner meaning was lost over time and due to the indoctrination of Roman Catholic
dogmatic teachings without understanding the mystical implications of those teachings.
Prior to the advent of Christianity, Ancient Egyptian religion had given the Trinity
teaching several thousands of years before through the various Ancient Egyptian Trinity
systems presented in this volume. Christianity originated as a splinter sect, which broke
away from Judaism. However, Judaism also developed previously as a splinter sect of
Egyptians who began too reject Ancient Egyptian Religion in much the same way as the
Hindu Trinity of Brahma-Vishnu-Shiva developed as a new movement away from an earlier
system of Gods which included Indra as the Supreme Being. This is why the Hebrew and
Christian Bibles state that Moses, the patriarch of early Judaism, was:
199
learned in all of the wisdom of the Egyptians, and was mighty in words and in
deeds.
The Bible Act. 7:22
Thus, Christianity is a combination of Jewish elements and Ancient Egyptian Religion

which in the later period of the Ancient Egyptian dynastic times (400-0 B.C.E.) also gave
birth to a new form of spirituality called Gnosticism and influenced many other religions
in the Mediterranean as well as Asia Minor and the rest of Africa. However, as time passed
and as the Sages of Ancient Egypt were shunned in favor of what at the time appeared as a
fanatical cult (Christianity) which sought to eradicate all differing religions, the early
Christian establishment systematically destroyed temples and silenced any priest or
priestess from religions other than Christianity whom they could find. This overzealousness and exclusivism led to the misunderstanding and forgetting of many mystical
teachings related to much of the Christian doctrines, which had been assimilated from
Ancient Egypt. The mystical wisdom of the Trinity was one of the greatest casualties to
affect the church up to the present era. See the book The Cycles of Time by Dr. Muata
Ashby.
200
CHAPTER IIII: PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER
"I became from God one God(s) three"
The Mind
And
The Elements of
Human Consciousness
201
In Chapters 1 through 3 of this volume we have discussed at length the supreme

wisdom related to the macrocosm. The mystical teachings related to the Trinity have been
explored and we have seen how the Divine Self has come into existence as the universe as
well as human consciousness. However, how does this consciousness operate from a
practical point of view? How does the consciousness of the Divine Self, the Spirit, God,
operate and manifest through the human personality? In this section we will begin to
explore the mysticism of the human spiritual constitution in more detail.
The Mind and Its Origin
The questions of Who is God? and Where do human beings come from? were
explored in a unique way in the book Egyptian Yoga: The Philosophy of Enlightenment. These
ideas had been approached from a mystical view, reflecting the Ancient Egyptian teachings
of mystical wisdom, for the first time. That book
received such wide distribution and popularity that
it spawned the creation of the present volume
which delves even deeper into the heart of
the mystical origins of life and how that
wisdom may be used to discover and
understand the mystery of life itself.
What is the mind and what is its
origin and purpose? This volume
will present the Ancient Egyptian
wisdom
related
to
mystical
psychology. It will show how the
Sages of Ancient Egypt understood
and recorded the highest knowledge
of all, that which relates to the soul
and the mind of a human being, and
their relationship to the Higher Self.
In the books Egyptian Yoga: The
Philosophy of Enlightenment and The
Hidden Properties of Matter we
explored the teachings related to
the Primeval Ocean from which
God emerged using a thought in
his/her heart (mind). This thought
and the subsequent ones that
occurred caused everything to
appear in Creation by the mere
willing of the Supreme Being. This
Above: A two dimensional schematic drawing of

the mystical interpretation of the levels of human
consciousness based on the Trinity system of
Ancient Egypt.
The unconscious, intellect, mind, senses, sense
organs and physical body constitute the egopersonality of a human being. The soul is eternal
while the ego is transient and perishable. The ego is
therefore a limited and temporary expression of the
soul and not the absolute, abiding reality.
202
Primeval Ocean was and still is the undifferentiated mass of Pure Consciousness, devoid of
thoughts or ideas. It just simply existed and therefore, had the potential to become
anything. The original thought waves of the Supreme Being (the Cosmic Mind37) rippled
through the Primeval Ocean, causing it to assume the appearance of the universe. Despite
this appearance however, the essence of Creation remains the same as it was before the
creation - Pure Consciousness or undifferentiated matter. The Supreme Being creates by
reflecting his/her thought and willpower onto the Primeval Ocean of consciousness,
thereby causing it to differentiate into different names and forms. The Cosmic Mind willed
for life forms to exist and among these human beings came into existence. Human
existence is special because human beings possess a nervous system, which can potentially
reflect Cosmic Consciousness in its full state. However, the human mind is limited in its
ability to process information gathered through the senses because of conditioning and the
senses are also limited as we discussed previously. Therefore, the human being only reflects
a small portion of the Cosmic Being, and unless enlightened, is not aware of the ocean of
existence of which he or she is a part.
The problem lies with the conditioned human mind. Therefore, the solution lies with
the same mind. For this reason, the teaching: The mind is both the cause of bondage and source
of release from the world of time and space was developed. In a human being who is unaware of
his/her divine nature, this state of mind is known as ignorance. This state of ignorance
causes the individual to be bound to the sufferings of human existence even though in
reality he or she is deep down connected to the Supreme, all-powerful Divine Self.
Therefore, this state of being is also referred to as bondage. The soul, unaware of its divine
nature, associates itself with the ideas of the mind and thereby believes itself to be a limited
human being who originated at a particular point in history and who will cease to exist at
some point in the future. The teachings and practices of yoga and mystical
religion are designed to dispel the ignorance from which the soul suffers,
thereby helping it to regain the knowledge and experience of its true nature Ignorantwhich is immortal, eternal, and infinite.
Khemn
(see glossary)
Each human mind is like a ray of consciousness emanating from the
Cosmic Mind. The mind may be understood as a bundle of thoughts.
Thoughts are movements or vibrations in consciousness much like sound is a set of
movements or vibrations. In the unenlightened state, the mind is beset by thought
vibrations that prevent it from knowing itself as being connected to the vast ocean of
consciousness. It is like a calm lake into which stones have been tossed. Just as stones cause
agitation in the lake and stir up the sediments which in turn block the view from the
surface to the bottom of the lake, these thought vibrations agitate the lake of consciousness
of the mind and block its view of the Divine Self which is its deepest essence. They confuse
the human mind and cause it to believe itself to be a separate and distinct individual. Due
37
The symbol of the Cosmic Mind is often given as Maat or Djehuti, transmitter of the will of God into words of
Power or Hekau
203
to the feeling of individuality, the mind experiences the plagues of egoism in the form of
fear, anxiety, frustration, desire, sorrow, disappointment, etc. If it were possible to end the
misunderstanding of the mind and calm the vibrations which result from its constant
wants, needs and desires, people would discover themselves to be not only individual
personalities, but also reflections of the Cosmic Self. This would end the sense of
individuality and enable the expansion of that individual's consciousness, ultimately
leading to the discovery of the Supreme Self. The individual would discover his/her
identity not as a limited individual personality, but as an immortal, transcendental
expression of the Divine. The individual would see the illusoriness of his/her individual
human personality, and all that exists is a part of the Divine Self.
This theme of self-discovery is the underlying meaning of the Egyptian teaching wherein
the initiate discovers his/her oneness with the universe in the Book of Coming Forth By
Day:
"I am yesterday, today and tomorrow. I have the power to be born a second time. I
am the source from which the gods arise."
The Elements of Human Consciousness and The Personality

A human being is a complex of many elements, which together are referred to as the
personality. The personality may also be referred to as the ego. All of the elements of the
personality emanate or originate from the Universal Ocean of Consciousness (Divine Self).
The ego is a unit of identity. It is the idea or self-concept of individuality (a wave) as
opposed to the idea of universality (the ocean of consciousness). The Triad of mental
experience is the basic factor of human existence. It is the factor that sustains the ego.
However, the Triad is not the only factor operating in human consciousness. In order to
have a more complete understanding as to the nature of human consciousness there needs
to be a deeper study of the elements that compose the human personality. The following is
a diagram to assist in understanding the relationship between the different levels of
consciousness.
The Primeval Ocean
(Pure - undifferentiated consciousness)
The human ego is like a wave in the ocean. Both the ocean and the wave water
are composed of the same constituents, but because they are being evaluated
based on their gross forms and the names which they have been assigned (ocean
vs. wave), they are viewed as being separate and distinct entities. Similarly, the
human soul is a focus of Cosmic Consciousness, a wave of consciousness that
arises from the ocean of consciousness. Just as the wave is essentially the ocean, so
too the seemingly individual soul is in reality the same as the universal soul.
Essentially they are one and the same.
204
Egoism -Duality
(Separation from the Self and attachment
to an illusory personality)
The human soul38 the individual, being unaware of the Universal Self39, sees
itself as being separate, finite and limited. It is only in touch with its wavelike
existence, and the existence of other waves around it. It is ignorant of its deeper
essence and the deeper essence of all the other waves, the universal soul, the
ocean. So it becomes attached to its ignorant understanding as well as its selfconcept of being an individual in a world of individuals.
Triad
(Seer, Seen and the instrument of sight and perception Also the realm of waking, dream and dreamless sleep
states of consciousness)
Ego-consciousness operates through the personality (mind, senses, feelings, desires, etc.).
Since ego-consciousness is limited, the individual soul can never experience peace and
happiness while identifying with its ego-consciousness. The individual soul, having
experienced ocean-like, unlimited bliss, desires to rediscover that bliss. So it begins to
search for ways to regain that experience, but having been tainted with the ignorance of
egoism, does so not by discovering its true nature, but through the ego-personality. That
ego-personality is held as the reality above all else. All thoughts and feelings are directed
towards fulfilling the egoistic whims of the personality, thinking that these will lead to
peace and happiness. The human personality is an effect of the Error! Reference source
not found.40 of mental experience based on subject, object, and the interaction between
the two. However, since the personality is transitory, limited and weak, the search for true
happiness and peace in human life becomes a frustrating and painful experience,
intermixed with brief periods of relief and relaxation, but never true peace and happiness.
The Levels of Mind

All matter, be it sentient or inert, is sustained by Consciousness (God), however, a
living41 being reflects certain special qualities of Consciousness which give it varying
degrees of intelligence according to the particular life form where the spirit energy is
present. From plant life to animal life to human life, consciousness manifests in varying
38
Ancient Egyptian Term: Ba

Ancient Egyptian Term: Universal Ba
40
See Hymns of Amun Verse 13.
41
human being, plants, animals, insects, etc.
39
205
degrees of expansion according to the level of development of the nervous system of the
particular life form. Human life reflects varying degrees of consciousness. This is why there
are certain people who are more in touch with earthly values while others are more in
touch with spiritual values. According to the level of purification, the subject may
experience lesser levels of consciousness such as pain, misery, sorrow, loneliness, morbid
thoughts, etc., or higher levels of consciousness such as harmony, peace, and happiness.
Even while you are in a human body you can become one with The Divine in
consciousness. This is the idea behind the teachings: "Men are mortal gods, gods are
immortal men" (Egyptian proverb) and "Know ye not that ye are gods" (Jesus). The idea is
that even though you are associated with a lower vibratory state of matter (the physical
body), you can raise your consciousness to the higher vibratory rate of the Supreme Self.
The disciplines of yoga seek to transform the human body into a purified vessel wherein
the subtle Spirit can fully manifest. Otherwise, the energy is distorted, and ignorance and
other gross qualities of the lower self emerge. The human nervous system has the potential
for reflecting the highest range of consciousness, Cosmic Consciousness or oneness with
the mind of God.
Order of nervous system complexity:
Plant Life
Animal Life
Human Life
Transcendental
Experience
The mind is composed of three levels:

Unconscious
Subconscious
Conscious
The unconscious level of mind is of unimaginable depth. It is the level in which the
deepest impressions of the mind lie dormant. These impressions are gathered through lifes
experiences, not only in this lifetime, but in previous ones as well. It is this level of mind
that determines your conscious thoughts, desires, beliefs and aspirations. These thoughts,
desires, beliefs and aspirations only become evident when they appear in the conscious
level of mind. If they are acted upon once they appear in the conscious mind, they translate
into actions in daily life. Therefore, who you think you are is based on your impressions
gathered in the unconscious an you are always acting out of these deepest beliefs about
yourself. So if your beliefs are erroneous, your way of life will lead to frustration and
sorrow. If your understanding is correct, your experiences will be positive and enlightening.
Unconscious impressions have been compared to seeds. When you had an experience
in the past you had a certain feeling about it. This feeling was registered in the unconscious
mind and remains dormant in the unconscious level of mind like a seed. At some point in
the future that seed will sprout in the form of a subtle desire in the subconscious mind, the
layer between the unconscious and the conscious level. It will then move into the
206
conscious level where you become aware of it as a thought or desire. An example of an

impression is as follows: In your previous lifetime you were a helpless, sickly child. You
witnessed your family die from a plague. As a result, you gathered impressions of anger and
fear toward disease, so in this lifetime you have an unexplained desire to become a
doctor. The thoughts in your mind center around medical science and your aspirations
draw you toward this field. You may not remember the actual experiences, which propel
you to act in a certain manner, but the feelings that have registered deeply in your
unconscious mind.
Thoughts, desires, beliefs and aspirations are what lead people to the varied positive and
negative situations in which they find themselves throughout life. Impressions lead to
desires, desires lead to thoughts and thoughts lead to performing activities in an effort to
gain what is desired. These activities may be successful or unsuccessful. If you gain what is
desired you feel elated and become greedy, craving for more and desiring more. If the
actions were unsuccessful they create feelings of disappointment, anger and frustration.
Elation, greed, craving, frustration and anger create more impressions that will compel the
mind to more actions. These lead to more entanglements in the world, which is in reality is
as illusory as a dream. Thus people become entangled in the web of human existence, while
alive, and are led, compelled by their unconscious impressions, even after death, to
continue seeking to satisfy their ego based thoughts, desires, beliefs and aspirations. These
eventually lead to repeated reincarnations for that soul.
The externalized movements and desires of the mind keep the conscious self distracted
with worldly pursuits and therefore, there is no time for introspection or inward reflection.
Thus, there is no awareness of the inner self. The ego with all of its desires and fancies
leads the intellect into interaction with the world. The intellect leads the soul on a
misguided quest for the fulfillment of egoistic desires. The soul remains as a quiet observer,
forced to follow along with the whims of the ego and weak intellect. The soul identifies itself
with the intellect and ego and believes: These are my thoughts and my desires, so I must go along
and pursue them. This is the situation that occurs when the mind is beset by ignorance. In a
healthy human being, the soul should be the ruler of the intellect and the intellect should
be the director of the ego. In this way, the intellect and ego would become instruments of
the soul and not the other way around. This is the correct order of mastership in the
human psyche. In addition, on the spiritual path, as you access your greater self who is the
Cosmic Soul, then that Self becomes the true master of your intellect and physical body.
Therefore, in order to engender a real transformation in the conscious level of the
mind, the unconscious level of mind must be transformed. The conscious level of mind is
where the thought vibrations in your mind become fully realized. This is the level of mind
in which you can exert control over your mental thoughts. In this system of Integral Yoga,
practicing the Yoga of Wisdom facilitates this process.
207
In order for this profound transformation of the mind to occur, you must first have a
firm grasp of what you should accept as truth. Most people accept the information given to
them by their senses, but upon closer inspection, this information is found to be faulty and
illusory. The Ancient Egyptian philosophy of Maat provides a guideline to understand
what is real: That which is unchanging. If you reflect upon this idea you will realize that
what is constantly changing cannot be real. Only that which is abiding is real. Upon closer
inspection of your sensory organs, you will discover that they are constantly changing and
your perceptions are never exactly the same. We already noted that the human senses are
limited in their information gathering ability. Also, if you have a cold or if you become
injured, your perceptions are different. Therefore, the conditioned mind, senses, human
life and egoistic feelings cannot be trusted as means for discovering what reality is. The
mind has the potential to discover reality, but only when it is pure, devoid of the taints
produced by egoism and ignorance. Rather, you need to discover the deeper aspect of your
mind so that you may discover the illusoriness of thoughts, desires, beliefs and aspirations.
Most people live life according to their thoughts, desires, beliefs and aspirations,
believing them to be real. However, as we have seen, the entire universe is a dream-like
expression of the Divine, so therefore, what is there to think about, desire, or aspire from
this world? Your attempts to gain anything from the world are like gaining something in a
dream. What use is it to find a treasure in the dream world? When you wake up it is of no
use to you.
By developing deep yogic dispassion towards the world, the unconscious impressions of
thoughts, desires, beliefs and aspirations become nullified. When this occurs the
unconscious mind becomes purified, leaving the conscious mind free of distracting
thoughts, desires, beliefs and aspirations, be they of a positive or negative nature. This state
will allow you to have clear insight into the transcendental level of mind that goes beyond
the conscious, subconscious and unconscious.
The most important point to understand from this teaching is that all of your ego-based
desires are like desires in a dream, and therefore, they should be abandoned. Rather, you
should desire only to know the Self, even as you carry out the normal duties of life which
sustain your practical realities. You may continue to go to work and have material wealth as
needed for your sustenance. However, deep down you should remain aware of the
illusoriness of desires, the true nature of physical matter and you should develop increasing
aspiration for discovering the Self rather than for gaining worldly things. Whatever you
need for your spiritual evolution will come to you in a spontaneous manner if you put
forth self-effort towards your spiritual practices. Therefore, never hold ideas of fear or
worry over how you will be provided for, or how you will survive and so on. Rather,
concentrate on doing your daily work and spiritual practice and the Divine grace will shine
upon you.
208
Thoughts, desires, beliefs and aspirations have the ability to lead people to i
experiences of pain and sorrow in life because they are deluded into believing
in these as real. From one thought to the next, people are caught in a cage as
it were, created by their own experiences based on forgetfulness of their is wisdom deifieddeeper Self. Thus, ignorance is the true cause of delusion in the mind. So Sa or Sa
ignorance in the mind is the element which must be eradicated. Developing a
deep insight into the nature of the mind by experiencing its transcendental To Know- Sa.
levels through the practice of meditation and self-control does this. Therefore,
you should strive to become sensitive to the thoughts that enter the mind and To not Know,
reflective as to their worth. Thoughts and desires should be subjected to the weakness, evil- Saa
scrutiny of your higher intellect, Saa, and then dealt with accordingly though (see glossary)
wisdom and understanding. You will not successfully transcend your desire if
you simply brush off a desire and say: This is wrong for me because Muata42 said so. You
must develop an insight into it and discover its illusoriness for yourself, thereby becoming
free of it. Eventually, having become free from all desires, your consciousness will expand
beyond the confines of the mind. This is because it is only due to the illusion of fulfillment
in the illusory world of time and space that you have you become entangled with the mind
and its thoughts, desires, beliefs and aspirations. In reality you are infinite, eternal and
devoid of desires. What does the ocean need to desire from the waves? As the Self you are
all encompassing and vast. You are that mystical primordial ocean, encompassing all the
wave-like objects of Creation. Your association with the mind (unconscious-subconsciousconscious) has caused you to believe that you are limited to a human personality and
bound by its circumstances. Thus you must purify the mind and then transcend it. You
must leave the ignorance of the mind behind and discover the Self within. A Sage who has
purified the mind is said to have no mind. The term no mind does not mean that
there is no mental activity in a Sage, otherwise how could a Sage think in order to interact
with the world? It means that the mind is translucent, devoid of illusions, ignorance and
egoistic desires that lead to pain, sorrow, error and delusion. The purification
of the mind means an absence of egoism in the mind.
PK,
Madness,
folly,
insanity,
delusionRiba
The practice of yoga wisdom involves reflecting on your thoughts, feelings

and desires even as you are performing actions. With practice you can come to
a state of mind wherein you are aware of your thoughts as they come into the
mind. From this position you can then observe them in a detached manner
and maintain a neutral state of mind that will not be affected by the pressure
(see glossary)
of egoistic desires. Latent desires are elicited when you come into contact with
objects that you have developed a longing for deep within. The contact with
the objects sets into motion a process where you are led to attempt to possess those objects.
This impulse causes unrest in the mind. This unrest is sometimes referred to as
unhappiness or dissatisfaction. Of course this entire process exists in the mind due to
42
The author of this volume.
209
ignorance of the fact that there is no object or person that can be possessed which will
bring abiding happiness and satisfaction. There is always something missing. The object of
desire is never enough even when you are able to acquire it. In a short time there is
complacency and boredom in the mind. Therefore, by understanding the content of
desires and their illusoriness, it is possible to turn away from these and discover the true
object of desire, the Self. Desires waste much of the mental energy. The distraction and
agitation prevent you from discovering the Self within because the attention is drawn from
one thought to the next in the Waking State, and from one illusory world to another when
you enter into the Dream State.
So it is ignorance of the Self within that leads to desire. Desire leads to actions that will
move one towards the fulfillment of desire. When desires are not fulfilled there is either
suppression or longing. Suppression is when you cant get what you want and you say, Oh
well, I dont really need that any way. In reality you have not dealt with your desire and it
will remain latent until another provocative event occurs. For instance, you may see the
object you desire often because a friend possesses it. This could be a car, an article of
clothing, etc. The more you see it the more pressure your desire places on you. Then the
suppressed desire leads to anger over the inability to acquire the object. If you do not
suppress the desire then there develops longing and fancies about the object: How happy
would I be if I could only get it, and so on. The constant pressure in the mind from
longing, anger, desire, etc. renders the mind dull and gross. It is difficult to see the error
because the mind is beset with ignorance about the objects of desire. Also, such a mind is
incapable of exercising reason because the intellect is clouded with the delusions or
erroneous beliefs in the mind. The object cannot permit happiness to be experienced,
except for a short time. Since this happiness is only serving to engender new impressions to
sprout into more egoistic desires and longings which will keep the mind in a constant state
of vibration, unable to discover true peace and contentment, it is not seen as true
happiness, but pain in disguise. This type of happiness that occurs as a result of some
occurrence in the world is termed as elation. Both elation (excitement) and depression
(sadness) are seen as pain because they lead the mind to a distracted, agitated state which
distorts the minds understanding of the world and of its own identity. Thus, both elation
and depression prevent the mind from perceiving the Divine Self as the innermost essence
of the mind as well as the essence of Creation. This is the state known or referred to as
spiritual ignorance.
When there is a longing to have worldly experiences there can be little spiritual
discovery, because this requires focusing (concentrating) ones attention on the Divine
within as well as outside of yourself. Therefore, you must understand that the witnessing
consciousness within you which is aware of the thoughts, feelings, desires, etc., is at the
same time separate from them. When you completely realize your separation from the
contents of the mind, the varied states of consciousness and the physical body, you will
210
gain an awareness of who you really are. This is the true goal of life, to discover your true
identity and the fullness of life.
Fullness here implies that you will have a deeper, richer experience of happiness and
bliss which cannot be experienced through the mind and senses. The paradox here is that
in the state of enlightenment you experience more peace and happiness than you could
ever hope for in ordinary life. This is what everyone is really looking for and hoping to
find. It is greater than any positive worldly situation, such as coming into material riches or
traveling to the most beautiful spot on earth and being treated as a king or queen.
There is no peace and happiness like the peace and happiness that comes from absolute
desirelessness. Spiritual peace and happiness are related to an expansion in consciousness
while the peace and happiness of human existence are based on experiences of the senses
and body which are fleeting. Thus, most people, as they get older and the body and senses
do not function as they did before, experience more and more instances of sadness and
depression. When your consciousness associates with the mind and body it must constrict
itself to a single personality, a single body and the possibilities of one lifetime of
experiences. However, the expanding consciousness of a spiritual aspirant transcends the
individual personality to encompass the entire universe. Then what is there to desire?
What is there to long for in the world of human experience? What is there to possess?
The mind is like a lake. When the mind is calm there is no agitation, no movement. It
is like a lake that can reflect an image clearly. However, when the mind is agitated, the
mental substance is put into vibration and these vibrations are what constitute thoughts
and perceptions of the senses. Thus, consciousness in the state of rest reveals one image,
one essence, one being. When the mind moves, seeking to fulfill desire after desire, it is
like a lake into which a rock has been thrown. Many waves ripple through the surface,
breaking up the image and creating the illusion that there are many pieces instead of the
one. These ripples are the thoughts of the mind. When there is constant agitation and
vibration in the mind it is not possible to perceive the Self clearly. So there is only a limited
experience of peace and joy. However, when the mind is calmed by practicing the wisdom
teachings,43 detachment, humility, dispassion and meditation, in everyday life, the true
identity within becomes revealed.
Mind of an Enlightened Person

When a human being becomes an enlightened Sage, there is awareness of infinite
expansion and oneness with all things. This feeling transcends the awareness of the body
and mind even though these continue to exist even as a waking (lucid) dream continues
after one has woken up mentally within the dream. An enlightened person sees all things
43
Integral Yoga.
211
as part of himself or herself and therefore, feels no need to desire an object or the company
of any person in particular to be happy. On the other hand, an enlightened person also
does not feel a need to keep objects or persons away from themselves to be happy. There is
indifference, detachment and dispassion due to inner contentment. This is true freedom
from the world as well as from the cycle of birth and death. This is because there are no
unconscious desires or illusions which will impel the mind to continue seeking happiness
and satisfaction from the realms of relative existence (Astral or Physical planes) which are
governed by the triad of consciousness. There is no ignorance in the mind about their true
identity, therefore there is no desire to be an individual, seeking to fulfill egoistic needs or
experiencing the disappointments and sorrows of that individual existence. An enlightened
Sage lives in constant awareness that all levels of mental experience, waking, dream,
dreamless sleep, conscious, subconscious and the unconscious, are nothing but ripples or
vibrations in the ocean of pure Consciousness. They are a wonderful display of multiplicity
and the myriad permutations of infinite possibilities. However, a Sage realizes that they are
fleeting and illusory like a dream, so a Sage does not allow attachment to grow in the mind
nor harbor illusions about objects or people. A Sage is the supreme witness of the spectacle
of the world, having discovered the reality that transcends it. Being anchored to that
reality, nothing in the world can hurt them or add anything to their feeling of
contentment.
As an aspirant, your task is to control your mind by engaging in the various practices
outlined here. With patience and perseverance you must move forward on your quest for
self-discovery through studying the teachings, reflecting upon them constantly and
meditating on them as often as possible. If these practices are undertaken as outlined here,
you will eventually be able to control your mind and discover the hidden inner realms
within it, leading to discovery of the Supreme Self, your true identity.
Consciousness and the Three States
"The Mind, being builder, does use the fire as tool for the construction of all things, but that of
man only for things on earth. Stripped of its fire (awareness of the innermost Self) the
mind on earth cannot make things divine, for it is human in its dispensation. And such a soul,
when from the body freed, if it has fought the fight of pietyto Know God and to do wrong to
no onesuch soul becomes entirely mind (pure Consciousness). Whereas the impious soul
remains in its own essence (conditioned), chastised by its own self (leading itself to
suffering by its own will)."
As introduced earlier, consciousness expresses in three states, waking, dream and
dreamless-sleep. The study of these states will provide deep mystical insight into the nature
of human existence, the nature of God and the nature of creation. Throughout the
212
following study we will follow the plan laid out in the Hymns of Amun based on the
Trinity symbolism of Amun-Ra-Ptah.
When you normally think of yourself you point to your body and say, this is me. This
is called body consciousness. However, how can you say this is me when your body is
inseparable related to the elements of the earth and these are related to the elements of the
entire universe?
Every human being is composed of three personalities and not just the body and egoself of which most people are aware. How is this possible? The wisdom of yoga philosophy
shows the way to reason this out. The understanding of this most important teaching will
lead to spiritual enlightenment.
When you are awake you refer to your physical body and say that this physical body is
me and this is my life, and so on. However, when you are asleep the waking life is
tossed aside in favor of a new personality with new problems, a new body and an entirely
new world. Further, when one is experiencing deep sleep, in other words, when one is
neither awake nor dreaming, there is another personality that manifests. It is oblivious to
any forms of experience. This is the deep unconscious personality. Therefore there are
three distinct personalities which every human being experiences on a daily basis. These are
the waking personality, the dream or astral personality and the unconscious personality. So
which one of these are you? When you wake up in the morning after sleeping you say that
the dream was not real, but when you go to sleep at night and the dream personality arises,
aren't you saying the same thing about the waking personality? When you are dreaming you
believe the dream personality to be the real you. So which is real and which is unreal?
The Waking Personality - Ptah
The waking personality is aware of the physical reality. It is the state in which
Consciousness uses the gross senses in order to experience gross physical objects. However,
as we discussed in the Egyptian Yoga: The Philosophy of Enlightenment (Volume I) and in Part I
of this volume, gross physical objects are in reality not physical at all. This finding which
mystics have hailed for thousands of years has been confirmed by modern physics. In
reality, physical objects which are experienced in the Waking State of consciousness are no
more real than the objects experienced in a dream. The factor which makes them appear
real is Consciousness. In association with the senses, Consciousness lends reality to the
world depending on the state (lucid, agitated, or dull) in which it is. This is why you believe
that the waking world is real and while in your dream you believe the dream world to be
real. However, neither is real from an absolute point of view. They are relative realities that
have expressed or emanated out of the mind, as a thought, imagination, or daydream
arises.
213
The waking personality wants physical objects for its experience. It desires worldly
objects and worldly experiences for its enjoyment and to interact with through the senses.
The Dream Personality - Ra
The dream personality is characterized by an astral existence. This means that the
experiences here are subtler than in the Waking State. However, they are no less real or
intense while they are occurring. In this astral plane, events do not occur with the same
causal law as the waking. Events dont occur as a result of other events in a progressive
manner as in the waking. In the Waking State if you want to do something like go across
town, you have to walk or get in a car, turn it on, drive, etc. In the astral plane you can just
think it and you are there.
The astral personality experiences with the subtle senses while the waking personality
experiences with the gross physical senses. This is why there is experience in the dream
even though your body may be sound asleep and oblivious to noises or sensory stimulation
in the waking world.
Ptah Nunu (left) and Ptah Tanen (right).

The third member of the Trinity, Ptah, as the Creator emerging from the primeval waters, Nun, and as the primeval hill,
Atum (Tanen).
"Ptah conceived in His heart (reasoning consciousness) all that would exist and at His utterance (the word will, power to make manifest), created Nun, the primeval waters (unformed matter-energy).
Then, not having a place to sit Ptah causes Nun to emerge from the primeval waters as the Primeval Hill so that he may
have a place to sit. Atom (Atum) then emerges and sits upon Ptah. Then came out of the waters four pairs of gods, the
Ogdoad
The astral plane is the plane in which the mind and intellect function. It is the plane
where your personality feels fulfilled by good thoughts or where anguish, worry or sorrow
burden it. It is the plane of words, ideas and thoughts. The substance of which the mind is
214
composed is subtle forms of undifferentiated matter44. Thoughts arise in the form of

differentiated clumps of subtle matter, which the mind has learned to recognize as
particular thoughts and ideas based on the concept of assigning and then recognizing
names and forms in nature.45 Also, it is the plane in which the personality holds onto its
self-concept (egoism) instead of recognizing its transcendental underlying essence. This
holding on reflects in a gross manner through the physical body and senses that hold onto
physical possessions and the idea of body consciousness.
Since all matter is in reality the same subtle substance in different states of coagulation
from subtle to gross, in reality there is no differentiation in matter except through the
power of the mind. So it is the mind which lends reality to duality in the world through
the power to recognize differences in the appearance of material objects in the waking
world as well as in the astral world of dreams and ideas.
The astral personality is the level in which desires and longings are harbored and
manifest in the forms of thoughts and feelings. These in turn lead the person to certain
actions that the person believes will allow them to discover the object of their desire and
achieve satisfaction. However, since the desires of the mind are endless and can never be
satisfied, the person is led on a seemingly endless and futile journey through life in search
for happiness and satisfaction. When the object that provides true satisfaction cannot be
discovered in a lifetime, the astral personality survives even though the waking aspect of
personality dies. It then seeks for fulfillment in the astral plane through astral experiences.
Then, after some time, it becomes associated with another body and becomes born into the
Waking State again. This process is called reincarnation or the cycle of birth and death.
As stated earlier, the astral plane is also experienced in the Dream State. However, this
is a negative experience because you are just as much caught here as you are in the Waking
State. In meditation, the astral plane can be experienced consciously. Have you ever had a
waking (lucid) dream or a situation in which you were between waking and sleep and
suddenly your body is paralyzed even though you are aware? Rarely, people sometimes
experience a dream and are aware that they are having a dream. They are conscious of
the astral plane and not of the waking body or waking personality. The objective of
meditation is to discover the astral plane in a positive, conscious way and to thereby allow
the mind to expand and understand that the waking and astral planes are merely
reflections of your consciousness. In reality, just as you experience a dream universe and
when you wake up from the dream you realize that that entire existence was within your
mind, in the same way, when you wake up from the dream of the world of time and space
by attaining enlightenment, you discover that the existence of the world of time and space
also occurs within your consciousness. In reality you are not an individual, finite and
44
Matter refers to gross physical matter: the elements, water, air, fire, earth as well as their chemical components, i.e.
the periodic table of elements. The periodic table is a tabular arrangement of the elements according to their atomic
numbers.
45
It is important to understand that nature does not assign or recognize anything. Only the human mind, when beset
with ego consciousness, assigns names an ascribes value to objects.
215
minuscule speck in the vast ocean of the universe. In truth, the universe is within you. It is
an emanation of your consciousness. You are the source and sustenance of the entire
universe.
The Deep Unconscious - Amun
When you are asleep and the dream-state of consciousness ceases, where are you? This is
the deep unconscious state. It is characterized by a deep experience of peace and
transcendentalness. This is why, upon waking up, you might say that you experienced a
profound rest. You cannot say where you were, or what happened, but you know that it
was total peace and rest. This is because you were temporarily in a state of transcendence
beyond any form of dualistic consciousness that is experienced in the dream-astral and
waking-physical states of consciousness. In the deep dreamless Sleep State there are no
sense experiences. Thus consciousness experiences undifferentiated existence, that is,
existence when there is no duality (you-me, up-down, here-there, male-female, yes-no, etc.).
This is the true state of consciousness and it is the true state of all existence. In other
words, consciousness is in reality undifferentiated and free from all associations with
duality, bodies, senses, problems, family, etc. However, this state, when experienced in the
dreamless sleep, is only a dull memory upon waking up. This is why people do not become
spiritually enlightened by the experience. What is necessary is to explore this area of
consciousness in a positive way through understanding, brought about by study and
reflection upon the mystical teachings, and then by actual experience through the practice
of meditation.
On an ordinary level, this state of consciousness is experienced by people in the form of
peace and bliss. Have you ever experienced a deep peace, contentment or satisfaction
which you cannot explain intellectually? This is the deeper feeling at the deep unconscious
level. It is beyond the mind, intellect or the level of awareness wherein there is reasoning,
memory, thoughts, etc.
The Transcendental Personality - Neberdjer
"The sleep of the body is the sober watchfulness of the mind and the shutting of
my eyes reveals the true Light."
All of the states of consciousness described above are relative. They are all relative
because they are not abiding. They are in the realm of duality, multiplicity and
segmentation of consciousness. They depend on and are sustained by an underlying
essence which is the only reality. The underlying essence is absolute, immutable and real.
Beyond the waking, dream and unconscious personalities lies the transcendental state.
Attaining this state is the objective of all spiritual disciplines. It is the highest achievement
216
of all Sages and Saints. This is the underlying essence of all the states of consciousness
discussed above. This is the level of awareness wherein there is a discovery that all of the
states of consciousness, waking, dream and dreamless sleep, are in reality emanations or
aberrations of the transcendental state which is without distinctions or differentiations of
any kind. Therefore, from un-differentiation comes differentiation, from non-duality
comes duality. However, as we have seen, the underlying essence of duality is non-duality,
therefore, the supreme reality, the transcendental Self, is present in all states. In reality
duality is merely an illusion sustained by the unenlightened mind which is caught in
constant movement from state to state. When there is a discovery of the transcendental
state, the human being is no longer caught in any of the states of relativity. This means that
it is not possible for him or her to be caught up in the experiences of the waking, dream or
deep Sleep States. Therefore, they will not experience the pains and sorrows or the elations
of ordinary human existence. Instead, they will experience pure, unobstructed peace and
bliss (Hetep). Also, they will not be subject to becoming caught in the cycle of birth and
death, reincarnation, because there will be no more desire in the mind to impel it to seek
for either astral, waking or unconscious experiences.
In the transcendental state there is no segmentation, no time and no space, no
differentiation and no duality. There is only one unitary consciousness, which encompasses
all existence. This is why in the state of deep dreamless sleep as well as in the state of deep
meditation there is no awareness of the passage of time or of events in space. In other
words, you are not a subject relating to objects through a mind, senses or a personality.
This is why the dreamless Sleep State is so restful; duality draws mental energy while nonduality is restful, peaceful and invigorating. Therefore, the rest experienced at the astral
(Ra) and physical (Ptah) planes cannot be compared with that experienced in the deep
unconscious plane (Amun). The big difference between the experience of the deep Sleep
State (Amun) and that of the deep meditative state is that the meditative state (Neberdjer)
is a state of heightened awareness while the Deep Sleep State is a state which is blanketed
by a veil of ignorance (ego-individuality). The meditative state is not passive like the Sleep
State. In reality it is a state of positive awareness which allows the mind to be cleared of the
thoughts that cloud the reflection of the truth. Using the metaphor of the lake, the mind is
like the water. If it is beset with thoughts, desires and ignorance, it is murky and muddy
like a lake in the midst of a raging storm. If it is purified with understanding and calmed
through the practices of Maat46 (balance, equanimity, meditation in action), then it clearly
reflects the light of the Self which pervades every corner of the universe, just as when the
lake is calm and the mud settles, one can see the bottom clearly.
Through the practice of yoga, that is, by listening to the teachings, reflecting upon the
teachings and meditating upon the teachings, it is possible to consciously discover this
transcendental state that is beyond the waking, dream and dreamless Sleep States and the
46
See the book The Wisdom of Maati by Muata Ashby
217
physical, astral and deep unconscious planes of existence. When this accomplished, the
darkness that was enveloping the mind is lifted and the ignorance which once held you in
the degraded state of the three personalities becomes like a soft mist which can be
dispersed by a mere thought. This purified mind can reveal the glory of the Supreme Self
that shines throughout every plane of existence as the non-dual, transcendental reality.
This is the power of the mind which is trained in the disciplines of yoga. When the
enlightenment of the mind is perfected, the transcendental state (undifferentiated
universal awareness) overpowers all of the relative states (waking, dream, and dreamless
sleep) and there is a continuous experience of peace and bliss at all times. This is the
resurrection of the soul which occurs in the Ausarian Mysteries, the Unveiling of Aset (Isis)
in the Asetian Mysteries of Ancient Egypt, the Enlightenment of the Buddhists, The
Moksha or Kayvalya (liberation) of the Vedantins, the Christhood (divine marriage or
discovery of the Kingdom of Heaven) of the Christians, etc.
There is a picture, related to the Ancient Egyptian epic story of The Ausarian
Resurrection,47 which shows the character Heru (Heru (Horus)- the higher Self) and Set
(lower self) as sharing one body with two heads, that of Heru and that of Set. The Heru-Set
figure leads us to understand that Heru and Set are not two separate individuals, but two
aspects of the same character. The entire story of the Ausarian Resurrection hinges on this
very point. It mystically symbolizes the plight of every human being that is struggling to
conquer his or her lower nature and to become the master of his/her own life.
Another picture depicting the union of Heru and Set is most important. It symbolizes
the union of Heru and Set which is a mystical code for the uniting or harmonizing the
lower and Higher Self in the individual human being. It means achieving inner harmony
and peace with the universe, the culmination of the Ancient Egyptian injunction: Know
Thyself. Set is not a devil or an evil force to be destroyed. He is the principle of the
uncontrolled, untrained ego with its rampant desires and selfish thoughts. Thus, in order
to conquer Set, it is necessary to control the impulses of the lower self. This is
accomplished by allowing oneself to be nurtured and protected by Aset, which means
listening to the mystical stories and myths, studying the wisdom teachings through the
initiation process and practicing Maat by leading a life based on virtue, order, correctness,
justice, balance and peace.
From the previous study, the following schematic diagram may further assist the mind in
understanding the nature of existence, the mind and consciousness.
47
For the complete rendition of the epic see the book The Ausarian Resurrection by Dr. Muata Ashby.
218
Waking
Dream
Dreamless sleep
Differentiated consciousness - Duality Ignorance of the transcendental Subject to time and space
____________________________________
Undifferentiated consciousness The underlying essence
(Transcendental Supreme Peace, Universal, Eternal, Infinite and Bliss)
Spiritual enlightenment consists of discovering that the waking, dream and dreamless
Sleep States of consciousness are only relative realities. In fact, all of them constitute the
ego personality of a human being in various states of expression. When there is knowledge
of the absolute, transcendental reality, the relative states are discovered to be only passing
expressions of consciousness as a dream or as a thought. The Absolute is discovered to be
the true identity and body consciousness is dissolved in the ocean of the Cosmic Self.
The Voyage of Ra and The Journey of the Soul
The Ancient Egyptian Creation Myth tells of the emergence of Ra out of the Primeval
Ocean. The ocean was unformed, undifferentiated matter. The emergence of Ra was
synonymous with the coagulation of matter into various forms. In so doing, Ra established
Maat (order) in the place of chaos. This statement may be understood as the establishment
of form out of that which is unformed. This idea may be better understood by using an
example water and ice. In the liquid state, water is unformed, undifferentiated. When it is
cold enough, it turns into ice and thereby takes on a particular form or differentiation
which sets it apart from the rest of the water. However, the water is not really transformed
into the ice. That is, water has not been permanently changed into another substance
altogether. The change is merely a temporary appearance. In the same way Creation was
explained by the Ancient Egyptian Sages as an ocean. This ocean is a metaphor which
refers to the ocean of consciousness. All matter is in reality neither liquid, gaseous, solid
nor abiding. The underlying essence of matter is in reality non-existence, as modern
physicists would call it. Modern physics experiments have concluded that matter, when
broken down to the most elemental levels, is in reality energy. This idea may be understood
through the diagram below.
219
(A)
(B)
(C)
Matter and Anti-matter collide in a modern physics particle accelerator.

When positively charged protons (matter) and negatively charged protons (anti-matter)
are crashed into each other (A), the two cancel each other out and the particles of matter
temporarily go out of existence. Modern physicists believe that it transforms into energy
(B). It then transforms back into matter again (C).
The mystical explanation, based on the teachings of Yoga and Mystical spirituality, is
that the matter reverted back to its true, undifferentiated, form as subtle matter. It did so
in much the same way as human consciousness takes on various forms while in the Dream
State and then reverts back to the unformed state when there is deep dreamless sleep.
The voyage of Ra symbolizes the differentiation of matter or consciousness into the
various forms which human beings have come to know as Creation. However, since matter
is not real as we have seen and it is nothing more than the manifestation of Divine
consciousness, Creation must be understood as the essence of the Divine. In other words,
Creation is an expression of the mind of God, the Supreme Being. The following diagram
outlines the differentiation of matter according to the Ancient Egyptian Creation myth.
220
Shetai - Neter Neteru - Neberdjer

(Unseen, hidden, omnipresent, Supreme Being,
beyond duality and description)
Ra-Tem
Hathor
Djehuti
Maat
Set Nebthet
Asar
Shu
Tefnut
Geb
Nut
Aset
Asar
Heru (Horus)
Nebthet
Anubis
The process of Creation is explained in the form of a cosmological system for better
understanding. Cosmology is a branch of philosophy dealing with the origin, processes and
structure of the universe. Cosmogony is the astrophysical study of the creation and
evolution of the universe. Both of these disciplines are inherent facets of Ancient Egyptian
philosophy through the main religious systems or Companies of the Gods and Goddesses.
A company of gods and goddesses is a group of deities, which symbolize a particular
manifestation of the cosmic forces or principles which emanate from the all-encompassing
Supreme Being, from which they have emerged. The Self or Supreme Being manifests
creation through the properties and principles represented by the Pautti company of gods
and goddessescosmic laws of nature. The Company of Gods and Goddesses of Anu is
regarded as the oldest, and forms the basis of the Osirian Trinity.
The diagram above shows that the Psedjet (Ennead), the creative principles which are
embodied in the primordial gods and goddesses of creation, emanated from the Supreme
Being. Ra or Ra-Tem arose out of Nu, the Primeval Waters, the hidden essence, and
began sailing the Boat of Millions of Years which included the company of gods and
goddesses. On his boat emerged the Neteru or cosmic principles of creation. The Neters
of the Ennead are Ra-Atum, Shu, Tefnut, Geb, Nut, Asar, Aset, Set, and Nebthet. Hathor,
Djehuti and Maat represent attributes of the Supreme Being as the very stuff or substratum
that makes up Creation. Shu, Tefnut, Geb, Nut, Asar, Aset, Set, and Nebthet represent the
principles upon which creation manifests. Anubis is not part of the Ennead. He represents
the feature of intellectual discrimination in the Osirian myth. Sailing signifies the
beginning of motion in creation. Motion implies that events occur in the realm of time
221
and space, thus, the phenomenal universe comes into existence as a mass of moving
essence we call the elements. Prior to this motion, there was the primeval state of being
without any form and without existence in time or space.
The voyage of Ra is depicted as two boats. One travels through Nut (the heavens)
during the day, shining upon the physical world as symbolized by the morning and noonday sun. The other travels through the Duat (Astral Plane-Netherworld) at night, as
symbolized by the setting sun, providing the light of consciousness which shines in the
astral world. This light of the astral consciousness (Dream State) which illumines the
thoughts of the mind is an effulgent subtle light, not to be confused with physical forms of
light such as that which is given off by a light bulb. So Ra illumines the physical world as
well as the astral world.
The voyage through the heavens corresponds to the Waking State of human
consciousness. The Duat represents the cosmic astral plane that corresponds to the Dream
State of human consciousness. Thus we are led to understand that Ra, the Self, traverses
through the different states of consciousness and encompasses all of them. In Chapter 17
of the Ancient Egyptian Book of Coming Forth By Day, it is stated that the Divinity within the
Common Folk, that is to say, ordinary human beings, is none other than Ra, the
Supreme Self. Therefore, it is in reality Ra who is moving from plane to plane and it is Ra,
the light of consciousness, who is the ultimate reality in every human being. Thus the ego
in a human being is an illusory development based on ignorance of the higher underlying
reality. The soul of every human being is Ra, the Supreme Being.
The Barque of Ra-Tem, Mandjet (the movement of the Self), courses through all
regions of existence including the earth (physical plane or realm) and the Sekhet-hetepet or
Duat (astral plane or realm). Ra possesses another barque known as the Mesektet, the boat
that travels in the nighttime through the Duat or Amentet of disembodied souls and the
transcendental world that is the peaceful abode of those who join with Ra (God). Those
who achieve entry into the intermediate world must be equipped with the proper qualities
because they must be ready to recognize and welcome the Divine. In line 19 of the Hymn
to Ra-Tem from the Papyrus of Mut-hetep, mystical insights into the Duat, the voyage of Ra
and its significance to every soul are given.
19- The gods of the land of Amentet rejoice and lay hold upon the cords of the Sekhtet
boat, and they come in peace; the gods of the hidden place who dwell in Amentet
triumph.
When souls leave the physical realm or when, through spiritual practice and having
attained purity of heart, they are able to achieve psychic contact with the intermediate
world (Daut, or Netherworld), they can go close to the region of Amentet and wait for the
time when the barque will pass. This waiting period is beset with dangers from demons
222
that would like to not only stop the voyage of Ra, but stop the spiritual movement of souls.
These demons are a figurative way to describe the unconscious failings and demoniac
tendencies in the human psyche such as anger, fear, desire, greed, depression, gloom, and
desires of all kinds for earthly pleasure and experiences of the senses. Through the
purifying process of the spiritual disciplines, the mind (heart) can be purified, and thus
prepare the soul to grasp the cords of the Sekhtet boat when the time comes. This taking hold
of the cords symbolizes the will of the initiate to direct his/her mind toward the Divine
through recitation of hymns, oblations, offerings, loving devotion, study, reflection and
meditation on the teachings which lead to a direct experience of recognition and
identification with the Divine. The act of joining Ra in his barque is a metaphor of the
human being who has transcended all levels of creation (differentiated matter in the
Physical-Waking, Astral-Dream and Causal-Unconscious). Going onto the barque is a
symbol of dissolving the consciousness of duality and the Trinity in order to become one
with Ra.
Reincarnation and Enlightenment

In Ancient Egyptian Mystical Symbolism the Journey of Ra is symbolic of the journey of
the soul. Just as the sun is born in the east, traverses the sky and then dies in the west, a
human being is said to come into existence (birth), live life and then die as well. Thus, it is
beneficial to go to the west and stay there because this is the abode of the blessed. This is
the abiding place of light, peace, joy and Divinity itself. However, those who are not ready
to remain in the west due to their previous actions (karmic entanglements) and spiritual
ignorance will be reborn again. Therefore the aspiration or desire is not to go to the east
because the east symbolizes the land of reincarnation. It is the portal to a renewed human
existence with its incessant struggles and futile search for desire and fulfillment. Thus,
going to the west after death is a metaphor meaning that a person has become spiritually
enlightened and will not be reborn again. This is the ultimate goal of life.
The Elements of the Human Personality

This section will concentrate on the subtle human anatomy and the anatomy of all
existence. It will discuss the Physical, Astral and Causal planes of existence and their inner
workings as they relate to the elements that compose the human personality. First we will
review the themes and essential wisdom developed in the book Egyptian Yoga: The
Philosophy of Enlightenment. Then we will proceed to look into the nature of the subtle
spiritual Self with more detail and depth. The Ancient Egyptian concept of the spiritual
constitution recognized nine separate but interrelated parts that constitute the personality
of every human being.
223
(1) THE SAHU:
Figure 9: The Sahu
The hieroglyphs of the word Sahu are the door bolt, meaning consonant s or z, the
arm, meaning the guttural sound ain, the intertwined flax, consonant h, the chick is
the vowel u, the determinative cylinder seal, meaning treasure or precious, the t
and the determinative of the corpse or body. The Sahu is the "glorious" spiritual body
in which the Khu and Ba dwells. When the elements are integrated (person reaches
enlightenment), the spiritual and mental attributes of the natural body are united and
deified. The Sahu is the goal of all aspiration. It is the reason for human existence to
become Godlike while still alive.
(2) THE BA:
Figure 10: The Ba
The hieroglyphic symbol of the Ba is the Jabiru bird. The Jabiru is a stork. It symbolizes
the nature of the soul to spread its wings and take flight, and exist apart from the body.
The Ba is the heart or soul which dwells in the Ka with the power of metamorphosis.
Sometimes described as the "Soul" and "Higher Self," it is seen as a spark from the
Universal Ba (God). The Ba may be dialogued with and can be a spiritual guide to the
developing individual. It is the equivalent of the Hindu "Atman." It is the indestructible,
eternal and immortal spark of life. It is not affected by anything that may happen to the
senses, body, mind or intellect (higher mind).
Through the mind, the Ba (soul-consciousness) "projects" and keeps together an
aggregate of physical elements (earth, air, water, fire) in a conglomerate that is called the
psycho-physical personality. When the soul has no more use for the physical body, it
discards it and returns to the Universal Ba if it is enlightened. If it is not enlightened, it
will tune into another aggregate of elements to make another body (reincarnation).
224
(3) THE KHU or AKHU:
Figure 11: The Khu or Akhu
The hieroglyph of the word Khu is the crested ibis. The ibis is representative symbol
of Djehuti, the god of reason and knowledge. As such it relates to the pure spiritual essence
of a human being that is purified by lucidity of mind. The Khu or Akhu is the spirit,
which is immortal; it is associated with the Ba and is an Ethereal Being. The Khu is also
referred to as the being of light or luminous being. The Khu illumines the personality
and without this light the personality and the mind cannot function. It is the light of
consciousness itself.
(4) THE KHAIBIT:
Figure 12: The Khaibit
The hieroglyphs of the word Khaibit are the sunshade and the consonant t. The
sunshade produces a shadow when the light is reflecting on it. Similarly, the shadow of a
person is produced when the light of their true essence (Akhu) is shining forth through
their personality. The Khaibit is a subtle manifestation of the elements of the personality
that acts somewhat as the resistor in an electronic component. A resistor causes a shadow
in a manner of speaking, when it is placed in an electric circuit. In the same manner, the
Khaibit and the other elements of the personality consume spiritual energy from the spirit
and produce a particular image thereafter referred to as the individual personality of a
human being. The Khaibit or Shadow is associated with the Ba from which it receives
nourishment. It has the power of locomotion and omnipresence.
(5) THE KA:
Figure 13: The Ka
225
The hieroglyph of two upraised arms that are joined is the Ka. It is the abstract
personality or ego-self. It is the source from which subconscious desires emerge. It is also
considered to be the ethereal body possessing the power of locomotion. It survives the
death of the physical body. It is the ethereal double containing the other parts of the
personality. The concept of the Ka was known in India and the word was also known. The
Indian God Brahma had a Ka (soul-twin). This teaching of the Ka in Ancient Egypt and in
India shows that there is a keen understanding of the reflective quality of the personality.
In reality the physical personality is a reflection or more accurately, a projection of the
astral body. The Ka is associated with the Sekhem in that it is the dynamic aspect of a
persons personality in the Astral Plane. It is the dynamic aspect of the vital force in the
body of a human being.
(6) THE SEKHEM:
Figure 14: Sekhem
Sekhem is the Life Force or Power that exists in the universe. The symbol of sekhem is
the hand held staff pictured above. When used in worldly terms it refers to a scepter that
means physical power, authority and strength. In spiritual terms the Sekhem is the power
or spiritual personification of the vital Life Force in humans. Its dwelling place is in the
heavens with the Khus, but all life draws upon this force in order to exist. Sekhem also
denotes the potency, the erectile power or force used in fashioning one's own glorious new
body for resurrection.
(7) THE AB:
Figure 15: The Ab
"The conscience (Ab) of a man is his own God."

The Ab or conscience is the source of Meskhenet (Karma) and the mother of
reincarnation. The Ab represents the heart. It is the symbol of the deep unconscious
mind, the conscience and also the repository of unconscious impressions gathered in past
experiences from the present life and previous lives. As desires can never be fulfilled by
experiences or from objects in the world of time and space, at death, the ignorant soul will
harbor impressions of unfulfilled desires which will lead to further incarnations in search
226
of fulfillment. This point is described in Chapter 30, line 3, from the Egyptian Book of
Coming Forth by Day: "My heart, the mother of my coming into being." The mind is seen as
the source of incarnation (coming into being) because it contains the desires and illusions
which compel a human being to be born to pursue the fulfillment of those desires. In the
judgment scene from the Book of Coming Forth By Day, the Ab undergoes examination by
Djehuti, the god of reason. In other words, one's own reasoning faculty will be the judge
and judged. The heart (mind) itself metes out its own judgment based on its own contents.
It is one's own heart which will fashion (mother) one's own fate (come into being) according to
one's will and desires, which are based on one's understanding (wisdom) about one's true
Self. Thus, the new embodiment is fashioned in accordance with what a person has done
during previous lives and what they desire for the future. A desire for worldly experience
will cause embodiment. A desire to go to the west and join with God will bring spiritual
enlightenment.
(8) THE KHAT:
Figure 17: The Khat
The hieroglyphs of the word Khat are the fish meaning dead body and the consonant
k, the vulture meaning the vowel a, the symbol of bread and the consonant t, the
egg-like determinative symbol of embalming and the determinative symbol of the
mummy, corpse or body. The Khat is the concrete personality, the physical body. It
refers to the solid aspect of a human being (bones, skin, blood, sense organs, etc.) which is
transient and mortal.
(9) THE REN:
Figure 18: Ren
The Ancient Egyptian word Ren means name. The name is an essential attribute to
the personification of a being. You cannot exist without a name. Everything that comes
into existence receives a name. This is an essential quality of that which comes into the
realm of time and space. The Ancient Egyptian symbols that signify name are the mouth
and water. The name is sometimes found encircled by a rope of light called a cartouche,
227
which is associated with the Shen (a symbol of eternity), the top part of the Ankh Symbol.
The cartouche represents a rope of sunlight or Life Force harnessed into the form of a
circle. It is the most impregnable structure to protect one's name against attack. The R,
means mouth.
Shen
Cartouche
RN
R and N
or REN
The symbol of the mouth is of paramount importance in Ancient Egyptian Mystical
wisdom. The symbol of the mouth refers to the consonant sound r, and it is a symbol of
consciousness. It is the mouth which is used in two of the most important mystical
teachings of Ancient Egyptian Yoga, The Creation and the Opening of the Mouth Ceremony of
the Book of Coming Forth By Day. God created the universe by means of the utterance of his
own name. In the Book of Coming Forth By Day, the mouth is manipulated so as to promote
enlightenment. Why is the mouth so important to this mystical symbolism?
"
Consider the following. When you think of anything you attach words to your
thoughts. In fact, it is difficult to think without words. Therefore, words are the symbols
that the human mind uses to group thoughts and which constitute intellectual forms of
understanding. However, thoughts are conditioning instruments. This means that when
you think, you are actually differentiating. The differentiation process allows the mind to
be conscious or aware of differences in matter. It labels these differences with different
names based on the form or function of the object or the relationship it has to it.
The mind learns to call objects by names. For example, a chair is an aggregate of matter
just like a rock. However, the mind has learned to call it a particular name and associate
the name chair with a particular kind of object which looks in a particular way and serves
a particular function that is different from the rock.
228
When the mind goes beyond words, it goes beyond thoughts and thereby experiences
undifferentiated consciousness. This is the deeper implication of the opening of the mouth
ceremony. It signifies opening the consciousness and memory of the undifferentiated state
of existence. At a lower state of spiritual evolution, consciousness appears to be
differentiated, even though the underlying essence is undifferentiated. However, when
intuitional realization or spiritual enlightenment dawns in the human mind, words are no
longer viewed as differentiating instruments, but merely as practical instruments for the
spirit to operate and interact with the world through a human personality. This is the
difference between a human being who is spiritually enlightened and one who is caught in
the state of ignorance and egoism.
The vocal capacity in a human being is intimately related to the unconscious level of the
mind. This is why those who do not practice introspection and self-control often blurt out
things they do not wish to say, and later regret. For this reason, the teachings enjoin that a
spiritual aspirant should practice the disciplines of virtue which lead to self-control through
right action and righteous living. In this manner, ones speech becomes maakheru, the
highest truth. When ones speech becomes truth, ones consciousness is truth. When ones
consciousness is truth, it is in harmony with the transcendental truth of the universe which
is symbolized by the Ancient Egyptian goddess Maat. Thus, becoming true of speech is a
primary goal for every spiritual aspirant. It is synonymous with coming into harmony with
the universe and thus, refers to spiritual enlightenment itself.48
The symbol of the water recalls the image of the Primordial Ocean of Consciousness.
Thus, Ren relates to consciousness manifesting through names, words and sound itself.
The Mystical Implications of the Elements of the Personality
This section will provide a more detailed classification of the human being in an
attempt to understand the underlying origin and cause of human existence. Also, it will
seek to bring forth a deeper understanding of how the Cosmic Forces operate through the
human constitution at gross and subtle levels.
As discussed earlier, the Universal Soul, God, Pure Consciousness, emanates Creation
and all that is within it, all that is. The human being is like a ray of that emanation which
refracts into several parts composing all of the levels of existence. Human consciousness
may be compared to a reflection of the sun in a pool of water. Human consciousness is a
48
For a detailed examination of the principles embodied in the neteru or cosmic forces of the company of gods and
goddesses, the reader is referred to the books The Hidden Properties of Matter, The Ausarian Resurrection and The
Mystical Teachings of The Ausarian Resurrection by Dr. Muata Ashby.
229
reflection of divine consciousness in the pool of the mind which operates through the
brain and nervous system. This idea is also reflected in the relationship between the parts
of the spirit called BA and AB.
BA
AB
The Ab is the heart or seat of the mind, and it is in the mind where the soul, Ba,
reflects. So the mind has no independent existence without the souls sustaining life force
and consciousness, and the individual human soul has no independent existence without
the Universal Soul.
Universal Ba
Individual Ba
Individual Ab49
These levels of existence transfer into the four states of consciousness and various levels
of psycho-spiritual psychology related to the Uraeus-Serpent Power system (see the book
The Serpent Power by Dr. Muata Ashby).
The Universal Ba or Soul, or in other words, the consciousness of the Supreme Being,
emanates and sustains each individual human being through the various parts of the
human spirit. There are three basic parts to the human being. These are further broken
down into more specific parts.
The three basic parts of the human being are:
Universal Self
Causal Body
Astral Body
Physical Body
49
(Human heart and mind)
230
These bodies also relate to the bodies of the universe:

Neberdjer (Universal Self)
Heaven
Duat
Earth
Sages of ancient times who were able to discern, through their spiritual eye, the
different levels of vibration and psychology within all human beings, have set forth this
teaching about the constitution of the human being.
An important point to note is that each of the lower three states involves duality while
the highest state involves non-duality. The human soul is a projection of the divine into the
realm of duality (physical-astral-causal planes). The human soul forgets its divine origin and
believes itself to be a creature among other creatures; hence, the idea of duality arises. The
ignorant human being is not aware that he/she is at all times most intimately connected to
the Universal Self, as are all objects and all other human beings. Just as each wave in the
ocean is essentially the same as the ocean, each wave-like human personality and all the
objects in Creation are essentially the Primeval Ocean, the Self. Ignorance of this then
gives rise to the various egoistic feelings. The ignorant human being, not aware of his/her
storehouse of innate potential to experience fullness and peace within, goes on seeking for
fulfillment in the worlds of duality instead of seeking to know and experience the only
source of true fulfillment, the Universal Self, which encompasses all other realms. Nonduality is experienced as absolute oneness and interconnectedness to all that exists. There
is no feeling of you and me, here and there, male or female; there is no desire for objects
because all objects are one with the Self. There is only the experience of awareness of the
Self. Human words and concepts are not capable of describing the actual experience of
oneness with the Self, therefore, all mystical descriptions are transcended in the actual
experience. They are like a map, but you must take the journey and arrive at the
destination by your own will and self-effort. Thus, they serve as guides to lead the mind
toward, the understanding of yogic philosophy.
The nine major elements or parts of the human personality espoused by the Ancient
Egyptian Sages may be classified as follows within the three basic bodies for the purpose of
study and understanding: The Causal Body, the Astral Body and the Physical Body. God is
also understood to have three bodies: Universal Causal Body, Universal Astral Body,
Universal Physical Body, the three aspects of universe or planes of existence. Within these
bodies are the constituent elements, totaling nine in number. God also has nine elements.
However, unlike those of the human being which are limited and characterized by their
231
individuality, the divine elements are universal and all pervading in their respective level of
existence. Thus we are told in the Ancient Egyptian scriptures that God has a Universal
Individual Ba, a Universal Sahu, a Universal Khu (Akhu), a Universal Khaibit, a
Universal Ka, a Universal Sekhem, a Universal Ab, a Universal Khat, and a Universal Ren.
Thus, the individual elements that compose the personality of each individual human
being emanate from the same Supreme Being.
Human Constitution
Universal Self
Causal Body
Individual - Ba
Sahu
Khu (Akhu)
Khaibit
Causal Body
Universal Individual - Ba
Universal Sahu
Universal Khu (Akhu)
Universal Khaibit
Astral Body
Ka
Sekhem
Ab
Astral Body
Universal Ka
Universal Sekhem
Universal Ab
Physical Body
Khat
Ren
Physical Body
Universal Khat
Universal Ren
The physical
body exists
within the
soul.
It should be noted that while the gross elements of the ego-personality are evident at the
level of the physical body, the original cause of the existence of the individual and his/her
separation from the Divine occurs at the level of the Causal Body. Many people
erroneously think of their soul as existing within their physical body. However, the
opposite is true. The soul emanates from the Self. It in turn creates the other parts of the
personality. All of this creation occurs within the Divine Self and not the body. The Causal
Body is where the slightest tendency towards thought and desire occurs. It is here where
the deep unconscious impressions cause the other parts of the body to emerge. When the
physical body of an un-enlightened person dies, the gross elements of the ego (name and
personality used in a particular lifetime) also die. The Astral and Causal bodies survive with
the unconscious impressions collected from that lifetime. Through these bodies the soul
continues the pursuit of fulfillment of desire (unconscious impressions lodged in the
Astral-Causal mental subtle matter). The pursuit to fulfill the desires may continue in the
Astral plane (Duat-Netherworld) for a time, where the individual experiences pain or
232
pleasure (heaven or hell) according to his/her Meskhenet (karmic basis composed of

impressions gathered from feelings, actions and desires of many lifetimes).
The task of an aspirant is to cleanse the Physical, Astral and Causal planes of the mind
so as to regain conscious perception of the Universal Self. Since the Universal Self is nondual, immortal, eternal and the source of all planes and all objects within those planes, the
union with the Universal Self bestows omniscience and boundless vision of infinity,
immortality and a feeling of non-duality and
connectedness to all things great and small. The
correct practice of the various yogic disciplines
are designed to accomplish this cleansing
process. If successful, the soul comes into
communion with the Self (Universal Ba,
Asar, Ra, Aset, etc.) while still alive,
and after death the soul of the
enlightened person dissolves in the
ocean of pure consciousness from
whence it came originally. This is the
meaning behind the teaching of
merging with the maker presented in the
Ancient Egyptian story known as The
Story of Sinuhe.50
Earlier we discussed the fact that in the
process of embodiment, the Universal Ba* itself
becomes the individual Ba of every human being due to
its association and identification with the feelings of the emotional body Ka and the
cravings of the physical body, Khat. If this is true, then how is it possible that the Universal
Self (Ba) is also non-dual, meaning without a second, one and alone, all-encompassing as
well as transcendental? At this more advanced level you must understand that all of the
parts of the body are merely emanations from that same divine Self, just as you emanate a
dream in your sleep or an idea in your Waking State, out of the depths of your
consciousness.
A two dimensional depiction of the elements of the personality.
In the same way this entire universe and everything in it is nothing but the emanation
of Gods consciousness. All that exists is ethereal, subtle matter, the Self. The process of
thought has the effect of coagulating matter in a form as directed by the thought. In this
way you have created your body and mind along with all of the other parts of your
50
See Egyptian Yoga: The Philosophy of Enlightenment (Egyptian Yoga Volume I)
233
individual existence. In reality these parts are nothing more than subtle energy held
together by your thoughts and ultimately, every one of those parts are not yours, but are
parts of the Self. Thus, nothing exists outside of the Self, God. Therefore, even though
there appears to be many objects, colors and differences in creation, the underlying essence
of it all is the Self. Think about it, if there was something other than the Self, then the Self
could not be all-pervasive, all-encompassing and all-powerful. Its movements, would be
restricted. The idea that there is a devil or some evil being who is the nemesis of God is
erroneous because there can be no other being outside of the Self. The Self is the soul or
substratum of all that is.
234
INDEX
Ab, 226, 230,
Abdu, 28
232
Abraham, 11
Absolute, 19, 60, 69,
87, 89, 92, 104,
108, 117, 142,
147, 149, 167,
168, 172, 176,
192, 193, 219
Africa, 7, 9, 10, 17,
39, 44, 122, 181,
189, 197, 200
Air, 253
Akhnaton, 29
Akhus, 32
Allah, 52, 89
Alpha and Omega, 83
Amen, 52, 71, 74,
77, 86, 87, 88,
89, 102, 106,
126, 162, 179
Amenta, 74, 81, 246
Amentet, 246
Amma, 51
Amun, 1, 2, 12, 13,
18, 23, 26, 42,
44, 46, 47, 48,
51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56, 57, 58,
59, 60, 61, 62,
68, 69, 70, 72,
73, 74, 77, 79,
80, 81, 85, 87,
88, 89, 90, 91,
92, 98, 100, 102,
104, 106, 107,
116, 117, 119,
121, 134, 135,
136, 137, 141,
142, 143, 146,
147, 149, 150,
151, 153, 154,
155, 156, 157,
164, 170, 173,
181, 186, 188,
189, 213, 216,
217
235
Amun-Ra-Ptah, 12,
47, 51, 53, 60,
104, 143, 149,
156, 157, 164,
189, 213
Ancient Egypt, 2, 3,
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 17, 18,
20, 21, 33, 35,
36, 37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 46, 47,
48, 49, 51, 52,
53, 59, 60, 61,
62, 66, 68, 74,
75, 77, 81, 82,
83, 84, 87, 88,
89, 93, 95, 98,
101, 103, 104,
109, 111, 114,
115, 120, 121,
122, 123, 124,
127, 130, 132,
134, 137, 143,
144, 154, 156,
157, 158, 161,
166, 167, 170,
171, 180, 181,
184, 189, 190,
191, 192, 193,
196, 197, 198,
199, 200, 202,
205, 208, 212,
216, 218, 219,
220, 221, 222,
223, 226, 227,
228, 229, 231,
233, 242, 243,
244, 245, 246,
247, 250, 251,
252
Ancient Egyptian
Mystical
Philosophy, 6
Ani, 75, 78
Ankh, 36, 197, 228
Anu, 23, 24, 42, 246
Anu (Greek Heliopolis),
1, 12, 23, 24, 42,
46, 48, 51, 70,

142, 143, 147,
151, 221, 246
Anubis, 12, 13, 50,
130, 146, 221
Anunian Theology,
18, 23, 24
Apep serpent, 31
Apophis, 31, 83
Arabs, 11
Ari, 42
Aryan, 244
Asar, 8, 12, 13, 18,
23, 24, 28, 38,
39, 41, 42, 46,
47, 48, 49, 50,
53, 59, 75, 77,
78, 79, 80, 81,
82, 83, 84, 85,
87, 91, 95, 101,
114, 126, 128,
144, 145, 157,
159, 166, 167,
170, 188, 190,
192, 193, 194,
196, 197, 198,
221, 233, 245,
246, 247, 251
Asarian
Resurrection, 18,
245, 247
Aset, 12, 13, 18, 24,
27, 28, 38, 41,
47, 49, 50, 53,
57, 78, 82, 84,
95, 101, 122,
123, 124, 144,
157, 162, 167,
170, 183, 188,
189, 190, 196,
197, 198, 218,
221, 233, 245,
246, 247, 251
Aset (Isis), 18, 24,
27, 28, 38, 41,
245, 246, 247
Asia, 39
Asia Minor, 200
Astral, 59, 60, 75,
77, 108, 117,

122, 129, 133,
159, 160, 164,
166, 167, 169,
174, 175, 177,
212, 222, 223,
226, 230, 231,
232, 233, 246
Astral Plane, 246
Atman, 224
Atom, 93
Aton, 23, 29, 42
Atonism, 29
Attis, 197
Augustus, 7, 10
Aum (Om), 88
B, 51, 60, 190, 196,
200, 220
Ba (also see Soul), 135,
189, 197, 205,
224, 225, 230,
232, 233
Being, 16, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23, 33,
43, 46, 47, 49,
50, 51, 52, 53,
60, 71, 80, 86,
89, 96, 99, 104,
125, 126, 142,
155, 156, 170,
178, 179, 192,
196, 199, 202,
212, 220, 221,
222, 225, 230,
232, 246
Bhagavad Gita, 33,
94, 99, 101, 152
Bible, 11, 48, 74,
81, 86, 93, 95,
98, 114, 142,
144, 156, 196,
199, 200, 247
Bishops, 196
Black, 1, 78
Bliss, 219
Book of Coming
forth by Day,
162
Book of Coming
Forth by Day,
227
Book of Coming
Forth By Day,
75, 76, 77, 100,
104, 123, 124,
130, 142, 157,
166, 167, 193,
204, 222, 227,
228, 246
Book of the Dead, see
also Rau Nu Prt M
Hru, 19, 23, 246
Brahma, 94, 190,

192, 199, 226
Brahman, 52, 87,
89, 105, 152,
189, 193
Buddha, 54, 55, 94,
188
Buddhist, 78, 192
C, 3, 51, 74, 81, 83,
84, 85, 86, 95,
98, 132, 142,
156, 190, 196,
197, 198, 199,
200, 220, 242
Caduceus, 84, 196
Cartouche, 228
Catholic, 196, 198,
199, 247
Chakras (see energy
centers of the body),
84
Chanting, 89
chaotic, 118, 125,
136
Chi, 117, 172
Chi Kung, 172
China, 35, 37, 80,
94
Christ, 55, 196, 198,
246
Christhood, 218
Christian church,
199
Christian Church,
196
Christian cross, 197
150, 155, 158,

163, 170, 173,
174, 180, 186,
191, 192, 193,
194, 199, 202,
209, 210, 219,
220, 221, 228,
229, 231, 245,
246
Cross, 84
Culture, 17, 245
Cymbals, 250, 252
D, 74, 79, 144, 176,
190, 203, 253
December, 246
Denderah, 245
Desire, 95, 210
Detachment, 169,
178
Dharma, 127
Diet, 243
Diodorus, 7, 9, 11
Disease, 117
dispassion, 85, 136,
160, 166, 168,
169, 208, 211,
212
Divine Consciousness,
32
Djed Pillar of Asar, 77,
84
Djehuti, 1, 12, 13,
38, 41, 50, 57,
70, 80, 84, 102,
115, 122, 123,
126, 142, 143,
147, 151, 154,
190, 203, 221,
225, 227
Djehuti-Hermes, 84
Dream, 76, 87, 106,
108, 111, 116,
147, 148, 164,
165, 167, 210,
214, 215, 219,
220, 222, 223
Duality, 146, 183,
188, 192, 205,
219
Duat, 59, 69, 70, 74,
75, 76, 77, 78,
79, 80, 81, 82,
85, 91, 96, 97,
Christian Cross, 84
198
Christian Yoga, 196
Christianity, 10, 41,
52, 83, 87, 88,
89, 103, 188,
196, 197, 198,
199, 200, 242,
247
CHRISTOLOGY,
198
Church, 196, 197,
247
Civilization, 35, 37
Coffin Texts, 18
Company of gods
and goddesses,
90
Concentration, 167
Consciousness, 7,
34, 39, 57, 82,
87, 92, 94, 115,
116, 147, 159,
164, 166, 169,
188, 191, 201,
203, 204, 205,
212, 213, 229,
245
Contentment (see
also Hetep), 17
Coptic, 18, 196, 197,
245
Coptic church, 197
Cosmic
consciousness,
33
Cosmic
Consciousness,
203, 204, 206
Cosmic Self, 147,
204, 219
Cosmogony, 221
Cosmology, 221
Cosmos, 115, 137
Cow, 27
Creation, 6, 17, 18,
20, 23, 24, 25,
26, 27, 28, 29,
40, 47, 49, 50,
51, 52, 54, 75,
82, 92, 93, 96,
98, 123, 139,
142, 146, 148,
Christian Fathers,
236
108, 122, 157,

159, 175, 193,
222, 231, 232,
246
Dynastic period, 182
E, 48, 53, 68, 73,
163, 196, 198,
200, 203, 242
Earth, 71, 74, 82,
155, 231
Eastern religions,
122
Edfu, 28, 245
Egoism, 31, 144, 205
Egyptian Book of
Coming Forth By
Day, 75, 77, 78,
79, 104, 123,

124, 130, 142,
157, 167, 193,
222, 246
Egyptian
civilization, 41,
52
Egyptian Mysteries,
40, 103, 198,
243, 247
Egyptian Physics,
246
Egyptian proverbs,
38, 244
Egyptian religion,
7, 39, 81, 197,
199
Egyptian Religion,
46, 51, 196, 199
Egyptian Yoga, 6,
7, 26, 33, 35, 36,
37, 38, 39, 40,
87, 101, 120,
121, 189, 202,
213, 223, 228,
233, 242, 243,
245, 246, 250,
251, 252, 253
Egyptian Yoga see also
Kamitan Yoga, 26,
33, 35, 36, 37,

38, 39, 40, 242,
243, 245, 246
Egyptologists, 31, 39
Elements, 201, 204,
223, 229
Elohim, 98
Enlightened Sages,
79
Enlightenment, 2, 6, 7,
17, 30, 34, 35,
39, 40, 48, 54,
80, 83, 84, 85,
94, 101, 118,
120, 121, 125,
140, 141, 153,
188, 189, 202,
213, 218, 223,
233, 243, 244,
245, 246, 247
Ennead, 50, 221
Essenes, 197
Ethiopia, 8, 9, 189
Ethiopian priests,
8
Eucharist, 197, 198,
246
Evil, 82, 83
Exercise, 121, 245
Eye of Heru, 32
Eye of Horus, 104,
121, 156
Eye of Ra, 100, 101,
102
Female, 94
First Intermediate
Period, 11
Fullness, 211
Geb, 13, 24, 50, 221,
245
Giza, 11
Giza Plateau, 11
Gnostic, 101, 156,
196
Gnostics, 199
God, 17, 19, 32, 33,
38, 39, 41, 43,
46, 47, 48, 51,
52, 53, 54, 55,
56, 59, 60, 68,
69, 70, 74, 75,
78, 80, 81, 82,
84, 85, 87, 88,
89, 90, 91, 92,
93, 94, 96, 97,
98, 99, 100, 101,
102, 103, 104,
105, 106, 107,
108, 109, 110,
237
111, 112, 115,

116, 120, 125,
126, 127, 129,
132, 133, 134,
135, 137, 138,
139, 141, 142,
146, 147, 148,
150, 152, 153,
154, 156, 157,
159, 160, 161,
162, 163, 167,
170, 172, 173,
174, 177, 179,
180, 182, 186,
187, 188, 189,
190, 192, 193,
196, 198, 199,
201, 202, 203,
205, 212, 220,
222, 224, 226,
227, 228, 229,
231, 233, 244,
246, 252
Goddess, 18, 19,
23, 27, 42, 49,
54, 100, 101,
112, 190, 246,
252
Goddesses, 13, 16,
19, 24, 26, 27,
47, 48, 49, 50,
53, 55, 62, 66,
89, 91, 92, 101,
107, 108, 114,
126, 127, 142,
221, 245
Godhead, 104, 198
Gods, 8, 13, 16, 19,
24, 26, 47, 48,
49, 50, 53, 55,
62, 66, 89, 91,
92, 101, 107,
108, 114, 126,
127, 142, 162,
199, 221, 245
Good, 82, 83, 138
Good and Evil, 82,
83
Gospels, 199, 247
Govinda, 101
Great Truths, 16,
42, 43
Greece, 9, 35, 37,

197, 243
Greek philosophers,
10
Greek philosophy,
242
Greeks, 11, 46, 48,
142
H, 68, 73
Harmony, 164
Hathor, 12, 13, 50,
53, 78, 101, 102,
221, 245, 246,
247
Health, 243
Heart, 42, 77, 133,
247
Heart (also see Ab,
mind,
conscience), 42,
77, 133, 247
Heaven, 49, 52, 74,
81, 82, 98, 157,
199, 218, 231,
247
Hebrew religion, 86
Hekau, 68, 87, 136,
143, 156, 172,
203, 252
Hermes, 12, 13
Hermes (see also Tehuti,
Thoth), 12, 13
Hermetic, 156
Hermetic
philosophy, 156
Herodotus, 9, 11
Heru, 7, 10, 13, 18,
22, 24, 28, 35,
37, 38, 41, 101,
126, 218, 245,
246, 247, 251,
252
Heru (see Horus),
7, 10, 13, 18, 22,
24, 28, 35, 37,
38, 41, 101, 126,
218, 245, 246,
247, 251, 252
Hetep, 36, 79, 117,
148, 152, 172,
217
Hetheru,
12, 13, 18,

22, 27, 38, 41,
112, 247, 250
Hetheru (Hetheru,
Hathor), 18, 22,
27, 38, 41, 112,
247
Het-Ka-Ptah, see also

Men-nefer, Memphis,
23
Hidden God,
81, 88,
154
Hieroglyphic
Writing,
language, 245
High God, 53, 104,
115, 126, 189
Hindu, 52, 54, 60,
86, 87, 89, 93,
105, 189, 190,
199, 224
Hindu mythology, 52,
86, 87
Hinduism, 86, 95,
189
Holy Spirit, 198
Horus, 13, 18, 28,
49, 50, 53, 55,
57, 71, 83, 84,
87, 101, 102,
104, 121, 124,
144, 145, 153,
156, 189, 190,
218, 221, 251
Horus-, 218
Hymns of Amun, 2, 6,
46, 51, 57, 68,
69, 73, 74, 85,
86, 89, 94, 104,
107, 152, 157,
164, 205, 213
I, 6, 45, 48, 69, 75,
77, 78, 79, 83,
84, 85, 86, 87,
90, 91, 95, 99,
103, 109, 114,
116, 120, 126,
129, 131, 136,
140, 142, 150,
162, 166, 167,
170, 173, 174,
201, 204, 207,
210, 213, 233,

253
Iamblichus, 115
Identification, 34,
116
Ignorance, 129, 219,
231
Immortality, 80
India, 9, 10, 33, 35,
37, 39, 52, 83,
87, 88, 89, 94,
101, 119, 141,
152, 189, 191,
192, 193, 196,
226, 243, 244,
251
Indian Yoga, 33,
84, 86, 125, 154,
171, 242, 244,
252
Indus, 35, 37, 189,
244
Indus Valley, 35,
37, 244
Initiate, 80, 115, 243
Intellect, 147, 149
Intellectual, 80
Isis, 12, 13, 18, 27,
28, 47, 49, 50,
53, 78, 84, 95,
101, 102, 122,
124, 144, 162,
167, 170, 183,
188, 189, 190,
197, 198, 218,
221, 233, 245,
246, 251
Isis, See also Aset,
27, 28, 245, 246
Islam, 52, 89, 103,
198, 242
Jesus, 54, 83, 84, 87,
89, 133, 137,
167, 196, 199,
206, 246, 247
Jesus Christ, 246
Jewish, 93, 200
Jewish Mysticism, 93
Joy, 17
Judaism, 10, 52,
103, 199, 242
K, 48, 60
Life Force, 38, 42,

57, 58, 60, 82,
106, 117, 118,
145, 189, 192,
226, 228, 245
Listening, 23, 42
Lotus, 38, 60, 190
Love, 3, 33, 34, 165,
173, 244
Lower Egypt, 35,
37, 38, 126
M, 87, 122, 123,
132, 154, 226,
233, 242
Maakheru, 16
Maat, 13, 16, 18, 34,
42, 50, 78, 80,
98, 99, 102, 115,
120, 122, 123,
124, 125, 126,
127, 128, 130,
131, 133, 141,
144, 154, 156,
179, 186, 196,
203, 208, 217,
218, 219, 221,
229, 244, 246,
247
MAAT, 244
Maati, 126, 133, 217
MAATI, 126, 244
Mahabharata, 33
Mahavira, 94
Male, 94
Manetho, 11, 12
Mantras, 89
Manu, 93, 98, 115,
126, 184
Matter, 115, 202,
215, 220, 229,
246
Matthew, 86, 137,
167
Maya, 87
Meditation, 2, 27,
33, 34, 42, 43,
120, 121, 163,
165, 168, 172,
243, 244, 245,
252
Mehurt, 27
Memphite
Theology, 18, 25,
Ka,
23, 57, 58, 59,

155, 224, 226,
232, 233
Kabbalah, 242
Kamit, 9, 10, 12, 13,
16, 17, 20, 21,
27, 28, 62, 189
Kamit (Egypt), 9, 10,
12, 13, 16, 17,
20, 21, 27, 28,
62, 189
Kamitan, 16, 18, 19,
22, 30, 34, 243
Karma, 34, 122,
125, 127, 139,
226, 244
Karma Yoga, 125,
127
Karmah, 61
Karnak, 112, 114
Kayvalya, 218
Kemetic, 11, 12, 13,
88, 196, 250,
251, 252
Kerma, 61
Khaibit, 225, 232
Khat, 227, 232, 233
Khepri, 46, 192
Khu, 224, 225, 232
Kingdom, 7, 11, 41,
52, 61, 98, 199,
218, 247
Kingdom of Heaven, 7,
52, 98, 199, 218,
247
KMT (Ancient
Egypt). See also
Kamit, 142
Know thyself, 30
Know Thyself, 36,

218
Knowledge, 82, 83
Knum, 57
Krishna, 54, 83, 94,
99, 101, 190, 247
Kundalini, 34, 84,
171
Kush, 61, 189
Kybalion, 94, 158,
159
Liberation, 7, 188
Libyans, 11
238
27, 106, 107,

142, 155
Meskhenet, 122, 123,
132, 154, 226,
233
Metaphysics, 246
Metu Neter, 101
Middle East, 242
Middle Kingdom,
11
Min, 57, 102, 144,
245
Mind, 48, 97, 116,
146, 149, 151,
154, 158, 201,
202, 203, 205,
211, 212
Mindfulness, 109
Modern physics,
170, 219
Moksha, 89, 188, 218
Moon, 8, 153, 196
Moses, 11, 199
Music, 77, 251, 252
Mysteries, 2, 27, 40,
48, 51, 89, 103,
114, 197, 198,
218, 243, 247
Mysticism, 7, 39, 93,
244, 246, 247
Mythology, 7, 39,
46, 47, 92, 101,
187
N, 94, 99, 192, 228
Nag Hammadi, 196
Narayana, 94, 99
Nature, 18, 155, 172
Neberdjer, 16, 46, 47,
48, 49, 51, 52,
60, 104, 117,
125, 146, 147,
149, 150, 151,
157, 189, 216,
217, 221, 231
Nebertcher, 46, 47,
48, 49, 51, 52,
60, 104, 117,
125, 146, 149,
150, 151, 157,
189, 216, 221
Nebthet, 24
Nefer, 36, 102, 250,
252
Nefertem, 25
Nehast, 32
Nephthys, 12, 13,

47, 49, 50, 78,
102, 183, 189,
221
Net, goddess, 18,
27
Neter, 7, 16, 17, 18,
19, 20, 21, 22,
23, 29, 32, 33,
38, 39, 41, 42,
47, 52, 53, 91,
101, 109, 141,
147, 149, 157,
179, 221, 246
Neterian, 16, 23,
27, 31, 32, 42
Neterianism, 20, 42
Neters, 39, 41, 221
Neteru, 16, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 31,
32, 43, 52, 53,
62, 196, 221,
245, 250, 251,
252
Netherworld, 59, 69,
74, 82, 85, 91,
108, 126, 222,
232
New Kingdom, 11,
26, 29, 61, 62,
64, 65
New Testament, 84
Nile River, 10, 17
Nirvana, 188
North East Africa
. See also Egypt
Ethiopia
Cush, 9
Nubia, 61, 62, 189
Nubian, 11, 61, 62,
64, 65
Nubians, 9, 17, 61
Nun, 22
Nun (primeval watersunformed matter),
22, 93, 193

Nun (See also Nu), 22
Nut, 13, 24, 50, 53,
78, 98, 101, 166,

221, 222, 245
239
O, 2, 69, 74, 85,

126, 242, 253
Octavian, 10
Ogdoad, 93
Old Kingdom, 11,
61
Old Testament, 46,
142
Om, 60, 86, 87, 88,
89, 95, 103, 157,
251, 252
Orion Star
Constellation,
246
Osiris, 12, 13, 18,
27, 28, 46, 47,
48, 49, 50, 53,
59, 75, 77, 78,
79, 80, 81, 83,
84, 85, 87, 91,
95, 101, 102,
114, 126, 128,
144, 145, 159,
166, 170, 188,
190, 197, 198,
221, 233, 245,
246, 251, 252
P, 2, 59, 77, 79, 80,
104, 172, 219,
242, 253
Pa Neter, 16, 47, 52,
53, 179
Palermo Stone, 11
Papyrus of Any, 18
Papyrus of Nesi-Khensu,
106
Papyrus of Turin,
11
Parvati, 54
Patanjali, 33
Patience, 172
Peace (see also
Hetep), 17, 77,
79, 104, 172, 219
Persia, 9
Pert Em Heru, See
also Book of the
Dead, 38, 246
phallus, 47, 49
Philae, 245
Philosophy, 2, 3, 6,
7, 10, 12, 18, 35,
36, 37, 38, 40,

41, 43, 101, 133,
156, 189, 202,
213, 223, 233,
243, 244, 246,
247
Plutarch, 144
Prana (also see Sekhem
and Life Force), 117
Prayers, 135
Priests and Priestesses,
21, 243
Primeval Hill,
93
Primeval Waters, 47,
115, 221
Protestant, 198
Protestantism, 198
Ptah, 12, 13, 18, 23,
25, 42, 46, 47,
48, 49, 51, 52,
53, 60, 70, 91,
93, 104, 107,
112, 116, 117,
126, 141, 142,
143, 146, 147,
149, 150, 151,
155, 156, 157,
164, 170, 189,
213, 217, 246
Ptahotep, 18
Pure consciousness,
115
Pure
Consciousness,
87, 115, 116,
147, 203, 229
Purusha, 94, 101
Pyramid Texts, 146
Pyramids, 97
R, 110, 228, 253
Ra, 12, 13, 18, 23,
24, 26, 31, 42,
46, 47, 48, 49,
50, 51, 53, 56,
58, 60, 70, 75,
77, 81, 90, 91,
95, 98, 100, 101,
102, 104, 115,
116, 117, 126,
141, 142, 143,
145, 146, 147,
149, 150, 151,
153, 154, 156,
157, 162, 164,

166, 170, 188,
189, 192, 193,
194, 196, 213,
214, 217, 219,
220, 221, 222,
223, 233, 245,
250, 252
Radha, 54
Rama, 190
Reality, 175, 176
Realization, 43
reincarnation, 124,
151, 155, 175,
178, 187, 215,
217, 223, 224,
226
Reincarnation, 122,
223
Religion, 7, 18, 32,
38, 39, 41, 46,
47, 48, 51, 52,
62, 189, 196,
199, 200, 246,
247, 251
Ren, 227, 229, 232
Renenet, 80, 122,
154
Resurrection, 18,
48, 49, 57, 76,
114, 144, 218,
229, 245, 246,
247
Rig Veda, 95
Righteous action, 42
Ritual, 18, 34, 42,
112
Rituals, 246
Roman, 10, 11, 18,
84, 196, 197,
198, 199
Roman Catholic,
196, 197, 198,
199
Roman empire,
197, 198
Roman Empire, 84
Romans, 11
Rome, 11, 197
S, 3, 84, 97, 242,
253
Saa (spiritual
understanding
faculty), 81, 89,

124, 130, 154,
156, 209
Sages, 40, 52, 79,
80, 95, 96, 115,
116, 119, 130,
149, 154, 160,
164, 166, 169,
174, 196, 200,
202, 217, 219,
231, 245, 246,
247
Sahu, 76, 188, 224,
232
Saints, 79, 80, 217,
246
Salvation, 39, 41,
111
Salvation . See also
resurrection, 111
Salvation, See also

resurrection, 39,
41
Samkhya, 192
Sanskrit, 7, 35, 37,
88, 101, 154, 157
Sebai, 29
Second
Intermediate
Period, 11
secret, 7
See also RaHrakti, 245
seer-seen-sight, 116
Sekhem, 42, 54,
117, 226, 232
Sekhmet, 49, 51
Self (see Ba, soul, Spirit,
Universal, Ba, Neter,
Heru)., 31, 34, 35,
36, 37, 38, 39,

41, 42, 244, 245
Self
(seeBasoulSpiritUniv
ersal BaNeterHorus).,
2, 3, 7, 34, 35,
36, 42, 47, 52,
53, 57, 60, 68,
77, 78, 80, 83,
85, 86, 87, 89,
92, 93, 96, 97,
99, 101, 103,
104, 105, 106,
137, 144, 145,

218, 221
Seti I, 245
Sex, 49, 57, 245
Sexuality, 76
Shabaka, 52, 93, 107
Shabaka Inscription,
52, 93, 107
Shadow, 225
Shai, 80, 122, 123,
154
Shen, 228
Shetaut Neter, 17,
18, 23, 30, 33,
39, 246
Shetaut Neter See
also Egyptian
Religion, 7, 17,
18, 23, 30, 33,
39, 89, 198, 246
Shiva, 54, 87, 190,
199
Shu, 48, 50, 71, 87,
114, 153, 221
Shu (air and space), 24,
48, 50, 71, 87,
114, 153, 221
Sirius, 12, 246
Sleep, 87, 108, 111,
116, 118, 147,
148, 153, 163,
164, 165, 170,
216, 217, 219
Sma, 36, 37, 42
Smai, 16, 33, 35, 36,
37, 38, 41
Smai Tawi, 33, 35,
36, 37, 41
Soul, 7, 38, 41, 76,
116, 117, 126,
129, 133, 135,
143, 145, 149,
151, 152, 162,
174, 189, 207,
219, 224, 229,
230
Sphinx, 11, 41, 97,
145
Spirit, 16, 22, 38,
47, 52, 57, 74,
75, 76, 91, 93,
98, 146, 147,
154, 166, 187,
107, 108, 109,

110, 111, 115,
116, 117, 118,
119, 120, 121,
124, 129, 130,
133, 134, 135,
136, 137, 138,
139, 140, 141,
142, 143, 144,
145, 146, 147,
149, 150, 151,
152, 153, 154,
155, 156, 157,
158, 159, 160,
161, 165, 167,
170, 172, 173,
174, 175, 176,
177, 178, 179,
186, 187, 188,
189, 190, 193,
194, 196, 202,
203, 204, 205,
206, 207, 208,
209, 210, 211,
212, 217, 218,
219, 221, 222,
223, 224, 227,
230, 231, 232,
233
Self-realization, 104
Sema, 3, 16, 36, 37,
38, 39, 42, 242,
253
Sema XE "Sema"
Paut, see also
Egyptian Yoga,
42
Senses, 116, 149
Serpent, 33, 34,
101, 192, 230
Serpent Power, 33,
34, 101, 230
Serpent Power (see
also Kundalini
and Buto), 33,
34, 101, 230
Serpent Power see
also Kundalini
Yoga, 33, 34
Set, 7, 13, 16, 24,
31, 35, 37, 38,
41, 50, 51, 57,
78, 83, 84, 98,
240
196, 198, 202,

206
Spiritual discipline,
142, 243
St. Augustine, 198
Story of Sinuhe, 233
Study, 40, 42
Sublimation, 57, 245
Sufism, 89, 103
Sumer, 35, 37
Sun, 81, 115, 137,
142, 153, 183,
184, 196
Sundisk, 53, 189
Supreme Being, 16,
19, 20, 21, 22,
23, 24, 25, 26,
27, 28, 29, 33,
39, 43, 46, 47,
49, 50, 51, 53,
60, 80, 86, 89,
96, 99, 104, 125,
126, 142, 155,
156, 170, 192,
196, 199, 202,
220, 221, 222,
230, 232, 246
Swami, 6, 103
Swami
Jyotirmayanand
a, 6, 103
Syria, 61
T, 55
Taharka, 63
Tantra, 57, 103, 245
Tantra Yoga, 57, 245
Tantric Yoga, 33,
34
Tao, 52, 74, 103,
105, 126
Tao Te Ching, 105
Taoism, 74, 94,
126, 242
Tawi, 16, 33, 36
Tefnut, 24, 48, 50,
71, 87, 114, 153,
221
Tefnut (moisture), 24,
48, 50, 71, 87,
114, 153, 221
Tem, 48, 50, 114,
155, 192, 193,
194, 221, 222
Temple of Aset,
28,
245
The Absolute, 147,
219
The All, 46, 47, 49
The Egyptian Book
of Coming Forth
By Day, 78, 79
The God, 24, 27, 47,
52, 61, 101, 108,
188, 245
The Gods, 24, 108,
245
the Gospel of
Thomas, 132,
133
The Hymns of
Amun, 2, 68, 69,
73, 74
The Self, 47, 52,
57, 60, 92, 93,
96, 105, 106,
107, 109, 115,
116, 133, 134,
135, 136, 138,
141, 146, 152,
153, 154, 155,
157, 159, 161,
167, 172, 221,
234
Theban Theology,
18, 46, 51, 106
Thebes, 1, 12, 44,
46, 51, 52, 70,
142, 143, 147,
151, 181, 245
Themis, 13
Third Eye, 191
Thoughts (see also
Mind), 56, 129,
203, 207, 209,

215
Time, 48, 200
241
Tomb, 245
Tomb of Seti I,
245
Tradition, 23, 24, 25,
26, 27, 28, 29, 42
Transcendental Self,
164
Tree of Life, 83, 84
Triad, 96, 159, 163,
183, 204, 205
Trinity, 6, 12, 25,
26, 28, 47, 49,
51, 53, 96, 103,
104, 116, 142,
143, 146, 151,
157, 163, 180,
183, 189, 190,
191, 192, 196,
197, 198, 199,
200, 202, 213,
221, 223, 246,
252
Truth, 43, 78, 87
U, 87
Understanding, 89,
122, 168
Unformed Matter, 115
union, 7
Universal Ba, 189,
205, 224, 230,
233
Universal
Consciousness,
39, 40, 57, 245
Upanishads, 93, 94,
95, 101, 103,
105, 134, 193,
246
Upper Egypt, 35,
37, 38
Ur, 24
Uraeus, 34, 54, 87,
230
Utchat, 100
Vedanta, 39, 40,
103, 109, 156,
196
Vedantic. See also
Vedanta, 86, 192
Vedas, 95
Vedic, 244
101, 152,
190, 192, 199
Waking, 87, 107,
111, 116, 147,
148, 164, 165,
166, 169, 210,
213, 214, 215,
219, 222, 223,
233
Vishnu,
Was scepter (see also

Ptah) -, 58, 144,
146
Waset,
23, 42, 114

Western civilization,
10
Western Culture, 31
Western religions,
103
Will, 120, 136, 147,
164, 165, 179
Wisdom, 18, 33, 34,
42, 43, 244, 245
Wisdom (also see
Djehuti), 2, 18,
34,
42, 43, 133, 217
Wisdom (also see

Djehuti, Aset),
18,
33, 34, 42, 43,
244, 245
Yahweh, 52
Yoga, 2, 3, 6, 7, 33,
34, 35, 36, 37,
39, 40, 53, 57,
62, 84, 86, 87,
99, 101, 103,
119, 120, 121,

125, 127, 133,
154, 155, 164,
169, 171, 172,
173, 177, 189,
196, 202, 207,
211, 213, 220,
223, 228, 233,
242, 243, 244,
245, 246, 247,
250, 251, 252,
253
Yoga Exercise, 121
Yoga of Action, 34,
125, 165
Yoga of Devotion
(see Yoga of
Divine Love),
33, 34, 165, 173
Yoga of Divine
Love (see Yoga
of Devotion), 34
Yoga of
Meditation, 33,
34, 165
Yoga of Selfless
Action. See also
Yoga of
Righteous, 33, 34
Yoga of Wisdom,
165, 207
Yoga of Wisdom
(see also Jnana
Yoga), 33, 34,
165, 207
Yoga Sutra, 33
Yoga Vasistha, 121
Yogic, 33, 173
Zohar, 93
Zoomorphic, 72
Other Books From C. M. Books

P.O.Box 570459
Miami, Florida, 33257
(305) 378-6253 Fax: (305) 378-6253
THE YOGA AND MYSTICAL SPIRITUALITY BOOK

SERIES
This book is part of a series on the study and practice of Ancient Egyptian Yoga and
Mystical Spirituality based on the writings of Dr. Muata Abhaya Ashby. They are also part
of the Egyptian Yoga Course provided by the Sema Institute of Yoga. Below you will find a
listing of the other books in this series. For more information send for the Egyptian Yoga
Book-Audio-Video Catalog or the Egyptian Yoga Course Catalog.
Now you can study the teachings of Egyptian and Indian Yoga wisdom and Spirituality
with the Egyptian Yoga Mystical Spirituality Series. The Egyptian Yoga Series takes you
through the Initiation process and lead you to understand the mysteries of the soul and the
Divine and to attain the highest goal of life: ENLIGHTENMENT. The Egyptian Yoga
Series, takes you on an in depth study of Ancient Egyptian mythology and their inner
mystical meaning. Each Book is prepared for the serious student of the mystical sciences
and provides a study of the teachings along with exercises, assignments and projects to
make the teachings understood and effective in real life. The Series is part of the Egyptian
Yoga course but may be purchased even if you are not taking the course. The series is ideal
for study groups.
Prices subject to change.
1.
EGYPTIAN YOGA: THE PHILOSOPHY OF ENLIGHTENMENT An original, fully illustrated

work, including hieroglyphs, detailing the meaning of the Egyptian mysteries, tantric yoga,
psycho-spiritual and physical exercises. Egyptian Yoga is a guide to the practice of the highest
spiritual philosophy which leads to absolute freedom from human misery and to immortality. It is
well known by scholars that Egyptian philosophy is the basis of Western and Middle Eastern
religious philosophies such as Christianity, Islam, Judaism, the Kabala, and Greek philosophy, but
what about Indian philosophy, Yoga and Taoism? What were the original teachings? How can
they be practiced today? What is the source of pain and suffering in the world and what is the
solution? Discover the deepest mysteries of the mind and universe within and outside of your self.
8.5 X 11 ISBN: 1-884564-01-1 Soft $19.95
2.
EGYPTIAN YOGA II: The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment by Dr. Muata Ashby ISBN 1884564-39-9 $22.95 U.S. In this long awaited sequel to Egyptian Yoga: The Philosophy of
242
Enlightenment you will take a fascinating and enlightening journey back in time and discover the
teachings which constituted the epitome of Ancient Egyptian spiritual wisdom. What are the
disciplines which lead to the fulfillment of all desires? Delve into the three states of
consciousness (waking, dream and deep sleep) and the fourth state which transcends them all,
Neberdjer, The Absolute. These teachings of the city of Waset (Thebes) were the crowning
achievement of the Sages of Ancient Egypt. They establish the standard mystical keys for
understanding the profound mystical symbolism of the Triad of human consciousness.
3.
THE KAMITAN DIET GUIDE TO HEALTH, DIET AND FASTING Health issues have always
been important to human beings since the beginning of time. The earliest records of history show
that the art of healing was held in high esteem since the time of Ancient Egypt. In the early 20th
century, medical doctors had almost attained the status of sainthood by the promotion of the idea
that they alone were scientists while other healing modalities and traditional healers who did not
follow the scientific method were nothing but superstitious, ignorant charlatans who at best
would take the money of their clients and at worst kill them with the unscientific snake oils and
irrational theories. In the late 20th century, the failure of the modern medical establishments
ability to lead the general public to good health, promoted the move by many in society towards
alternative medicine. Alternative medicine disciplines are those healing modalities which do not
adhere to the philosophy of allopathic medicine. Allopathic medicine is what medical doctors
practice by an large. It is the theory that disease is caused by agencies outside the body such as
bacteria, viruses or physical means which affect the body. These can therefore be treated by
medicines and therapies The natural healing method began in the absence of extensive
technologies with the idea that all the answers for health may be found in nature or rather, the
deviation from nature. Therefore, the health of the body can be restored by correcting the
aberration and thereby restoring balance. This is the area that will be covered in this volume.
Allopathic techniques have their place in the art of healing. However, we should not forget that the
body is a grand achievement of the spirit and built into it is the capacity to maintain itself and heal
itself. Ashby, Muata ISBN: 1-884564-49-6
$24.95
4.
INITIATION INTO EGYPTIAN YOGA Shedy: Spiritual discipline or program, to go deeply into
the mysteries, to study the mystery teachings and literature profoundly, to penetrate the mysteries.
You will learn about the mysteries of initiation into the teachings and practice of Yoga and how to
become an Initiate of the mystical sciences. This insightful manual is the first in a series which
introduces you to the goals of daily spiritual and yoga practices: Meditation, Diet, Words of Power
and the ancient wisdom teachings. 8.5 X 11 ISBN 1-884564-02-X Soft Cover $24.95 U.S.
5.
THE AFRICAN ORIGINS OF CIVILIZATION, MYSTICAL RELIGION AND YOGA

PHILOSOPHY HARD COVER EDITION ISBN: 1-884564-50-X
$80.00 U.S.
81/2 X 11
Part 1, Part 2, Part 3 in one volume 683 Pages Hard Cover First Edition Three volumes in one.
Over the past several years I have been asked to put together in one volume the most important
evidences showing the correlations and common teachings between Kamitan (Ancient Egyptian)
culture and religion and that of India. The questions of the history of Ancient Egypt, and the latest
archeological evidences showing civilization and culture in Ancient Egypt and its spread to other
countries, has intrigued many scholars as well as mystics over the years. Also, the possibility that
Ancient Egyptian Priests and Priestesses migrated to Greece, India and other countries to carry on
the traditions of the Ancient Egyptian Mysteries, has been speculated over the years as well. In
chapter 1 of the book Egyptian Yoga The Philosophy of Enlightenment, 1995, I first introduced the
deepest comparison between Ancient Egypt and India that had been brought forth up to that time.
Now, in the year 2001 this new book, THE AFRICAN ORIGINS OF CIVILIZATION, MYSTICAL
RELIGION AND YOGA PHILOSOPHY, more fully explores the motifs, symbols and
philosophical correlations between Ancient Egyptian and Indian mysticism and clearly shows not
only that Ancient Egypt and India were connected culturally but also spiritually. How does this
knowledge help the spiritual aspirant? This discovery has great importance for the Yogis and
243
mystics who follow the philosophy of Ancient Egypt and the mysticism of India. It means that
India has a longer history and heritage than was previously understood. It shows that the mysteries
of Ancient Egypt were essentially a yoga tradition which did not die but rather developed into the
modern day systems of Yoga technology of India. It further shows that African culture developed
Yoga Mysticism earlier than any other civilization in history. All of this expands our
understanding of the unity of culture and the deep legacy of Yoga, which stretches into the distant
past, beyond the Indus Valley civilization, the earliest known high culture in India as well as the
Vedic tradition of Aryan culture. Therefore, Yoga culture and mysticism is the oldest known
tradition of spiritual development and Indian mysticism is an extension of the Ancient Egyptian
mysticism. By understanding the legacy which Ancient Egypt gave to India the mysticism of India
is better understood and by comprehending the heritage of Indian Yoga, which is rooted in
Ancient Egypt the Mysticism of Ancient Egypt is also better understood. This expanded
understanding allows us to prove the underlying kinship of humanity, through the common
symbols, motifs and philosophies which are not disparate and confusing teachings but in reality
expressions of the same study of truth through metaphysics and mystical realization of Self.
(HARD COVER)
6.
AFRICAN ORIGINS BOOK 1 PART 1 African Origins of African Civilization, Religion, Yoga
Mysticism and Ethics Philosophy-Soft Cover $24.95 ISBN: 1-884564-55-0
7.
AFRICAN ORIGINS BOOK 2 PART 2 African Origins of Western Civilization, Religion and
Philosophy(Soft) -Soft Cover $24.95 ISBN: 1-884564-56-9
8.
EGYPT AND INDIA (AFRICAN ORIGINS BOOK 3 PART 3) African Origins of Eastern Civilization,
Religion, Yoga Mysticism and Philosophy-Soft Cover $29.95 (Soft) ISBN: 1-884564-57-7
9.
THE MYSTERIES OF ISIS: The Path of Wisdom, Immortality and Enlightenment

Through
the study of ancient myth and the illumination of initiatic understanding the idea of God is
expanded from the mythological comprehension to the metaphysical. Then this metaphysical
understanding is related to you, the student, so as to begin understanding your true divine nature.
ISBN 1-884564-24-0 $24.99
10.
EGYPTIAN PROVERBS: TEMT TCHAAS Temt Tchaas means: collection of Ancient

Egyptian Proverbs How to live according to MAAT Philosophy. Beginning Meditation. All
proverbs are indexed for easy searches. For the first time in one volume, Ancient Egyptian
Proverbs, wisdom teachings and meditations, fully illustrated with hieroglyphic text and symbols.
EGYPTIAN PROVERBS is a unique collection of knowledge and wisdom which you can put into
practice today and transform your life. 5.5"x 8.5" $14.95 U.S
ISBN: 1-884564-00-3
11.
THE PATH OF DIVINE LOVE The Process of Mystical Transformation and The Path of Divine
Love
This Volume will focus on the ancient wisdom teachings and how to use them in a
scientific process for self-transformation. Also, this volume will detail the process of
transformation from ordinary consciousness to cosmic consciousness through the integrated
practice of the teachings and the path of Devotional Love toward the Divine. 5.5"x 8.5" ISBN 1884564-11-9 $22.99
12.
INTRODUCTION TO MAAT PHILOSOPHY: Spiritual Enlightenment Through the Path of

Virtue Known as Karma Yoga in India, the teachings of MAAT for living virtuously and with
orderly wisdom are explained and the student is to begin practicing the precepts of Maat in daily
life so as to promote the process of purification of the heart in preparation for the judgment of the
soul. This judgment will be understood not as an event that will occur at the time of death but as
an event that occurs continuously, at every moment in the life of the individual. The student will
244
learn how to become allied with the forces of the Higher Self and to thereby begin cleansing the
mind (heart) of impurities so as to attain a higher vision of reality. ISBN 1-884564-20-8 $22.99
13.
MEDITATION The Ancient Egyptian Path to Enlightenment

Many people do not know about
the rich history of meditation practice in Ancient Egypt. This volume outlines the theory of
meditation and presents the Ancient Egyptian Hieroglyphic text which give instruction as to the
nature of the mind and its three modes of expression. It also presents the texts which give
instruction on the practice of meditation for spiritual Enlightenment and unity with the Divine.
This volume allows the reader to begin practicing meditation by explaining, in easy to understand
terms, the simplest form of meditation and working up to the most advanced form which was
practiced in ancient times and which is still practiced by yogis around the world in modern times.
ISBN 1-884564-27-7 $24.99
14.
THE GLORIOUS LIGHT MEDITATION TECHNIQUE OF ANCIENT EGYPT ISBN: 1-884564-151$14.95 (PB) New for the year 2000. This volume is based on the earliest known instruction in
history given for the practice of formal meditation. Discovered by Dr. Muata Ashby, it is inscribed
on the walls of the Tomb of Seti I in Thebes Egypt. This volume details the philosophy and
practice of this unique system of meditation originated in Ancient Egypt and the earliest practice
of meditation known in the world which occurred in the most advanced African Culture.
15.
THE SERPENT POWER: The Ancient Egyptian Mystical Wisdom of the Inner Life Force.
This Volume specifically deals with the latent life Force energy of the universe and in the human
body, its control and sublimation. How to develop the Life Force energy of the subtle body. This
Volume will introduce the esoteric wisdom of the science of how virtuous living acts in a subtle
and mysterious way to cleanse the latent psychic energy conduits and vortices of the spiritual
body. ISBN 1-884564-19-4 $22.95
16.
EGYPTIAN YOGA MEDITATION IN MOTION Thef Neteru: The Movement of The Gods and
Goddesses Discover the physical postures and exercises practiced thousands of years ago in
Ancient Egypt which are today known as Yoga exercises. This work is based on the pictures and
teachings from the Creation story of Ra, The Asarian Resurrection Myth and the carvings and
reliefs from various Temples in Ancient Egypt 8.5 X 11 ISBN 1-884564-10-0 Soft Cover
$18.99
Exercise video $21.99
17.
EGYPTIAN TANTRA YOGA: The Art of Sex Sublimation and Universal Consciousness This
Volume will expand on the male and female principles within the human body and in the universe
and further detail the sublimation of sexual energy into spiritual energy. The student will study the
deities Min and Hathor, Asar and Aset, Geb and Nut and discover the mystical implications for a
practical spiritual discipline. This Volume will also focus on the Tantric aspects of Ancient
Egyptian and Indian mysticism, the purpose of sex and the mystical teachings of sexual
sublimation which lead to self-knowledge and Enlightenment. 5.5"x 8.5" ISBN 1-884564-03-8
$24.95
18.
ASARIAN RELIGION: RESURRECTING OSIRIS The path of Mystical Awakening and the
Keys to Immortality NEW REVISED AND EXPANDED EDITION! The Ancient Sages created
stories based on human and superhuman beings whose struggles, aspirations, needs and desires
ultimately lead them to discover their true Self. The myth of Aset, Asar and Heru is no exception
in this area. While there is no one source where the entire story may be found, pieces of it are
inscribed in various ancient Temples walls, tombs, steles and papyri. For the first time available,
the complete myth of Asar, Aset and Heru has been compiled from original Ancient Egyptian,
Greek and Coptic Texts. This epic myth has been richly illustrated with reliefs from the Temple of
Heru at Edfu, the Temple of Aset at Philae, the Temple of Asar at Abydos, the Temple of Hathor
at Denderah and various papyri, inscriptions and reliefs. Discover the myth which inspired the
245
teachings of the Shetaut Neter (Egyptian Mystery System - Egyptian Yoga) and the Egyptian
Book of Coming Forth By Day. Also, discover the three levels of Ancient Egyptian Religion, how
to understand the mysteries of the Duat or Astral World and how to discover the abode of the
Supreme in the Amenta, The Other World
The ancient religion of Asar, Aset and Heru, if
properly understood, contains all of the elements necessary to lead the sincere aspirant to attain
immortality through inner self-discovery. This volume presents the entire myth and explores the
main mystical themes and rituals associated with the myth for understating human existence,
creation and the way to achieve spiritual emancipation - Resurrection. The Asarian myth is so
powerful that it influenced and is still having an effect on the major world religions. Discover the
origins and mystical meaning of the Christian Trinity, the Eucharist ritual and the ancient origin of
the birthday of Jesus Christ. Soft Cover ISBN: 1-884564-27-5 $24.95
19.
THE EGYPTIAN BOOK OF THE DEAD MYSTICISM OF THE PERT EM HERU $26.95
ISBN# 1-884564-28-3 Size: 8" X 11" I Know myself, I know myself, I am One With God!
From the Pert Em Heru The Ru Pert em Heru or Ancient Egyptian Book of The Dead, or
Book of Coming Forth By Day as it is more popularly known, has fascinated the world since the
successful translation of Ancient Egyptian hieroglyphic scripture over 150 years ago. The
astonishing writings in it reveal that the Ancient Egyptians believed in life after death and in an
ultimate destiny to discover the Divine. The elegance and aesthetic beauty of the hieroglyphic text
itself has inspired many see it as an art form in and of itself. But is there more to it than that? Did
the Ancient Egyptian wisdom contain more than just aphorisms and hopes of eternal life beyond
death? In this volume Dr. Muata Ashby, the author of over 25 books on Ancient Egyptian Yoga
Philosophy has produced a new translation of the original texts which uncovers a mystical
teaching underlying the sayings and rituals instituted by the Ancient Egyptian Sages and Saints.
Once the philosophy of Ancient Egypt is understood as a mystical tradition instead of as a
religion or primitive mythology, it reveals its secrets which if practiced today will lead anyone to
discover the glory of spiritual self-discovery. The Pert em Heru is in every way comparable to the
Indian Upanishads or the Tibetan Book of the Dead. Muata Abhaya Ashby
20.
ANUNIAN THEOLOGY THE MYSTERIES OF RA The Philosophy of Anu and The Mystical
Teachings of The Ancient Egyptian Creation Myth Discover the mystical teachings contained in
the Creation Myth and the gods and goddesses who brought creation and human beings into
existence. The Creation Myth holds the key to understanding the universe and for attaining
spiritual Enlightenment. ISBN: 1-884564-38-0 40 pages $14.95
21.
MYSTERIES OF MIND AND MEMPHITE THEOLOGY Mysticism of Ptah, Egyptian Physics

and Yoga Metaphysics and the Hidden properties of Matter This Volume will go deeper into the
philosophy of God as creation and will explore the concepts of modern science and how they
correlate with ancient teachings. This Volume will lay the ground work for the understanding of
the philosophy of universal consciousness and the initiatic/yogic insight into who or what is God?
ISBN 1-884564-07-0
$21.95
22.
THE GODDESS AND THE EGYPTIAN MYSTERIESTHE PATH OF THE GODDESS THE
GODDESS PATH The Secret Forms of the Goddess and the Rituals of Resurrection The Supreme
Being may be worshipped as father or as mother. Ushet Rekhat or Mother Worship, is the spiritual
process of worshipping the Divine in the form of the Divine Goddess. It celebrates the most
important forms of the Goddess including Nathor, Maat, Aset, Arat, Amentet and Hathor and
explores their mystical meaning as well as the rising of Sirius, the star of Aset (Aset) and the new
birth of Hor (Heru). The end of the year is a time of reckoning, reflection and engendering a new
or renewed positive movement toward attaining spiritual Enlightenment. The Mother Worship
devotional meditation ritual, performed on five days during the month of December and on New
Years Eve, is based on the Ushet Rekhit. During the ceremony, the cosmic forces, symbolized by
Sirius - and the constellation of Orion ---, are harnessed through the understanding and devotional
246
attitude of the participant. This propitiation draws the light of wisdom and health to all those who
share in the ritual, leading to prosperity and wisdom. $14.95 ISBN 1-884564-18-6
23.
THE MYSTICAL JOURNEY FROM JESUS TO CHRIST $24.95

ISBN# 1-884564-05-4 size:
8" X 11" Discover the ancient Egyptian origins of Christianity before the Catholic Church and
learn the mystical teachings given by Jesus to assist all humanity in becoming Christlike. Discover
the secret meaning of the Gospels that were discovered in Egypt. Also discover how and why so
many Christian churches came into being. Discover that the Bible still holds the keys to mystical
realization even though its original writings were changed by the church. Discover how to practice
the original teachings of Christianity which leads to the Kingdom of Heaven.
24.
THE STORY OF ASAR, ASET AND HERU: An Ancient Egyptian Legend (For Children)
Now for the first time, the most ancient myth of Ancient Egypt comes alive for children. Inspired
by the books The Asarian Resurrection: The Ancient Egyptian Bible and The Mystical Teachings
of The Asarian Resurrection, The Story of Asar, Aset and Heru is an easy to understand and
thrilling tale which inspired the children of Ancient Egypt to aspire to greatness and righteousness.
If you and your child have enjoyed stories like The Lion King and Star Wars you will love The
Story of Asar, Aset and Heru. Also, if you know the story of Jesus and Krishna you will discover
than Ancient Egypt had a similar myth and that this myth carries important spiritual teachings for
living a fruitful and fulfilling life. This book may be used along with The Parents Guide To The
Asarian Resurrection Myth: How to Teach Yourself and Your Child the Principles of Universal
Mystical Religion. The guide provides some background to the Asarian Resurrection myth and it
also gives insight into the mystical teachings contained in it which you may introduce to your
child. It is designed for parents who wish to grow spiritually with their children and it serves as an
introduction for those who would like to study the Asarian Resurrection Myth in depth and to
practice its teachings. 41 pages 8.5" X 11" ISBN: 1-884564-31-3 $12.95
25.
THE PARENTS GUIDE TO THE AUSARIAN RESURRECTION MYTH: How to Teach

Yourself and Your Child the Principles of Universal Mystical Religion. This insightful manual
brings for the timeless wisdom of the ancient through the Ancient Egyptian myth of Asar, Aset
and Heru and the mystical teachings contained in it for parents who want to guide their children to
understand and practice the teachings of mystical spirituality. This manual may be used with the
children's storybook The Story of Asar, Aset and Heru by Dr. Muata Abhaya Ashby. 5.5"x 8.5"
ISBN: 1-884564-30-5 $14.95
26.
HEALING THE CRIMINAL HEART BOOK 1 Introduction to Maat Philosophy, Yoga and
Spiritual Redemption Through the Path of Virtue Who is a criminal? Is there such a thing as a
criminal heart? What is the source of evil and sinfulness and is there any way to rise above it? Is
there redemption for those who have committed sins, even the worst crimes? Ancient Egyptian
mystical psychology holds important answers to these questions. Over ten thousand years ago
mystical psychologists, the Sages of Ancient Egypt, studied and charted the human mind and spirit
and laid out a path which will lead to spiritual redemption, prosperity and Enlightenment. This
introductory volume brings forth the teachings of the Asarian Resurrection, the most important
myth of Ancient Egypt, with relation to the faults of human existence: anger, hatred, greed, lust,
animosity, discontent, ignorance, egoism jealousy, bitterness, and a myriad of psycho-spiritual
ailments which keep a human being in a state of negativity and adversity. 5.5"x 8.5"
ISBN: 1884564-17-8 $15.95
27.
THEATER & DRAMA OF THE ANCIENT EGYPTIAN MYSTERIES: Featuring the Ancient
Egyptian stage play-"The Enlightenment of Hathor' Based on an Ancient Egyptian Drama, The
original Theater -Mysticism of the Temple of Hetheru $14.95 By Dr. Muata Ashby
247
28.
GUIDE TO PRINT ON DEMAND: SELF-PUBLISH FOR PROFIT, SPIRITUAL FULFILLMENT AND

SERVICE TO HUMANITY Everyone asks us how we produced so many books in such a short time.
Here are the secrets to writing and producing books that uplift humanity and how to get them
printed for a fraction of the regular cost. Anyone can become an author even if they have limited
funds. All that is necessary is the willingness to learn how the printing and book business work
and the desire to follow the special instructions given here for preparing your manuscript format.
Then you take your work directly to the non-traditional companies who can produce your books
for less than the traditional book printer can. ISBN: 1-884564-40-2
$16.95 U. S.
29.
Egyptian Mysteries: Vol. 1, Shetaut Neter ISBN: 1-884564-41-0

$19.99 What are the
Mysteries? For thousands of years the spiritual tradition of Ancient Egypt, Shetaut Neter, The
Egyptian Mysteries, The Secret Teachings, have fascinated, tantalized and amazed the world.
At one time exalted and recognized as the highest culture of the world, by Africans, Europeans,
Asiatics, Hindus, Buddhists and other cultures of the ancient world, in time it was shunned by the
emerging orthodox world religions. Its temples desecrated, its philosophy maligned, its tradition
spurned, its philosophy dormant in the mystical Medu Neter, the mysterious hieroglyphic texts
which hold the secret symbolic meaning that has scarcely been discerned up to now. What are the
secrets of Nehast {spiritual awakening and emancipation, resurrection}. More than just a literal
translation, this volume is for awakening to the secret code Shetitu of the teaching which was not
deciphered by Egyptologists, nor could be understood by ordinary spiritualists. This book is a
reinstatement of the original science made available for our times, to the reincarnated followers of
Ancient Egyptian culture and the prospect of spiritual freedom to break the bonds of Khemn,
ignorance, and slavery to evil forces: Saa .
30.
EGYPTIAN MYSTERIES VOL 2: Dictionary of Gods and Goddesses ISBN: 1-884564-23-2

$19.99 This book is about the mystery of neteru, the gods and goddesses of Ancient Egypt (Kamit,
Kemet). Neteru means Gods and Goddesses. But the Neterian teaching of Neteru represents
more than the usual limited modern day concept of divinities or spirits. The Neteru of Kamit
are also metaphors, cosmic principles and vehicles for the enlightening teachings of Shetaut Neter
(Ancient Egyptian-African Religion). Actually they are the elements for one of the most advanced
systems of spirituality ever conceived in human history. Understanding the concept of neteru
provides a firm basis for spiritual evolution and the pathway for viable culture, peace on earth and
a healthy human society. Why is it important to have gods and goddesses in our lives? In order
for spiritual evolution to be possible, once a human being has accepted that there is existence after
death and there is a transcendental being who exists beyond time and space knowledge, human
beings need a connection to that which transcends the ordinary experience of human life in time
and space and a means to understand the transcendental reality beyond the mundane reality.
31.
EGYPTIAN MYSTERIES VOL. 3 The Priests and Priestesses of Ancient Egypt ISBN: 1-88456453-4 $22.95 This volume details the path of Neterian priesthood, the joys, challenges and rewards
of advanced Neterian life, the teachings that allowed the priests and priestesses to manage the
most long lived civilization in human history and how that path can be adopted today; for those
who want to tread the path of the Clergy of Shetaut Neter.
32.
THE KING OF EGYPT: The Struggle of Good and Evil for Control of the World and The Human
Soul ISBN 1-8840564-44-5 $18.95 Have you seen movies like The Lion King, Hamlet, The
Odyssey, or The Little Buddha? These have been some of the most popular movies in modern
times. The Sema Institute of Yoga is dedicated to researching and presenting the wisdom and
culture of ancient Africa. The Script is designed to be produced as a motion picture but may be
addapted for the theater as well. 160 pages bound or unbound (specify with your order) $19.95
copyright 1998 By Dr. Muata Ashby
248
33.
FROM EGYPT TO GREECE: The Kamitan Origins of Greek Culture and Religion ISBN: 1884564-47-X $22.95 U.S. FROM EGYPT TO GREECE This insightful manual is a quick reference
to Ancient Egyptian mythology and philosophy and its correlation to what later became known as
Greek and Rome mythology and philosophy. It outlines the basic tenets of the mythologies and
shoes the ancient origins of Greek culture in Ancient Egypt. This volume also acts as a resource
for Colleges students who would like to set up fraternities and sororities based on the original
Ancient Egyptian principles of Sheti and Maat philosophy. ISBN: 1-884564-47-X $22.95 U.S.
34.
THE FORTY TWO PRECEPTS OF MAAT, THE PHILOSOPHY OF RIGHTEOUS ACTION

AND THE ANCIENT EGYPTIAN WISDOM TEXTS ADVANCED STUDIES This manual is
designed for use with the 1998 Maat Philosophy Class conducted by Dr. Muata Ashby. This is a
detailed study of Maat Philosophy. It contains a compilation of the 42 laws or precepts of Maat
and the corresponding principles which they represent along with the teachings of the ancient
Egyptian Sages relating to each. Maat philosophy was the basis of Ancient Egyptian society and
government as well as the heart of Ancient Egyptian myth and spirituality. Maat is at once a
goddess, a cosmic force and a living social doctrine, which promotes social harmony and thereby
paves the way for spiritual evolution in all levels of society. ISBN: 1-884564-48-8 $16.95 U.S.
249
Music Based on the Prt M Hru and other Kemetic

Texts
Available on Compact Disc $14.99 and Audio Cassette $9.99
MERITS INSPIRATION
NEW Egyptian Yoga Music CD

by Sehu Maa
Ancient Egyptian Music CD
Instrumental Music played on
reproductions of Ancient Egyptian Instruments Ideal for meditation and
reflection on the Divine and for the practice of spiritual programs and Yoga exercise sessions.
1999 By
Muata Ashby
CD $14.99 Cassette $10
UPC# 761527100429
ANORATIONS TO RA AND HETHERU

NEW Egyptian Yoga Music CD
By Sehu Maa (Muata Ashby)
Based on the Words of Power of Ra and Hetheru
played on reproductions of Ancient Egyptian Instruments Ancient Egyptian Instruments used:
Voice, Clapping, Nefer Lute, Tar Drum, Sistrums, Cymbals The Chants, Devotions, Rhythms and
Festive Songs Of the Neteru Ideal for meditation, and devotional singing and dancing.
250
1999 By Muata Ashby

UPC# 761527100221
SONGS TO OSIRIS ISIS AND HERU (HORUS)
NEW
Egyptian Yoga Music CD
By Sehu Maa
played on reproductions of Ancient Egyptian Instruments The Chants, Devotions, Rhythms and
Festive Songs Of the Neteru - Ideal for meditation, and devotional singing and dancing.
Based on the Words of Power of Asar (Osiris), Aset (Isis) and Heru (Heru (Horus)) Om Asar Aset Heru is the third
in a series of musical explorations of the Kemetic (Ancient Egyptian) tradition of music. Its ideas are based on the
Ancient Egyptian Religion of Osiris, Isis and Heru (Horus) and it is designed for listening, meditation and worship.
1999 By Muata Ashby
UPC# 761527100122
HAARI OM: ANCIENT EGYPT MEETS INDIA IN MUSIC

NEW Music CD
By Sehu Maa
The Chants, Devotions, Rhythms and

Festive Songs Of the Ancient Egypt and India, harmonized and played on reproductions of ancient instruments along
with modern instruments and beats. Ideal for meditation, and devotional singing and dancing.
251

Haari Om is the fourth in a series of musical explorations of the Kemetic (Ancient Egyptian) and Indian traditions of
music, chanting and devotional spiritual practice. Its ideas are based on the Ancient Egyptian Yoga spirituality and
Indian Yoga spirituality.
1999 By Muata Ashby
UPC# 761527100528
RA AKHU: THE GLORIOUS LIGHT
NEW
Egyptian Yoga Music CD
By Sehu Maa
The fifth collection of original music compositions based on the Teachings and Words of The Trinity, the God Osiris and the
Goddess Nebethet, the Divinity Aten, the God Heru, and the Special Meditation Hekau or Words of Power of Ra from the
Ancient Egyptian Tomb of Seti I and more...
played on reproductions of Ancient Egyptian Instruments and modern instruments - Ancient Egyptian Instruments used:
Voice, Clapping, Nefer Lute, Tar Drum, Sistrums, Cymbals
The Chants, Devotions, Rhythms and Festive Songs Of the Neteru Ideal for meditation, and devotional singing and
dancing.
1999 By Muata Ashby
UPC# 761527100825
GLORIES OF THE DIVINE MOTHER
Based on the hieroglyphic text of the worship of Goddess Net.

The Glories of The Great Mother
2000 Muata Ashby
CD $14.99 UPC# 761527101129
252
Order Form
Telephone orders: Call 1(305) 378-6253. Have your AMEX, Optima, Visa or MasterCard ready.
Fax orders: 1-(305) 378-6253
Postal Orders: Sema Institute of Yoga, P.O. Box 570459, Miami, Fl. 33257. USA.
Please send the following books and / or tapes.
ITEM
________________________________________________Cost $_________
________________________________________________Cost $_________
________________________________________________Cost $_________
________________________________________________Cost $_________
Total $_________
_____Please send the latest Egyptian Yoga Catalog to me FREE.
_____Please add my name to the Shedi Association so that I may receive more
information on upcoming Yoga Seminars and other events.
Name:____________________________________________________________
Address:__________________________________________________________
City:___________________ State:_______
Zip:_________
Sales tax: Please add 6.5% for books shipped to Florida addresses
Shipping-.
________Book Rate: $2.00 for the first book and 75 cents for each additional book
(Surface shipping may take three to four weeks)
________Air Mail or UPS: $3.50 for first book and 1$ for each additional
Total of the order: $______________
_____Payment:________________________________
_____Check__________________________________
If Paying by check include your drivers license number___________________________________
_____Credit card: _____ Visa, _____ MasterCard, _____ Optima,

_____ AMEX.
Card number:__________________________________
Name on card:________________________
Exp. date:______/_______
*Donations: I would like to Donate $_______ to the Inmate Education Program.

*Donations: I would like to Donate $_______ to the Yoga Center Book program.
*Tax Deductible.
Copyright 1995-2005 Dr. R. Muata Abhaya Ashby
Sema Institute of Yoga
P. O. Box 570459, Miami, Florida, 33257 Telephone (305) 378-6253
253

Ebook Egyptian Yoga Ii 1-884564-39-9 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ebook Egyptian Yoga Ii 1-884564-39-9 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ebook Egyptian Yoga Ii 1-884564-39-9 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Black Amun (now at the Luxor Museum)

35. When a message is sent in heaven it is heard in Anu, and is repeated in

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

From The Hymns of Amun

Sema Institute/C.M. Book Publishing

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

The Neterian Great Truths ......................................................................................... 16

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

The Main Ancient Egyptian Gods and Goddesses ..................................................... 66

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

Dr. Muata Abhaya Ashby January 26, 1998

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

Commonly referred to as Chapter 17

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

Where is the land of Ancient Egypt?

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

Egypt is located in the north-eastern

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

The Fundamental Principles of Ancient

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

Summary of Ancient Egyptian Religion

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

The Neterian Great Truths

Neberdjer means all-encompassing divinity, the all-inclusive, all-embracing Spirit which

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

The Spiritual Culture and the Purpose of Life: Shetaut Neter

Shetaut means secret.

Neter means Divinity.

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

Who is Neter in Kamitan Religion?

The symbol of Neter was described by an Ancient Kamitan priest as:

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

(C. 1580 B.C.E.Roman Period)3

Neter and the Neteru

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

The Neteru and Their Temples

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

The Neteru and Their Interrelationships

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

Listening to the Teachings

Listening, to fill the ears, listen attentively-

Teachings of the Ra Tradition

Egyptian Yoga Volume II

The Anunian Tradition

The city of Anu (Amun-Ra)

The Neters of Creation The Company of the Gods and Goddesses.

Supreme Being, beyond duality and description)

The Mystery Teachings of the Anunian

The Mysteries of Amun And The Supreme Wisdom of Enlightenment

The Memphite Tradition

The Neters of Creation The Company of the Gods and Goddesses.

Ptah, Sekhmit and Nefertem

See the Book Memphite Theology by Muata Ashby